Full text of "Bulletin of Wake Forest University"

\ Bulletin of
Wake Forest College
of Wake Forest University

jSSjS^^BSjv^

flB eo»w/// / '

1979-1980

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2012 with funding from

University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill

http://archive.org/details/bulletinofwakefo19791980

New Series

April 1979

Volume 74, Number 3

vmskm

Bulletin of
Wake Forest College of
Wake Forest University

Announcements for

1979-1980

The Bulletin of Wake Forest Universit) is published seven nines annuall) In die I iu\ «-imi\ ,h Winston-Salem, North Carolina

Second ilass postage p. ml al Winston-Salem, North Carolina

LPS 078-320

Printed In Winston Printing Company, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27105

The Calendar

Fall Semester 1979

August

September

October

November

December

January

25
24
2b
27
28
29

4
11
28
19
22
25
26

10
11
12
13
14
15
17
18
19
13

Thursday

Saturday

Friday

Sunday

Monday

Tuesday

Wednesday

Tuesday

Friday

Thursday

Sunday

Monday

Friday

Monday

Tuesday

Wednesday

Thursday

Friday

Saturday

Monday

Tuesday

}
}

JJA

1 1

2 7

1 1

1 3

SEPTEM

Bee

1 1

1 5

' i

Residence halls open at noon for first year students
Residence halls open at noon tor transfer students

Orientation for new students

Registration for all courses

(Masses begin
Opening Convocation
Fast day to add courses
Fast day to drop courses
Mid-term grades due

Thanksgiving recess

Classes resume
(-lasses end

Examinations

Reading Day

Examinations

i ucjuav "

A'ednesdav ^
iundav J

Christmas recess

1979

FEBRUARY

W T

7 B

1 1

14 15

1 7

21 22

JUNE

W T

6 7

2
9

1 1

13 14

1 '

20 21

2 J

27 28

OCTOBER

w T

3 4

10 1 1

• a

17 18

24 25

2-'

ARC

1 1

JUIY

1 1

1 4

■ 5

2 1

2 2

VEM

8ER

1
8

2
9

3
10

1 1

APRIL

T W T

3 4 5

10 1 1 12

1 5

17 18 19

24 25 26

AUGUST

T W T

1 2

7 8 9

1 1

1 2

14 15 16

21 22 23

28 29 30

DECEMBER

T W T

4 5 6

1
8

11 12 13

1 5

18 19 20

' 1

25 26 27

Spring Semester 1980

January

Monday

January

Tuesday

January

Wednesday

January

Monday

January

Tuesday

February

Thursday

February

Tuesday

February

Wednesday

February

Friday

February

Friday

March

Monday

March

Friday

March

Saturday

March

Sunday

March

Monday

April

Monday

April

Tuesday

May

Friday

May

Monday

May

Tuesday

May

Wednesday

May

Thursday

May

Friday

May

Saturday

May

Monday

May

Tuesday

Mav

Sunday

May

Monday

}

Registration for all courses

Classes begin for four- and Fifteen-week courses
Last day to drop or add four-week courses
Last day to add Fifteen-week courses
Founders' Day Convocation
Classes end for four-week courses
Classes begin for eleven-week courses
Last day to drop Fifteen-week courses
Last day to add eleven-week courses
Last day to drop eleven-week courses
Mid-term grades due

Spring recess

Classes resume
Faster Monday Holiday
Classes resume
(Masses end

Examinations

Reading Day

Examinations

Baccalaureate
Commencement

1980

JANUARY

T W T

F S

1 2 3

4 5

8 9 10

II 12

15 16 17

18 19

22 23 24

25 26

29 30 31

FEBRUARY

T W T

5 6 7

12 13 14

19 20 21

26 27 28

MARCH

T W T

4 5 6

1
8

11 12 13

18 19 20

»»

25 26 27

APRIL

T W T

1 2 3

8 9 10

15 16 17

22 23 24

29 30

MAY

T W T

6 7 8

1 1

13 14 15

20 21 22

27 28 29

JUNE

I W T

3 4 5

10 1 1 12

1 4

17 IB 19

24 25 26

JUIY

T w T

1 2 3

8 9 10

1 1

1 4

15 16 17

22 23 24

29 30 31

AUGUST

$ M

T W T

3 4

5 6 7

10 1 1

12 13 14

17 18

19 20 21

»,, 25

26 27 28

SEPTEMBER

T W T

2 3 4

9 10 11

\ 4

16 17 18

23 24 25

OCTOBER

T W T

1 2

7 8 9

1 1

14 15 16

21 22 23

28 29 30

NOVEMBER

T W T

4 5 6

11 12 13

18 19 20

"'"

25 26 27

DECEMBER

T W T

2 3 4

9 10 1 1

16 T7 18

23 24 25

30 31

The Bulletin

The Calendar 2

The University 8

Libraries 9

Recognition and Accreditation 9

The College 1 1

History and Development 11

Buildings and Grounds 1 8

Purpose 19

Administration 20

Student Life 21

St udent Government 21

College Union 22

Men's and Women's Residence Councils 22

Interfraternity and Intersociety Councils 23

Honor Societies and Professional Fraternities 23

Academic Awards 23

Intramural Athletics 24

Intercollegiate Athletics 24

Religious Activities 25

Cultural Activities 25

Health, Psychological, Placement, and Career Development Services 26

Procedures 27

Admission 27

Application 27

Early Decision 28

Advanced Placement and C LLP 28

Transfer ( Credit 28

Expenses 20

Tuition 29

Room Charges 20

Other Charges 20

Refunds 30

Housing and Food Services 31

Academic Calendar 31

Orientation and Advising 32

Registration 32

Classification 32

Class Attendance 33

Auditing 33

Dropping 34

Withdrawal 34

Examinations 34

Grading 34

Grade Reports and Transcripts 35

Dean's List and Graduation Distinctions 35

Repetition of Courses 35

Probat ion 36

Requirements for Continuation 36

Requirements for Read mission 37

Senior Conditions 37

Scholarships and Loans 38

Scholarships 38

Exchange Scholarships 42

Loans 4 3

( Concessions 44

Other Financial Aid 45

Special Programs 47

Honors Study 47

Open Curriculu m 47

Residential Language (Centers 47

St tidy at Salem C Col lege 48

Summer Study 48

January Study 48

Opportunities for Study Abroad 4 IS

London 4S

Venice 4<X

France 49

Spain 49

India 49

Independent Study 49

Requirements for Degrees 50

Degrees Offered 50

General Requirements 50

Basic Requirements 51

Divisional Requirements 51

Requirement in Physical Education 52

Proficiency in the Use of English 52

Completion of Lower Division Requirements 52

Admission to the Upper Division 53

Fields of Study in the Upper Division 53

Maximum Number of Courses in a Department 53

Double Majors and Joint Majors 54

Senior Testing 54

Combined Degrees in the School of Law 54

Combined Degrees in Medical Sciences 55

Combined Degrees in Medical Technology 55

Degrees in the Physician Assistant Program 56

Degrees in Microbiology 56

Degrees in Dentistry 56

Degrees in Engineering 57

Degrees in Forestry and Environmental Studies 57

Courses of Instruction 58

Anthropology 58

Art 61

Asian Studies 65

Biologv 66

Business and Accountancy 7 1

Chemistry 74

Classical Languages 75

Economics 79

Education 82

English 87

German 91

History 93

Humanities 98

Interdisciplinary Honors 99

Mathematics 101

Military Science 104

Music 105

Philosophy Ill

Physical Education 113

Physics 1 1

Politics 118

Psychology 123

Religion 127

Romance Languages 131

Sociology 140

Speech Communication and Theatre Arts 143

Degrees Con ferred 148

Distinctions Conferred 1 56

Enrollment 162

The Board of Trustees 168

The Board of Visitors 1 70

The Administration 1 72

The College Faculty 178

Emeriti 193

The Committees of the Faculty 195

Index 200

The University

Wake Forest University was founded in 1834 by the Baptist State Convention of
North Carolina. It opened its doors to students on February 3, 1834 as Wake Forest
Institute, with Samuel Wait as principal. It was located in the Forest of Wake
County, North Carolina, on the plantation of Dr. Calvin Jones, near which the
Village of Wake Forest later developed.

Rechartered in 1838 as Wake Forest College, it is one of the oldest institutions of
higher learning in the state. It was exclusively a college of liberal arts for men until
1894, when the School of Law was established. The School of Medicine, founded in
1902, offered a two-year medical program until 1941. In that year the School was
moved from the Town of Wake Forest to Winston-Salem, became associated with
the North Carolina Baptist Hospital, and was renamed the Bowman Grav School of
Medicine in honor of the benefactor who made possible the move and expansion to
a full four-year program.

A School of Business Administration was established in 1948 and for over two
decades offered an undergraduate program of study in business. In 1969 the
undergraduate school was succeeded by the Department of Business and
Accountancv and the Department of Economics in Wake Forest College; at the
same time the Babcock Graduate School of Management was established. The
Division of Graduate Studies was established in 1961. It is now organized as the
Graduate School and encompasses advanced work in the arts and sciences on both
the Reynolda and Hawthorne campuses in Winston-Salem. A summer session was
inaugurated in 1921 and continues on a regular basis.

In 1946 the trustees of Wake Forest College and the Baptist State Convention of
North Carolina accepted a proposal by the Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation to
relocate the non-medical divisions of the College in Winston-Salem, where the
School of Medicine already was. The late Charles H. Babcock and his wife, the late
Mary Revnolds Babcock, contributed a campus site, and building funds were
received from many sources. Between 1952 and 1956 the first fourteen buildings
were erected, in Georgian style, on the new Winston-Salem campus. In 1956 the
College moved all operations, leaving the 122-vear-old campus in the Town of
Wake Forest to the Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminarv.

The decade that followed was the College's most expansive, and in 1967 its
augmented character was recognized by the change in name to Wake Forest
University. Today enrollment in the University stands at over 4,500. Governance
remains in the hands of the Board of Trustees, and development for each of the
Five schools of the University is augmented by Boards of Visitors for the College
and Graduate School, the School of Law, the Graduate School of Management, and
the School of Medicine. A joint board of University Trustees and Trustees of the
North Carolina Baptist Hospital is responsible for the Medical Center, which
includes the Hospital and the School of Medicine. Alumni and parents' organiza-
tions are also active at Wake Forest. Endowment by the Z. Smith Reynolds
Foundation, the Baptist State Convention of North Carolina, and other sources has
historically been strong. The hallmark of education at Wake Forest remains the

devotion to liberal arts learning and professional preparation for men and, since
1942, for women.

The College, Graduate School, School of Law, and Graduate School of
Management are located on the Reynolda Campus in the northwest suburb of
Winston-Salem. The Bowman Gray School of Medicine is about four miles away, on
the Hawthorne Campus near the city's downtown. The University also teaches
regularly at Casa Artom in Venice, at Worrell House in London, and in other places
around the world.

The College offers courses of study leading to the baccalaureate degree in more
than thirty departments and interdisciplinary areas. The School of Law offers the
Juris Doctor, and the Graduate School of Management the Master of Business
Administration degree. In addition to the Doctor of Medicine degree, the School of
Medicine offers through the Graduate School programs leading to the Master of
Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in the basic medical sciences. The
Graduate School confers Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees in most
areas of the arts and sciences and the Doctor of Philosophy degree in biology and in
chemistry.

Libraries

The libraries of the University permit research for undergraduate education and
in each of those disciplines in which a graduate degree is offered. An endowment
provided by a substantial gift from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation and
another from Nancy Reynolds has been assigned to the expansion of library
resources, especially to support the graduate program. Further sustained develop-
ment is thus assured. The libraries of the University hold membership in the
Association of Southeastern Research Libraries.

The library collections total 709,614 volumes. Of these, 539, 70S constitute the
general collection in the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, 72,723 housed in the School of
Law, 87,207 in the library of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, and 9,976 in a
relatively new library in the Babcock Graduate School of Management. Subscrip-
tions to 9,033 periodicals and serials, largely of scholarly content, are maintained by
the four libraries of the University. The holdings of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library
include 18,612 reels of microfilm, 225,070 pieces of microcards, microprint, and
microfiche, and 64,283 volumes of Linked States government publications.

Special collections cover the works of selected late nineteenth and early twentieth
century English and American writers, with pertinent critical material, a Mark
Twain Collection, a Gertrude Stein Collection, and the Ethel Taylor Crittenden
Collection in Baptist History. The recent acquisition of the Charles H. Babcock
Collection of Rare and Fine Books represents an important addition to the
resources of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library.

Recognition and Accreditation

Wake Forest University is a member of the Southern Association of Colleges and
Schools, the Southern Universities Conference, the Association of American

Colleges, the Conference of Southern Graduate Schools, and the Council of
Graduate Schools in the United States. The University has chapters of the principal
national social fraternities, professional fraternities, and honor societies, including
Phi Beta Kappa and Sigma Xi.The Bowman Gray School of Medicine is a member
of the Association of American Medical Colleges and is on the approved list of the
Council on Medical Education of the American Medical Association. The program
in counseling leading to the Master of Arts in Education degree is accredited by the
National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education.

Wake Forest College was accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and
Schools in 1921. The reaccreditation of 1965 included the master's and doctoral
degree programs in the Division of Graduate Studies. Accreditation was reaffirmed
in December 1975.

Samuel Wait, founder and first president (1834-1845)

The College

Wake Forest College lives on in name as the undergraduate college of arts and
sciences. It is the center of academic life at the University; through it the University
carries on the tradition of nearly 150 years of excellence in teaching and preparing
men and women for professional life, personal enrichment, and enlightened
citizenship.

History and Development

The founding of Wake Forest College in 1834 was one manifestation of the
intellectual and humanitarian reform movement in North Carolina and the nation
during the 1830s. The beginnings of the College and the formation of the Baptist
State Convention of North Carolina were closely interwoven: a leading motive for
the organization of the Convention was that it serve as an agency for establishing an
institution that would provide education under Christian influences for ministers
and laymen.

The leaders in the movement for Convention and College were ministers and
laymen from diverse backgrounds. Martin Ross, a North Carolinian, was a
prominent Baptist minister in the Chowan area and an advocate of an educated
ministry'; Thomas Meredith, a graduate of the University of Pennsylvania, had been
pastor first at New Bern and after 1825 at Edenton; Samuel Wait, a graduate of
Columbian College in Washington. D. C had been pastor of the New Bern Baptist
Church since 1827. The inspiration of Ross, the scholarship of Meredith, and the
leadership of Wait combined to lead the Baptists of North Carolina into the
formation of the Baptist State Convention on March 26. 1830. Fourteen
individuals — seven ministers and seven laymen — appointed Wait as the Conven-
tion's agent to explain to churches, associations, and others the need for a college to
provide "an education in the liberal arts in fields requisite for gentlemen."

For nearly three vears Wait traveled over the state in his wagon, speaking to a
large number of the approximately 15,000 Baptists who lived in the Piedmont and
coastal counties of the state. Perhaps as many as one-half opposed missions,
education, and other benevolences, but after two vears of educational canvassing
Wait reported enough sentiment in favor of the program of the Convention to
proceed.

A 600-acre plantation, located sixteen miles north of Raleigh, was purchased
from Dr. Calvin Jones in 1832 for $2,000, and the North Carolina Legislature was
asked to grant a charter for a literary institution based on the manual labor
principle. The lobbying of opponents, both Baptist and non-Baptist, was effective;
only the tie-breaking vote of William D. Moseley, speaker of the Senate, secured
passage of the charter-granting bill. It was a meager charter, subject to various
restrictions and limited to a period of twenty vears, but the birth of Wake Forest
had been achieved. Its subsequent growth would be the result of creative
adjustments and successful responses to a series of other challenges.

After his successful three-year canvass of the state, Samuel Wait was elected
principal of the new institution. Sixteen students registered on February 3, 1834;

before the end of the year seventy-two had enrolled. The manual labor principle,
adopted as a partial means of financing the institution, was abandoned after five
years, and the school was rechartered in 1838 as Wake Forest College.

President Wait's home was the farmhouse on the Jones plantation (now
preserved as a historical museum in the Town of Wake Forest). Students lived in
what had been slave quarters, and classes were conducted in the carriage house. In
1835 construction on the first brick building was begun by Captain John Berry, a
prominent builder who agreed to accept payment in notes due in three annual
installments. The economic crisis of 1837 had such an adverse effect that support
for the College and student enrollment steadily declined; only a loan of $1 (),()()()
from the State Literary Fund in 1841 prevented bankruptcy. During these years of
arduous struggle to keep the College alive. President Wait exhausted his physical
strength and contracted an illness which forced him to resign the presidency in
1845.

William Hooper succeeded Wait, and the prospects of the College became
brighter. Hooper, a grandson of one of North Carolina's three signers of the
Declaration of Independence, had received his education at the University of North
Carolina. As a native North Carolinian with family connections extending over
several generations, he was able to mobilize public opinion in support of the
College. The leadership during his brief tenure generated such enthusiasm in
support of education that a successful campaign for funds retired the debt for the
College buildings in 1850.

After Hooper's resignation the Trustees elected to the presidency Professor of
Mathematics John B. White, a graduate of Brown University. Since the physical
facilities were free of mortgages, fund raising efforts during President White's
administration could be concentrated on increasing the College endowment. A
campaign begun in 1852 had as its goal increasing support by $50,000. The
Trustees placed in charge of this campaign Washington Manly Wingale, a graduate
of 1849 who within a year and a half raised approximately $33,000.

But the temper of the times was unsuited to leadership by a Northerner, and
President White resigned in 1854. The Trustees chose as his successor Wingate,
then twenty-six years old and the first alumnus of the College to serve as president.
Under his vigorous leadership, which spanned nearly three decades, the quality of
students improved and new faculty members were added. During the first eight
years of Wingate's administration, sixty-six students graduated — more than half of
the total graduated during the first twentv-three years in the life of the College. In
1857 President Wingate launched a campaign to produce an additional endowment
of $50,000, over one-half of which was raised in a single evening during the 1857
meeting of the Convention.

This period of growth and expansion was cut short by the division of the nation
in 1861. The Conscription Act of 1863 did not exempt students, and for three years
of the Civil War the College suspended operations. The buildings were used briefly
for a girls' school; after 1863 the Confederate government used College facilities as
a military hospital.

Following Sherman's march through the South and Lee's surrender at Appomat-

tox, a peace of desolation pervaded the region. Supporters of Wake Forest
surveyed what remained: College buildings, now leakv and in poor repair;
approximately $11,700 from a pre-war endowment of $100,000; the former
president and faculty; a loyal group of trustees. There was also something else: an
indomitable spirit of determination that Wake Forest should emerge from the
wreck of war and fulfill its mission.

The needs of the College were great and financial prospects poor, but in
November 1865, barely six months after the end of the war, nine members of the
Board of Trustees, acting with unwarranted courage, authorized the resumption of
classes. Wingate was persuaded to resume the presidency, and on January 15, 1806,
fifty-one students enrolled. The number gradually increased as the South and its
economy slowly recovered.

President Wingate realized that the people of North Carolina had to be awakened
to the need for education in the renascent South, and that they must be persuaded
that Wake Forest could help serve that need. To launch this campaign, a
Baptist-sponsored, statewide educational convention was held in Raleigh, but
before funds could be collected, the financial crisis of 1873 ended all immediate
hope for endowment. The failure of the 1873-74 fund raising campaign placed the
College in a precarious position. The triple encumbrances of war, reconstruction,
and Financial panic made it evident that little money could be raised in North
Carolina. The Committee on Endowment of the Board of Trustees appointed
James S. Purefoy, a local merchant and Baptist minister, as agent to solicit funds in
the Northern states for continued operation of the College. While serving as
treasurer of the Board before the war, he had salvaged $1 1,700 from the pre-war
endowment of $100,000 by persuading the Trustees to invest half of the
endowment in state bonds. After two years of unrelenting and often discouraging
labor, without remuneration, he placed in the hands of the Trustees the sum of
$9,200.

It was also in the bleak days of financial uncertainty that a Wake Forest student,
James W. Denmark, proposed and founded the first college student loan fund in
the Linked States. A Confederate veteran, Denmark had worked six years to
accumulate enough money for his own college expenses. Soon after entering Wake
Forest in 1871 he realized that main students had the same great financial need.
From his meager funds he spent five dollars for post cards and wrote to college
presidents across the country asking how their loan funds were organized. When he
found that the colleges had none, he enlisted the support of faculty and students at
Wake Forest and in 1877 persuaded the Legislature to charter the North Carolina
Baptist Student Loan Fund. Chartered with a capital of $25,000, it was actually
begun with a paid-in capital of only $150. Now known as the James W. Denmark
Loan Fund, it is the oldest college student loan fund in the Lhiited States and has
assets of $325,000 to serve the needs of students according to the purposes of its
founder.

By the close of President Wingate's second administration in 1879, the College
had been successfully revived. The endowment had been increased from
approximately $11,000 to $40,000; a new library building had been constructed;
another building, Wingate Hall, was under construction. Perhaps the greatest

service President Wingate rendered was bringing to the College a faculty of highly
qualified scholars who served the College with distinction and dedication over many
years. Among them were Professors William G. Simmons (1855-88), William Royall
(1859-70; 1880-92), William Bailey Royall (1860-1928), Luther Rice Mills (1867-
1907). and Charles Elisha Taylor (1870-1915), who served as president from 1884
to 1905. Two other scholars who became tutors or adjunct professors in the last
year of President Wingate's administration were also destined to play important
roles in the life of the College: Needham Y. Gulley, who established the School of
Law in 1894 and served as its first dean for thirty-six years, and biologist William
Louis Poteat, who served the College for fifty years, twenty-two of them as
president.

The administration of President Thomas Henderson Pritchard, which followed
that of President Wingate, was brief and served principally to further Wingate's
efforts to persuade Baptists and other North Carolinians to improve the deplorable
condition of education in the state. The second alumnus of the College to serve as
president, Pritchard was an eloquent speaker whose prominent leadership among
Baptists increased the patronage of the College and improved its image among its
constituency.

Charles Elisha Taylor, whom President Wingate had brought to the faculty in
1880, was elected in 1884 to serve as the sixth president. In 1882, while professor of
moral philosophy, he had proposed to the Board of Trustees a plan to increase the
endowment from $53,000 to $100,000. He recommended a short one-year
campaign and the solicitation of funds from a few wealthy individuals rather than
the usual protracted campaign among Baptists generally who had little money to
contribute. In the course of his efforts to increase the endowment, Professor Taylor
succeeded in enlisting the support of Jabez A. Bostwick of New York City, whose
contributions established Wake Forest as a privately endowed college.

President Taylor's administration from 1884 to 1905 brought enrichment of the
academic program in a variety of ways. Academic departments were increased from
eight to thirteen and the size of the faculty more than doubled. Two new schools
were added: the School of Law in 1894 and the School of Medicine in 1902.
Progress in other areas included the addition of three buildings: a science
laboratory, a general classroom building, and a new gymnasium. The campus was
landscaped, and with the able assistance of President Taylor's co-worker "Doctor"
Lorn Jeffries, over 400 trees were planted, making Magnolia grandiflora almost
svnomvmous with the Wake forest campus.

President Taylor was succeeded by William Louis Poteat. Affectionately known as
"Doctor Billv" to students during and after his twenty-two year administration, he
continued to promote the general growth of all areas of College life. Special
emphasis was placed on development in the sciences, reflecting in part the interests
of the president and in part the need to enrich the pre-medical training required by
the new School of Medicine.

As student enrollment increased from 313 to 1905 to 742 in 1927, there was a
corresponding increase in the size of the facultv. Registration in religion, English,
education, and the social sciences required more administrative direction, and a
dean and a registrar were employed along with a library staff. Expansion of

physical facilities included science laboratories, two new dormitories, an athletic
field, a heating plant, and an infirmary. Propelled by the trend of the other colleges
in the state, Wake Forest gave more attention to sports and achieved an envied
reputation in baseball and football. Also notable during President Poteat's
administration was the continued growth of the endowment. Through the efforts
of Professor John B. Carlyle, $1 17,000 was added, one-fourth of it contributed by
the General Education Board of New York. Later a substantial gift was received
from Benjamin N. Duke, and $458,000 came from the Southern Baptist
Convention.

Beyond these significant material advances, President Poteat brought distinction
in the form of state and national recognition. A devout Christian, an eloquent
speaker, and an accomplished scholar, he became a national leader in education
and probably the foremost Baptist layman in the state. As a distinguished scientist
he was among the first to introduce the theory of evolution to his biology classes.
The Christian commitment in his personal and public life enabled him to defend
successfully his views on evolution before the Baptist State Convention in 1922, in a
major victory for academic freedom that attracted nationwide attention. Through
his influence and that of Wake Forest alumni who supported his view, the North
Carolina Legislature refused to follow other Southern states in the passage of
anti-evolution laws in the 1920s.

During the administration of Poteat's successor, Francis Pendleton Gaines
(1927-1930), the academic program continued to improve. In 1930 the Trustees
selected Thurman D. Kitchin, dean of the medical school, to fill the presidency.
Kitchin was a member of a family prominent in state and national affairs: one
brother, William W. Kitchin, had served as governor of North Carolina; another,
Claude Kitchin, had served as majority leader in the United States House of
Representatives. Kitchin's twenty-year administration was one of progress in the
face of many obstacles — Depression, destructive campus fires (one of which
destroyed venerable Wait Hall), the disruption caused by World War II, and a
depleted student body.

Notable accomplishments during this period were the approval in 1936 of the
School of Law by the American Bar Association and in 1941 the removal of the
School of Medicine to Winston-Salem, where it undertook full four-year operation
in association with the North Carolina Baptist Hospital as the Bowman Gray School
of Medicine, named after the benefactor whose bequest made expansion possible.

World War II brought other changes. Although the College was able to remain
open, enrollment dropped in 1942 to 474. The College met this crisis bv modifying
its century-old admissions policy and becoming a coeducational institution that
year. In the post-war period, enrollment mushroomed with the return of the
veterans and reached a peak of 1,762 bv 1949. Just before World War II a
$7,000,000 capital expansion campaign for buildings and endowment had been
launched by President Kitchin. The war forced the postponement of construction,
but out of the campaign came a proposal which offered another war-ridden Wake
Forest an opportunity for yet another rebirth. The Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation
proposed that up to $350,000 a year of its income be given in perpetuity to the
College, provided that the entire College be relocated in Winston-Salem and that

other friends of the College provide a campus site and buildings. In 1940 the Board
of Trustees, the Convention, and the Baptist constituency of the state accepted the
Reynolds proposal. Charles H. Babcock and his wife Mary Reynolds Babcock
offered a 320-acre tract of their Reynolda estate as a site for the new campus.

In 1948 the Baptist State Convention held a campaign among the churches to
raise $1,500,000 for buildings on the new campus. The money raised in this
campaign, a large part of which was transmitted at the groundbreaking ceremonies,
was applied to Wait Chapel. In the same year the Trustees employed the American
City Bureau to raise $1,500,000 in Winston-Salem for construction on the new
campus. This money was held by Wachovia Bank until construction was begun in
1952, and was applied to the first science building, Salem Hall.

To move an institution over 100 years old from its rural setting 1 10 miles to a new
campus in an urban area required leadership of great vision, determination, and
youthful vigor. To succeed President Kitchin, who retired on his sixty-fifth
birthday, the Trustees in 1950 elected to the presidency Harold Wayland Tribble,
then president of Andover Newton Theological School and a noted Baptist
theologian. President fribble immediately began to mobilize alumni and friends of
the College, and the Baptist State Convention, in support of the great transition.] In
November 1950 he persuaded the Convention to remove its stipulation that all
funds for construction be in hand before building could begin; in November 1951
the Convention adopted the Nine Year Advance Program, effective January 1,
1952, to increase the Convention contributions to its colleges for capital needs. It
as anticipated that this program would provide $10,000,000, of which the Wake
Forest share would be $2,500,000. To provide these extra funds, the Convention
froze its contributions to the Southern Baptist Convention at the 1952 level, all
increases going to the Nine Year Program. Because of the increased support which
the College was receiving from the Nine Year Program, the contract with the
Reynolds Foundation was amended in 1954, increasing the annual grant to the
College from $350,000 to $500,000. The Foundation agreed that funds Re-
operation following the College's removal to Winston-Salem could be used for
building during the period of construction.

In the spring of 1951, William Neal Reynolds and Nancy Reynolds offered an
anonymous challenge gift of $2,000,000 on condition that the College raise
$3,000,000 by June 30, 1952. The deadline was extended and the challenge met by
January 1953. Mr. Reynolds died in September 1951 (the Foundation assumed his
$1,500,000 share of the challenge grant) and he willed Wake Forest $1,000,000, to
be paid at the time of removal. In recognition of his bequest the new gymnasium
was named for him. Because of the capital funds received from the Reynolds
Foundation, the Trustees voted that the library be named the Z. Smith Revnolds
Library and the administration building Revnolda Hall. Along with Wait Chapel,
the six main residence halls — four for men and two for women — and a building for
the School of Law, these buildings comprised the heart of the new Revnolda
Campus.

Groundbreaking ceremonies were held in Winston-Salem on October 15, 1951,
when a crowd of more than 20,000 watched President Harry Truman lift the first
shovel of dirt to begin construction of the new Wake Forest campus. Between 1951

and 195(5 fourteen buildings were erected; the removal of the College to its new
home was accomplished in time for the opening of the summer session in 1956.

During the next eleven years of President Tribble's administration the College
experienced many changes. It had revised its curriculum before moving to the new
campus, offering greater flexibility to students, whose number increased to 3,022.
The size of the faculty rapidly expanded, reducing the student/teacher ratio to
fourteen-to-one. The campus was further expanded with the erection of Winston
Hall in 1961, a new women's residence hall in 1962, and Harold W. Tribble Hall, a
general classroom building, in 1963. Groves Stadium, seating 31,090, was
completed in 1968.

Additional resources came to the College in its new home. In 1954 the will of
Colonel George Foster Hankins provided over $1,000,000 to be used for
scholarships. In 1956 the Ford Foundation contributed $680,000 to the endowment
of the undergraduate program and $1,600,000 to the Bowman Gray School of
Medicine. After the completion of a challenge gift of $3,000,000 offered in 1965,
the Foundation raised its annual contribution to $620,000. The holdings of the
University's libraries more than tripled, and the Z. Smith Reynolds Library was
awarded the income from an endowment fund of $4,500,000 contributed by the
Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation and Nancy Reynolds.

Graduate work, first offered in 1866 but suspended during the removal
program, was resumed in 1961 with the establishment of the Division of Graduate
Studies. In 1967, recognizing the augmented resources of the College, the 4 rustees
officially changed the institution's name to Wake Forest University. The Division of
Graduate Studies became the Graduate School and the name Wake Forest College
was retained as the designation for the undergraduate school.

After seventeen years of strenuous effort. President Fribble retired in 1967,
leaving as his lasting memorial the removal of the College from Wake Forest to
Winston-Salem and its changed status from college to university, with enhanced
resources and academic distinction. As his successor the Trustees chose James
Ralph Scales, former president of Oklahoma Baptist University and former dean of
arts and sciences at Oklahoma State University. Since his administration began
there have been important new developments. The Guy T. and Clara H. Carswell
Scholarship Fund, valued at $1,600,000, was established in 1967 to undergird the
undergraduate college. The new Graduate School of Management in 1969 was
named in honor of Charles H. Babcock. Through the generosity of the Z. Smith
Reynolds Foundation and Nancy Reynolds, a building was constructed to house the
Babcock School; a subsequent gift of $2,000,000 was received from the Mary
Reynolds Babcock Foundation for endowment. The Fine Arts Center was occupied
in 1976, marking a major phase of the College's growth in comprehensive liberal
arts education. An athletic center and additions to the School of Law building, Guy
T. Carswell Hall, have further expanded the physical resources of the Reynolda
Campus.

Complementing this material growth. Wake Forest has expanded its curriculum
to offer study for the baccalaureate degree in over thirty areas: accountancy,
anthropology, art, biology, business, chemistry, classical studies, economics,
education, English, French, French-Spanish, German, Greek, history, Latin,

mathematical economics, mathematics, mathematics-business, mathematics-
biology, music, philosophy, physical education, physics, politics, psychology,
religion, speech, sociology, Spanish, speech communication, and theatre arts. Also
ayailable are combined curricula in law, medical sciences, medical technology,
microbiology, dentistry, engineering, forestry and environmental studies, and the
physician assistant program.

The academic calendar is designed for controlled flexibility. There is a
fifteen-week fall semester, a four-week January term, a spring semester offering
both fifteen- and eleven-week courses, and two summer terms of Five and a half
weeks each. Exchange programs with local institutions and with universities abroad
have further expanded the range of choice and opportunity. In addition, Wake
Forest maintains residential centers in Venice and London for foreign study within
the College curriculum. As a mark of increased academic stature, the William Rand
Kenan Foundation in 1970 established the first fully endowed University
professorship at Wake Forest. It is held by Kenan Professor of Humanities
Germaine Bre'e.

Buildings and Grounds

Wake Forest is situated on approximately 320 acres; its physical plant consists of
over thirty buildings, most of which are of modified Georgian architecture and
constructed of Old Virginia brick trimmed in granite and limestone. The Revnolda
Gardens annex, consisting of about 150 acres and including Revnolda Woods,
Revnolda Village, and Revnolda Gardens, is adjacent to the campus. Nearby is the
Graylyn Estate, where there are residential foreign language centers for students.

Wait Chapel is named in memory of the first president of the College. Its main
auditorium seats 2,300 and is the home of Wake Forest Baptist Church; Davis
Chapel seats 150 and is used by the Church and by the College for smaller services.
The Wait Chapel tower contains the Janet Jeffrey Carlile Harris Carillon, an
instrument of forty-seven bells. Wingate Hall, named in honor of President
Washington Manly Wingate, houses the Department of Music, the Department of
Religion, and the offices of the University Chaplaincy and Church.

Reynolda Hall, across the upper plaza from Wait Chapel, is an administration
building and student center. Most administrative offices for the Revnolda Campus
are there, along with the College Union, other student activities, and some
classrooms. The Z. Smith Reynolds Library houses the main collection of books and
documents on the Revnolda Campus. Along with six floors of open stacks, having a
capacity for about 1,000,000 volumes, it has reading and reference rooms for study
and for some academic offices.

Winston Hall houses the departments of biology and psychology, Salem Hall the
departments of chemistry and phvsics. Both buildings have laboratory as well as
classroom and special research facilities. Harold W. Tribble Hall accommodates the
humanities and social science departments and has a curriculum materials center,
an honors seminar room, a philosophy library and seminar room, and a larger
lecture area, DeTamble Auditorium, with an adjacent exhibition gallery. Instruction in
business, accountancy, and mathematics is carried out in Charles H. Babcock Hall,

A'hich also houses the Babcock Graduate School of Management. The School of
Law occupies Gay T. Carswell Hall.

The Fine Arts Center is of contemporary design appropriate to the functions of
itudio art, theatre, and instruction in art history and drama. Off its lobby is a large
gallery for special exhibitions. In the art wing are spacious studios for drawing,
painting, sculpture, and printmaking, along with a smaller gallery and classrooms.
In the theatre wing are design and production areas and two technically complete
theatres, the larger of traditional proscenium design and the smaller for
experimental ring productions.

The William N. Reynolds Gymnasium is equipped with classrooms for instruction in
physical education, courts for indoor sports, a swimming pool, and offices for the
Department of Physical Education and for military science. Adjacent are tennis
courts, sports fields, a track, and the Athletic Center for intercollegiate athletics.

There are five residence halls for undergraduate men: Kite Inn House, Potent
House, Dams House, Taylor House, and Huffman Hall. For women there are five
residence halls: Bostwick, Johnson, Babcock, New Dormitory, and Efird Hall. Just off the
main campus are twelve apartment buildings for faculty and married students. A
town house apartment building has also been completed.

Purpose

The most recent formally adopted statement of the purposes and objectives of
the University includes the following: "As an institution founded by the Baptist
State Convention of North Carolina, Wake Forest University seeks to shape its
goals, policies, and practices by Christian ideals. It seeks to help its students become
mature, well-informed, and responsible persons. These purposes underlie the total
academic program of the University. Through them the University seeks to
prepare its students for careers in teaching, the ministry, law. medicine, business,
research, and other professions."

The special mission of the College, operating within the framework of these
principles, is to educate the total man or woman within the limits and capacities of
individual talent, preparation, and interest. The College is neither a preparatory
school for academic deficiencies nor a professional school for vocational training.
In tradition and design it is an institution of liberal arts where athletic, artistic, and
social activities are fostered on a firm foundation of education in the humanities,
the social and natural sciences, mathematics, and the fine arts.

Proud of its heritage and circumspect in the responsible use of freedom, the
College encourages the spirit of free inquiry. It seeks faculty and administrators
who have a commitment to the search for knowledge, who have an awareness of
their own responsibilities as citizens in a free society, and who have a sense of
obligation to the students who will help shape tomorrow's world. It invites
applicants who are willing to accept the challenge of new ideas, with a commitment
to education as the means of achieving their own personal development and of
helping to solve the problems of an increasingly complex society. It believes that all
students should know something of the physical world and the scientific method by
which data are gathered, verified, and organized; that thev should be knowledge-

able about the social relationships which make up the world; that they must
cultivate the heritage of the past and be concerned for man's spiritual, moral, and
physical future; and that as graduates they should be able to communicate
effectively in all areas with their fellow men and women. Wake Forest seeks to instill
a sense of the dignity and worth of the individual, a love of freedom, an awareness
of the continuity of human experience, and a sense of responsibility to others.

Administration

The College is administered by the Provost, who is the chief academic officer of
the University; by the Dean of the College, who is responsible for academic
planning and administration in all areas of undergraduate life; by associate and
assistant deans, who supervise academic counseling; by a Coordinator of Student
Services, a Dean of Men, and a Dean of Women, who advise residential, social, and
cultural life; and bv the committees of the faculty listed in this bulletin.

Student Life

Student life at the University is designed to offer a wide range of social, cultural,
religious, and athletic resources to complement academic studies and other
individual pursuits. The University is a community, and the sense of community is
fostered by rich opportunities for personal growth.

Student Government in the College has executive, legislative, and judicial
functions. The College Union plans, directs, and funds activities. Social fraternities
for men are governed by an Interfraternity Council and societies for women by an
Intersociety Council. A Men's Residence Council and Women's Residence Council
include all students who live on campus. There are chapters of the major honor
societies and professional societies for qualified students, and a number of
academic awards are made by the University for distinguished student achievement
and service. Intercollegiate athletics for men and for women and an intramural
sports program are strong, distinguished by tradition and bv performance.
Religious activities are central to the life of the College and, like campus cultural
opportunities, are distinctive. The University offers a number of additional services
to students relating to their physical and mental health, spiritual growth, and
preparation for a meaningful life.

Student Government

The executive branch of the Student Government is comprised of the four
student body officers — president, vice president, secretary, treasurer — and the
executive advisory committees. Reporting directly to the officers are various
committees which work on improving service to students. These committees are
open to all students who wish to serve.

The Student Legislature is composed of fifty-five student representatives; the vice
president of the student body serves as speaker. The Legislature represents the
interests of students in social and academic matters and promotes and funds
projects of benefit to the student body and the larger communitv. It oversees
disbursement of funds to student groups and recommends the chartering of newly
formed student organizations. Major committees are the Charter Committee, the
Student Budget Advisory Committee, and the Student Economic Board.

The Honor Code is an expression of the concern that students be motivated bv
ideals of honor and integrity. It is an integral part of the Student Government as
adopted by students and approved by the faculty. Its essence is that each student's
word can be trusted implicitlv and that any violation of a student's word is an
offense against the whole community. The honor system obligates students neither
to give nor receive aid on any examination, quiz, or other pledge work; to have
complete respect for the property rights of others; not to make false or deceiving
statements regarding academic matters to another member of the University
communitv, nor to give false testimony or refuse to pav just debts; and to confront
any student who has violated the honor system and tell him or her that it is his or
her responsibility to report himself or herself or face the possibilitv of being
reported to the Honor Council.

The Honor Council consists of ten members — two co-chairmen selected by the
Honor Council of the previous year plus two representatives from each class. There
are three non-voting faculty advisers.

It is the duty of the Honor Council to receive, prefer, investigate, and arrange
trial proceedings for all charges of violations of the Honor Code. If a student is
found guilty of premeditated cheating, he or she is immediately suspended or
expelled from the University. For convictions of lying, stealing, bad debts,
interfering with the Honor Council, or other forms of cheating, the maximum
penalty is expulsion and the minimum penalty is probation. Expulsion is automatic
upon conviction for a second offense. All actions of the Honor Council are reported
in writing to the Dean of the College.

Any student convicted of violating the Honor Code is ineligible to represent the
Universitv in any way until the period of punishment — whether suspension,
probation, or another form — is completed and the student is returned to good
standing. A student who has been suspended can be readmitted to the College only
on the approval of the faculty or its Committee on Academic Affairs. During the
period of suspension the student cannot be certified to another institution as being
in good standing.

The Case Referral Panel receives reports on violations of regulations, conducts
necessary investigations, draws up specific charges of violation, hears pleas, and
refers the matter either to the Director of Housing or to the Judicial Board, as
appropriate.

The Judicial Board is composed of twelve members, at least three men and three
women, who are elected at large from the student body. It is the duty of the Board
to receive, prefer, and try all charges of social misconduct and violations of
University rules and regulations for individual students as well as student
organizations not covered by the Honor Council, the Director of Housing, or the
Traffic Appeals Board. A student who violates these regulations or who behaves in
such a way as to bring reproach upon himself or herself or upon the University is
subject to penalties ranging from verbal reprimand to suspension on the first
offense. For further offenses, expulsion may occur.

College Union

Under the Director of the College Union there are meeting and recreation
rooms, lounges, offices for student organizations, a coffee house, and an
information center. The College Union is responsible for scheduling entertainment
activities, assisting student organizations, and providing supporting equipment and
services. The College Union board of directors, representing all undergraduate
and graduate students, cooperates with the staff in daily operations and supervises
the efforts of a large body of student volunteers who develop and present programs
which are designed to complement academic studies.

Men's and Women's Residence Councils

The Men's Residence Council includes all residents and encourages students

toward a comprehensive concept of education, on the principle that learning is not
restricted to the classroom but occurs in important ways through interaction with
fellow students and faculty in residence hall life. Each house has its own officers and
carries out its own academic, athletic, and social programs to provide students with
an opportunity to become actively involved in College life.

The Women's Residence Council is concerned with nurturing a comprehensive
concept of education. Occasions are provided for discussions and social and sports
events. The Women's Residence Council officers are elected by students who live in
the residence halls.

Interfraternity and Intersociety Councils

The Interfraternitv Council is the governing body of ten social fraternities, all of
which are located on campus: Alpha Sigma Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Kappa Alpha,
Kappa Sigma, Lambda Chi Alpha, Pi Kappa Alpha, Sigma Chi, Sigma Phi Epsilon,
Sigma Pi, Theta Chi. It endeavors to maintain a high standard of conduct and
scholarship. A student must have a C average for the previous semester or a
cumulative C average to be initiated. By order of the faculty, students who are on
probation for any reason may not be initiated into any fraternity until the end of
their probationary period.

The Intersocietv Council is the governing body of six societies for women, in each
of which membership is selective: Fideles, Sophs, Steps, Strings, Thymes, and
Riegels.

Honor Societies and Professional Fraternities

A number of nationally affiliated honor societies have been established: Alpha
Epsilon Delta (pre-medicine), Beta Beta Beta (biology), Delta Phi Alpha (German),
Delta Sigma Rho/Tau Kappa Alpha (debate). Eta Sigma Phi (classics), Lambda
Alpha (anthropology), National Collegiate Players and Anthony Aston Society
(drama), Omicron Delta Epsilon (economics), Phi Alpha Theta (history), Pershing
Rifles and Scabbard and Blade (military), Phi Beta Kappa, Omicron Delta Kappa,
and Mortar Board. T here are student sections of the America Institute of Phvsics
and the American Chemical Society; professional fraternities include Phi Alpha
Delta and Phi Delta Phi (law). There are also chapters of the national service
fraternity Alpha Phi Omega and Circle K, as well as an Accounting Society, a
Phvsical Education Club, and a Sociology Club.

Academic Awards

The following awards are made annually: the .4. D. Ward Medal for the senior
making the best address at commencement; the /. B. Currin Medal for the best
oration on the topic "Christ in Modern Life"; the D. A. Brown Prize to the student
whose writing most merits recognition; the M. D. Phillips Prize to the outstanding
senior in Greek or Latin; the John Y. Phillips Prize to the outstanding senior in
mathematics; the H. Broadus Jones Award to the student whose paper shows greatest
insight into the works of Shakespeare; the Ruth Foster Campbell Award to the student

whose ability in the Spanish language and spirit of joyful inquiry into Spanish
culture have been most outstanding; the Forrest W. Clonts Award to the outstanding
senior in history; the Claud H. Richards Award to the outstanding senior in politics;
the John Allen Easley Medal to the outstanding senior in religion; the Lura Baker
Paden Medal to the outstanding senior in business; the Wall Street Journal Medal and
a year's subscription to the Journal to the outstanding senior in finance; the A. M.
Pullen and Company Medal to the senior with the highest achievement in accounting;
the William E. Speas Award to the outstanding senior in physics; the Carolina Award
(o the major in biology who writes the best paper on a subject selected by the
national biology society; the Biology Research Award to the major in biology who does
the best piece of original research; the Poteat Award to the student in first year
biology who plans to major in biology and is judged most outstanding.

Intramural Athletics

Through the Department of Physical Education, the College fosters the fullest
possible participation by students in sports and recreational activities which have
lifelong health-enhancing value. Performed by residence halls, fraternities,
societies, and independent groups, these include rugby, football, basketball,
baseball, track and field, tennis, swimming, wrestling, boating, hiking, rappelling,
and general conditioning.

Intercollegiate Athletics

Under the Director of Athletics, Wake Forest is a member of the Atlantic Coast
Conference of the National Collegiate Athletic Association and participates in
intercollegiate football, basketball, baseball, golf, tennis, swimming, cross country,
and track. Under the military science staff there is also an intercollegiate program
in riflery. There are club teams in soccer, karate, football, rugby, ice hockey,
wrestling, and gymnastics.

The full scholarship allowed by the National Collegiate Athletic Association
covers tuition, fees, room, board, and books. Wake Forest offers several special
scholarships and awards: the Brian Piccolo Award for the football player judged by
the coaching staff to best exemplify the qualities of Brian Piccolo during the annual
North Carolina game; the Brian Piccolo Scholarship for the Chicago-area high school
football plaver entering Wake Forest who best exemplifies the qualities of Brian
Piccolo; the Arnold Palmer Award for the Wake Forest Athlete of the Year, as judged
by the Monogram Club; the Buddy Worsham Scholarship for one golfer or more; the
John R. Knott Scholarship for one golfer or more.

Under the Director of W'omen's Athletics, Wake Forest is a member of the
Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women and participates in basketball,
field hockey, golf, tennis, volleyball, and cross country. In addition, women are
eligible for the intercollegiate swimming team.

The full scholarship allowed by the Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for
Women covers tuition, fees, room, and board. Wake Forest offers scholarships for
women in golf, tennis, basketball, and volleyball.

} Religious Activities

j The Campus Ministry provides a variety of religious activities, including
Thursday morning worship in Davis Chapel. In addition to seasonal celebrations
iroughout the liturgical year, there are retreats, Bible-study and discussion
roups, and both independent and church-related social service in the larger
pmmunity. Baptist, Methodist, Episcopal, and Catholic chaplains represent their
aiths and participate jointly in sponsoring activities. Wake Forest Baptist Church
aeets for weekly worship in Wait Chapel and embraces students, faculty, and
lembers of the larger community. Membership is open without restriction to all
ho seek its ministry.

The Ecumenical Institute sponsors lectures, colloquia, and publications which
jster dialogue among clergy and lay members of Catholic, Jewish, and Protestant
liths. Most are open to students and to others in the community.

Cultural Activities

I Under the Director of Theatre, students perform five major productions and
?veral lab plays annually, employing faculty, student, and visiting professional
irectors. Under the Director of Radio, WFDD-FM broadcasts year-round to the
impus and Piedmont North Carolina as an affiliate of National Public Radio. In
ddition to student announcers, producers, and technicians, it has a small
rofessional staff. Intercollegiate debate at Wake Forest has a long record of
<cellence, and the College hosts two annual debate tournaments, the Novice and
le Dixie Classic.

Student publications include Old Gold and Black, a weekly newspaper; The Student,
literary magazine; and the yearbook The Howler. Challenge is a student-initiated
iennial symposium on contemporary affairs which attracts major speakers around
central theme of national importance. In addition, the College Union sponsors a
iajor speaker series throughout the academic year, and departments in the College
agage specialists for other series. The Institute of Literature is a program of writers,
ritics, and scholars in English, classical languages, German, and Romance
nguages. The Hester Philosophy Seminar is an annual colloquium devoted to the
najor problems of philosophy and their impact on the Christian faith and is ajoint
ndertaking of the Department of Philosophy and the Ecumenical Institute. The
obinson Lectures are held biennially and are administered by the Department of
eligion. The Department of Psychology sponsors a colloquium series throughout
le academic year.

Student musicians perform for academic credit in the Choral Union, the Concert
hoir, the Opera Workshop, the University Symphony, the Demon Deacon
[arching Band, the Symphonic Wind Ensemble, the Concert Band, the Varsity
ep Band, two Jazz Ensembles, the Percussion Ensemble, the Woodwind Quintet,
id the Brass Quintet. Under the Director of Concerts, major concerts in the
rtists Series are performed in Wait Chapel by leading orchestras and artists from
j ound the world and in the Fine Arts Center by selected dance companies. The
epartment of Music also sponsors performances by faculty and visiting artists. All

concerts are open to students and to others in the community.

In addition to studio instruction in the Department of Art, visiting painters,
sculptors, and printmakers teach on campus and at the nearby Southeastern Center
for Contemporary Art, sponsored jointly by the University and the Center.
Reynolda House has a regular program of instruction in art history related to its
special collection in American art. The College Union has an expanding collection
of contemporary works of art, under student administration and exhibited in
Reynolda Hall and elsewhere on campus. The T. J. Simmons Collection of
paintings, etchings, lithographs, and sculpture is also distributed for permanent
campus display. An active group of student photographers exhibits its own work
and that of professional photographers in the gallery adjacent to DeTamble
Auditorium. Cultural resources in the community, in addition to Reynolda House
and the Southeastern Center for Contemporary Art, include the historic restored
Moravian village of Old Salem, the Museum of Early Southern Decorative Arts, the
North Carolina School of the Arts and its associated professional performing
companies in theatre, dance, and music, and the Winston-Salem Symphony and
Chorale. Folk art, professional art, and crafts fairs are frequent.

Health, Psychological, Placement, and
Career Development Services

The Student Health Service is located in Kitchin House and provides primary
care services, including general health maintenance, diagnostic and treatment
procedures, and referral to specialists. It is open when residence halls are in
operation and requires a health information questionnaire on file for all students.
The services of the clinical staff are covered by tuition; there are additional charges
for injections, medications, laboratory tests, special physical examinations, and bed
care.

Located in Revnolda Hall, the Center for Psychological Services offers psycho-
logical counseling, testing, and research services to the University community. Also
located in Reynolda Hall, the Office of Placement and Career Development offers
assistance and consultation regarding resume writing, interviewing, and career
planning. It assists students seeking information about temporary employment and
seniors looking for permanent employment after graduation.

Procedures

All students are responsible for familiarizing themselves with the portions of this bulletin

which pertain to their course of study. Statements concerning courses and expenses are not to be

l regarded as irrevocable contracts between the student and the institution. The University

i reserves the right to change the schedule of classes and the cost of instruction at any time within

the student's term of residence.
(
i . .

Admission

Candidates for admission must furnish evidence of maturity and educational
achievement. The Committee on Admissions carefully considers the applicant's
academic records, scores on tests, and evidence of character, motivation, goals, and
general fitness for study in the College. The secondary school program of the
applicant must establish a commitment to the kind of broad liberal education
reflected in the academic requirements of the College.

Admission as a freshman normally requires graduation from an accredited
; secondary school with a minimum of sixteen units of high school credit. These
should include four units in English, three in mathematics, two in history and social
studies, two in a single foreign language, and one in the natural sciences. An
applicant who presents at least twelve units of differently distributed college
preparatory study can be considered. A limited number of applicants may be
admitted without the high school diploma, with particular attention given to abilitv,
maturity, and motivation.

Application

An application is secured from the Office of Admissions in person or bv mail
(7305 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109). It should be
completed and returned to that office, if possible no later than February 1 for the
fall semester. Most admissions decisions for the fall semester are made by March 1,
with prompt notification of applicants. For the spring semester application should
be completed and returned, if possible, no later than October 15. Except in
emergency the Final date for applying for the fall semester is August 5 and for the
spring semester January 1. Application on this last-date basis is primarily for
non-residential students.

The admission application requires records and recommendations directly from
secondary school officials. It also requires test scores, preferably from the senior
year, on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board.
An accompanying Achievement Test is optional. A $20 fee to cover the cost of
processing must accompany an application. It cannot be applied to later charges for
accepted students or refunded for others. The University reserves the right to reject any
application without explanation.

A $100 admission deposit is required of all students accepted and must be sent to
the OfFice of Admissions no later than three weeks following notice of acceptance.
It is credited toward first semester fees and is refunded in the event of cancellation

of application by the student, provided written request for refund is received by the
Office of Admissions no later than May 1 for the fall semester or November 1 for
the spring semester. (Students notified of acceptance after May 1 for the fall
semester or November 1 for the spring semester should make the admission deposit
within two weeks of notification.) Deposits made after May 1 and November 1 are
not refundable. Failure to make the admission deposit is taken as cancellation of
application by the student. No deposit is required for summer session enrollment.

Early Decision

An Early Decision plan is available to well qualified high school students who
decide bv the close of their junior year that their first college choice is Wake Forest.
An Early Decision agreement is required with the application, which is sent to the
Office of Admissions after completion of the junior year or by late October of the
senior year. Along with high school record, recommendations, and scores on the
Scholastic Aptitude lest, at least one Achievement lest, especially in English
composition, is strongly recommended.

Early Decision applicants are notified of acceptance no later than November 1 for
the fall semester, and the admission deposit is required by January 1. Applicants
not admitted are asked to submit a senior year Scholastic Aptitude Test score and
first semester senior year grade record, or are advised to apply elsewhere.

Advanced Placement and CLEP

Advanced Placement credit for college level work done in high school is available
on the basis of the Advanced Placement Examination of the College Entrance
Examination Board and supplementary information. Especially well-qualified
applicants for advanced standing may also be exempted from some basic and
divisional courses with credit on the authorization of the department concerned.
Credit by advanced standing is computed as credit transferred from another
college.

Under certain conditions especially well prepared applicants may be granted
limited college credit through the subject tests of the College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) of the Educational Testing Service. Such credit may be assigned
with the approval of the department concerned.

Transfer Credit

The number of transfer students who can be admitted each year depends upon
the availability of space in the sophomore and junior classes. An applicant for
admission who has attended another college must be a graduate of a standard
junior college or furnish a certificate of honorable dismissal stating eligibility in all
respects to enter the college last attended, and must have an overall average of at
least C on all college work attempted. A student who is admitted from another
college before fully meeting the prescribed admissions requirements for entering
freshmen must remove the entrance conditions during the first year at Wake
Forest.

The writing of transfer students is checked during the orientation period each
emester, and students whose writing is deficient are given a composition condition.
r or removal of a composition condition the student is required to take English 1 1
luring the first semester for which he or she registers following the assignment of
he cc. Removal of the deficiency is prerequisite to graduation.

Courses satisfactorily completed in other accredited colleges are accepted subject
o faculty approval. In general, no credit is allowed for courses not found in the
Vake Forest curriculum. The minimum residence requirement for a baccalaureate
legree is two academic years, the senior and one other.

Expenses

Statements concerning expenses are not to be regarded as forming an irrevocable contract
etween the student and the University. The costs of instruction and other services outlined
■erein are those in effect on the date of publication of this bulletin, and the University reserves
he right to change without notice the cost oj instruction and other services at any time.

An admission deposit of $100, which is applied toward tuition and fees for the
emester for which the student has been accepted, is required to complete
dmission. Charges are due in full on August 1 for the fall semester and December
55 for the spring semester. Faculty regulations require that student accounts be
ettled in full before the student is entitled to receive a grade report, transcript, or
liploma, or to register for the following semester or term.

Tuition

Per Semester Per Year

'ull-Time (twelve or more credits) $1,650 $3,300

'art-time $100 per credit

Students enrolled in the College for full-time residence credit are entitled to full
>rivileges regarding libraries, laboratories, athletic contests, concerts, publications,
he College Union, the University Theatre, and the Health Service. Part-time
tudents are entitled to the use of the libraries and laboratories but not to the other
>rivileges mentioned above. They may secure a part-time student ID card,
dmissions to games and concerts, and publications by paying an activity fee of $50
>er semester.

Room Charges
)ouble occupancy $250-$265 $500-$530

Most rooms available for first year students are $250 per semester for men and
265 for women. Other room rentals range from $220 to $335.

Other Charges

Admission application fee of $20 is required with each application for admission to
over the cost of processing and is non-refundable.
Admission deposit of $100 is required of each student entering for the first time or

returning after a period of non-attendance and must be sent to the Director o
Admissions within three weeks after acceptance for admission or readmission. Thi
deposit is credited to the student's charges for the semester for which he or she ha
been accepted for admission. It is refunded if the Director of Admissions is notifier
in writing prior to May 1 for the fall semester and November 1 for the sprins
semester of cancellation of plans to enter the College.

Applied music fees are required in addition to tuition lor students enrolling fo
individual or class study in applied music in the Department of Music and an
payable in the Office of the Treasurer. The fee for one credit hour of instructioi
per semester is $75 and for two credit hours per semester is $120. Practice fees an
$15 or $18 for organ practice, $7 or $10 for piano practice, and $5 or $7 for othe
instrument practice for one or two hours a day.

Graduation fee of $20 is required of all students who are candidates for degrees.

Hospital bed and board charges are made when the student is confined to the Studen
Health Service, at a rate of $37.50 per day. An additional charge is made for specia
services and expensive drugs. Since most insurance companies do not cove
admissions to a university hospital or infirmary, students are urged to arrange foi
the student insurance which covers these charges. The student insurance premiun
is usually under $120 per year. A $2.00 charge is added to overdue bills.

Key deposit of $5 is required for each key issued to a residence hall room and i
refunded when the key is returned.

Late registration fee of $10 is charged to students registering after the dates set bv the
faculty.

Library fines are charged for lost books and for violation of other librarv regulation
and are payable in the library.

Advance tuition deposit of $100 is required, at a date set bv the Office of the
Treasurer, of students enrolled in the spring semester who expect to return for the
fall semester beginning in August. It is credited to the student's Universitv charge 1
and is refunded if the Treasurer is notified in writing prior to June 1.

Room change fee of $5 is charged for authorized room changes made after Februan
15 in the spring semester. The fine is $20 for any unauthorized change.

Special examination fee of $2.50 is required for each special examination taken t<
remove a course condition.

Student apartment rental is pavable at $100 per month.

Motor vehicle registration and traffic fines are $35 and S4 to $10, respectively. All
students operating a vehicle on campus (including student apartments and the
Graylyn Estate) must register vehicles thev are operating day or night, whether or
not owned by the operator. All vehicle registrations must be completed within
twenty-four hours from the first time the vehicle is brought to campus. Fines are
assessed against students violating parking regulations, copies of which are
obtainable from the Traffic Office.

Transcripts of a student's record are issued at a cost of $2 each.

Refunds

During the academic vear, all students, full- and part-time, receive tuition

refunds according to the following schedule. This policy applies to students
dropping courses as well as those withdrawing. Withdrawals must he official and
students must turn in their ID cards before claiming refunds. There is no refund of
3 roov; rent.

Number of Weeks Percentage of Total Tuition

Attendance to be Refunded

1 Total Tuition Tess Si 00

2 75 percent
1 3 50 percent

4 25 percent

Housing and Food Services

i Residence Halls. All unmarried freshmen students are required to live in
- residence halls, except ( 1 ) when permission is granted by the Dean of Men or the
.Dean of Women for the student to live with parents or a relative in the
Winston-Salem area or (2) by special arrangement when space is not available on
.campus or (3) if the student has lost residence hall space because of a room contract
violation. Married students are not usually allowed to live in residence halls except
when permitted by the Dean of Men or t he Dean of Women. Residence halls are
supervised by the Director of Housing, the Directors of Residence Life, head

f residents, and assistants under the direction of the Dean of Men and the Dean of

Women.

The following charges per year apply for each student in the residence halls: in

Kitchin House, I'oteat House, Davis House, Taylor Hotise, Huffman Hall, and
[ Efird Hall, S400 for triple rooms, S440 for small double rooms, $500 for large
I double rooms, and $630 for single rooms; in Johnson and Bostwick Residence
-Halls, $530 for double rooms and $030 for single rooms; in Babcock Residence

Hall, $600 for double rooms and $630 lot single rooms; in New Dormitory, $670
, for double rooms; in each of four town house apartments, $640 per occupant; at

Graylyn Estate, $670 per occupant. Tor each of the fifty-six married student
/apartments the charge is $100 per month.

Food Services. A cafeteria, soda shop, and table service dining room are located in

Reynolda Hall. Meals may be purchased individually or under an optional board

plan. The approximate yearly cost individually is $725-$825. The contractual board
, plan reduces the cost by about one-fifth,
t

Academic Calendar

The academic calendar of the College includes a fall semester ending before
Christmas, a spring semester beginning in Januarv and ending in May, and a
summer session. Courses offered in the fall semester usually meet for approximate-
ly fifteen weeks. During the spring semester some courses meet on a fifteen-week
schedule as in the fall, some meet for four weeks (normallv during Januarv). and
others meet for the remaining eleven weeks of the semester. A student may enroll
for fifteen-week courses only or for four-week and eleven-week courses only, or

under certain conditions may combine courses from the two tracks during the same
spring semester.

Orientation and Advising

A three-day orientation period for new students in the College precedes
registration for the fall semester. An academic adviser who is either a member of
the faculty or an upperclassman in the peer-advising program provides guidance
during and between registration periods throughout the student's freshman and
sophomore vears. Meetings with advisers are both in groups and individual and are
initiated both bv the adviser and bv the student. The adviser suggests and approves
courses of instruction until the student declares a major in a field of study at the end
of the sophomore year. At that time a new adviser is assigned from the department
or departments concerned.

Registration

A two-day registration period for all students in the College opens the fall
semester and the spring semester. Registration involves (1) payment of all tuition
and fees in full to the Treasurer, (2) obtaining a summary of prior record from the
Registrar, (3) consultation with the academic adviser. (4) sectioning of classes by
departmental representatives, and (5) verification of registration cards with class
schedules by the Registrar.

A four-week course with a value of four credits constitutes a normal full-time
course load for the four-week term. Students enrolling for a four-week course that
meets primarilv off campus may not enroll for a regular fifteen-week course during
the same semester. Students enrolling for a four-week course on the campus may, if
the adviser recommends it, enroll at the same time for one regular fifteen-week course
(three, four, or five credits) only. Certain one-credit courses, such as music ensemble or
physical education, may be included in addition at the discretion of student and
adviser. Students or advisers who encounter extraordinary problems in planning
schedules for the spring semester may consult the Office of the Dean of the College.

Classification

Classification of students by class standing and as full-time or part-time is
calculated in terms of credits. Most courses in the College have a value of four
credits, but others vary from one credit to five. The normal load for a full-time
student is eighteen credits per semester; a slightly heavier load is permitted under
certain circumstances. Twelve credits per semester constitute minimum full-time
registration. (Recipients of veteran benefits, grants from state government, and
other governmental aid must meet the guidelines of the appropriate agencies.) A
student may not register for fewer than twelve credits without specific permission
from the Committee on Academic Affairs to register as a part-time student. For the
Januarv term the normal load is one four-credit course; with the academic adviser's
approval a student may also register concurrentlv for one fifteen-week course.

A full-time student in the fall semester of any year may not be a part-time student

in the spring semester immediately following. Any student who petitions for
part-time status within the semester in which he or she wishes to gain such status is
not eligible for a tuition refund.

The requirements for classification after the freshman year are as follows:
sophomore — the removal of all entrance conditions and the completion of not
fewer than twenty-nine credits toward a degree, with a minimum of fifty-eight
grade points; junior — the completion of not fewer than sixty credits toward a
degree, with a minimum of 120 grade points; senior — not fewer than 108 credits
toward a degree, with a minimum of 216 grade points.

Class Attendance

Attendance regulations place the responsibility for class attendance on the
student, who is expected to attend classes regularly and punctually. One of the most
vital aspects of the residential college experience is attendance in the classroom; its
value cannot be fully measured by testing procedures alone. Students are
considered sufficiently mature to appreciate the necessity of regular attendance, to
accept this personal responsibility, to demonstrate the self-discipline essential for
such performance, and to recognize and accept the consequences of failure to
attend. The instructor is privileged to refer to the Dean of the College for suitable
action students who are deemed to be causing their work or that of the class to
suffer because of absence or lateness. Any student who does not attend classes
regularly or who demonstrates other evidence of academic irresponsibility is subject
to such disciplinary action as the Committee on Academic Affairs may prescribe,
including immediate suspension from the College.

The Office of the Dean of the College maintains a list of students who have been
absent from class because of illness certified by the Student Health Service, because
of other extenuating circumstances, or as authorized representatives of the College
whose names have been submitted by appropriate officials forty-eight hours in
advance of the hour when the absences are to begin. Such absences are considered
excused and a record of them is available to the student's instructor upon request.
The instructor determines whether work missed can be made up.

Auditing

Full-time students in the College may audit classes without charge. For others the
fee is $60 per course. The permission of the instructor is necessary for all audits,
and that of the Dean of the College for those other than full-time students.
Auditors are listed with regularly registered students on class rolls and are subject
to attendance regulations and to other conditions imposed by the instructor. A
notation of audit may be made on the final grade report and entered on the record
of a regularly enrolled student. An auditor receives no grade or credit for the
course. An audit course may not be changed to a credit course and a credit course
may not be changed to an audit course except during the official drop/add period.

Dropping

A student who wishes to drop a course before the last approved date must consult
with the academic adviser and obtain a form from the Registrar and the signature
of the instructor. After the approved date the student must consult with the
academic adviser, the instructor for the course, and the Dean of the College. With
the approval of the Dean of the College, a failing grade is usually assigned for a
course dropped after the approved date. For a course dropped without prior
written approval of the Dean of the College, the student is subject to academic
probation for the following semester or other penalties imposed by the Committee
on Academic Affairs.

Withdrawal

A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from the College must do so
through the Office of the Dean of the College. With the approval of the Dean of the
College, no grades are recorded for the student for that semester, but the student's
standing in courses at the time of withdrawal is taken into consideration when
readmission is sought. If withdrawal is for academic reasons, failing grades may be
assigned in all courses in which the student is doing unsatisfactory work. A student
who leaves the College without officially withdrawing is assigned failing grades in
all current courses, and the unofficial withdrawal is recorded.

Examinations

Final examinations are given at regularly scheduled times. All examinations are
conducted in accordance with the honor system adopted by the student body and
approved by the faculty. Under it the student is expected to refrain from unfairness
in any form and to report to the Honor Council any student he or she knows to be
cheating. Examinations are turned in with a signed statement that no aid has been
given or received.

Grading

For most courses carrying undergraduate credit there are five final and two
conditional grades: A (exceptionally high achievement), B (superior), C (satisfactory), D
(passing but unsatisfactory), E (conditional failure), F (failure), and I (incomplete).

Grade of E. The grade of E entitles the student to reexamination at any regular
examination period within a year, or during the first week of the fall semester. A
permit for reexamination must be obtained in advance from the Registrar, and no
grade higher than D may be assigned as a result of reexamination. A student who
does not remove a conditional failure by reexamination must repeat the course to
obtain credit for it.

Grade of I. The grade of I may be assigned only when because of illness or some
other emergency a student does not complete the work of the course. If the work
recorded as I is not completed within thirty days after the student enters for his or
her next semester, the grade automatically becomes F.

Grade Points. Grades are assigned grade points for the computation of academic
averages, class standing, and eligibility for continuation, as follows: for each credit
of A, four points; for each credit of B, three points; for each credit of C, two points;
for each credit of D, one point; for each credit of E or F, no points.

Pass/Fail. To encourage students to venture into fields outside their major areas
of competence and concentration, the College makes available the option, under
certain conditions, of registering in courses on a Pass/Fail basis rather than for a
letter grade. Courses taken under the Pass/Fail option yield full credit when
satisfactorily completed, but whether passed or not they are not computed in the
grade point average.

A student may count toward the degree no more than twenty-four credits taken
on a Pass/Fail basis. Freshmen and sophomores are eligible for most four-week
courses offered on a Pass/Fail basis, as well as for certain other courses offered only
on a Pass/Fail basis. A student may during the junior and senior years only elect up
to a total of sixteen credits on a Pass/Fail basis, but no more than five credits in a
given semester. Courses used to fulfill basic, divisional, or major requirements may
not be taken on a Pass/Fail basis unless they are offered only on that basis. Courses
in the major(s) not used for satisfying major requirements may be taken on a
Pass/Fail basis only if the department of the major does not specify otherwise.

Grade Reports and Transcripts

A mid-term report and a final report of grades are issued to students by the
Registrar in the fall and spring semesters. A final report of grades is issued for each
summer term.

Copies of a student's cumulative record are issued by the Registrar, but only on
the written authorization of the student and pavment of $2 per transcript.

Dean's List and Graduation Distinctions

The Dean's List is issued by the Dean of the College at the end of the fall and
spring semesters. It includes all full-time students in the College who have a grade
point average of 3.0 or better for the semester and who have earned no grade below
C during the semester.

Graduation distinctions are determined by the grade point system. A degree
candidate with a total average of not less than 3.80 for all courses attempted is
graduated with the distinction summa cum laude. A candidate with a total average of
not less than 3.50 for all courses attempted is graduated with the distinction magna
cum laude. A candidate with a total average of not less than 3.00 for all courses
attempted is graduated with the distinction cum laude. Particular conditions apply to
students transferring from other colleges or participating in combined degree
programs. Details are available in the Office of the Registrar.

Repetition of Courses

A student may not repeat for credit a course for which he or she has already

received a grade of C or higher. When a student repeats a course previously passed
with a grade of D, credit earned for the first attempt is deducted from the total
credits earned, but both grades are computed in the grade point average.

Probation

A student is responsible at all times for knowing his or her academic standing.
Any student who at the end of the fall semester does not have the grade average
normally required for continuation at the end of the following spring semester is
automatically' on academic probation.

Any student who is placed on probation because of Honor Code or conduct code
violations is placed on such special academic probation as the Committee on
Academic Affairs imposes. The Committee on Academic Affairs may at any time
place on probation a student whose academic performance or social behavior is
inconsistent with what the committee deems to be in the best interest of the student
or the College.

Any student convicted of violating the Honor Code is ineligible to represent the
College in any way until the period of suspension or probation is completed and the
student is returned to good standing. Students who are on probation for anv reason
may not be initiated into anv fraternity until the end of their probationary period.

Requirements for Continuation

Students are responsible for knowing their academic status and whether they are
meeting the minimum academic requirements for continuation in the College.
Requirements for continuation are determined by the bulletin under which the
student expects to graduate.

On the basis of their cumulative records at the end of the spring semester, those
students are academically ineligible to enroll for the following fall (1) who have
attempted fewer than fifty-four credits in all colleges and universities attended and
have a total grade point average of less than 1.35 on work attempted for a grade in
the College; (2) who have attempted as many as fifty-four but fewer than
ninety-eight credits and have a total grade point average of less than 1.65 on work
attempted for a grade in the College; (3) who have attempted as many as
ninety-eight but fewer than 135 credits and have a total grade point average of less
than 1.85 on work attempted for a grade in the College; (4) who have attempted
135 credits or more and have a total grade point average of less than 1.90 on work
attempted for a grade in the College. Non-credit courses, courses taken Pass/Fail,
and CLEP and Advanced Placement credit are not computed in the total grade
point average.

Ordinarily a student who is ineligible to continue in the College may attend the
first summer term and if successful in raising the total grade point average to the
required minimum may enroll for the following fall semester. The student may
attend the second summer term if unsuccessful in the first, and if successful then
may enroll for the following spring semester. If unsuccessful in meeting the

minimum requirements by the end of the second summer term, the student may
applv for readmission no earlier than the following summer session.

Under exceptionally extenuating circumstances beyond the control of the
student, and after consultation with the Dean of the College, the student may
appeal the foregoing eligibility requirements before the Committee on Academic
Affairs. The Committee on Academic Affairs may also suspend at the end of any
semester or term any student whose record for that term has been unsatisfactory,
particularly with regard to the number of courses passed and failed, or any student
who has not attended class regularly or has otherwise ignored the rules and
regulations of the College.

Requirements for Readmission

A student seeking readmission to the College must meet the minimum academic
requirements for continuation. However, a student who has not met the
requirements (1) may apply for admission to the summer session only, (2) may
apply for readmission after an absence from the College of at least a year and a half,
(3) may apply for readmission after less than a year and a half if enrolled in another
college or university, or (4) may applv for readmission if the failure to meet
minimum requirements was due to exceptionally extenuating circumstances
beyond the control of the student.

Senior Conditions

A candidate for graduation in the final semester who receives a grade of E in the
previous semester may applv to the Registrar for reexamination thirty days after
the opening of the final semester but not less than thirty days before its close. All
conditions must be removed not less than thirty days before the end of the last
semester or term of the student's graduation year. The name of a candidate who
has a condition after that date is dropped from the list of candidates. A candidate
who receives a grade of E in the final semester or term of the graduation year is not
allowed reexamination before the next examination period.

Scholarships and Loans

The University is committed to the principle that any stndent admitted to the
College who demonstrates financial need will receive assistance commensurate with
that need.

By regulation of the Board of Trustees, all financial aid must be approved by the
Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid. Applications should be requested
from the committee at 7305 Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, North Carolina
27109. Scholarships supported by funds of the College are not granted to students
enrolled in other schools of the University. To receive consideration for financial
aid, the applicant must either be enrolled in the College or have been accepted for
admission. The financial aid program comprises institutional, state, and federal
scholarship, loan, and work funds. Full-time students are eligible to apply for any of
these funds. Half-time students are eligible to apply for federal funds. Half- and
part-time students are eligible to apply for limited institutional funds.

Need is a factor in the awarding of most financial aid, and each applicant must
file a financial statement with the application for financial aid. After reviewing the
standard financial analysis, the Committee on Scholarships determines aid awards,
and aid is credited, by semester, to the student's account in the Office of the
Treasurer. The Committee on Scholarships reserves the right to revoke financial
aid for unsatisfactory academic achievement or for violation of University
regulations or federal, state, or local laws. To be eligible for renewal of aid, a
student must remain enrolled on a normal full-time basis and be in good standing,
making satisfactory progress toward a degree. The committee does not award
institutional scholarships to students earning less than a 2.0 grade average on all
work attempted at Wake Forest.

Scholarships

The Guy T. Carswell Scholarships, made possible by and established in honor of the
late Guy T. Carswell and his wife Clara Carswell of Charlotte, North Carolina, carry
an annual value ranging from a minimum stipend of $1,500 to a maximum stipend
of $5,000, with awards for more than $1,500 determined on the basis of need. A
Carswell Scholar must be a student applying to the College who possesses
outstanding qualities of intellect and leadership. Up to forty scholars are selected
annually.

The George Foster Hankins Scholarships for Freshmen, made possible by the late
Colonel George Foster Hankins of Lexington, North Carolina for residents of
North Carolina or children of alumni residing in other states, with preference given
to residents of Davidson County, North Carolina, have a value up to $5,000.

The George Foster Hankins Scholarships for Upperclassmen for students who have been
enrolled for at least one semester, with preference given to applicants from
Davidson County, North Carolina, vary in value according to need.

The Alcoa Foundation Scholarship, donated by the Alcoa Foundation, is available to
a freshman from the Piedmont area who is majoring in chemistry and is awarded
on the basis of need for $2,000.

The Alpha Phi Omega Scholarships, established by the Kappa Theta Chapter of
Alpha Phi Omega, is made available in alternate years to a freshman who presents
evidence of need and an excellent high school record for a minimum of $200.

The Camillo Artom Fund for Italian Studies was established in 1976 in honor of Dr.
Camillo Artom, professor of biochemistry from 1939 to 1969. Scholarship aid is
made available, usually to one or two students each semester, to assist with their
expenses. Well-qualified students who can demonstrate need are eligible to applv.
(Interested persons should apply in the Office of the Provost.)

Basic Educational Opportunity Grants are available to undergraduate students with
exceptional financial need who require these grants in order to attend college, for a
value of from $200 to $1,800 per year. The amount of assistance a student may
receive depends upon need, taking into account financial resources and the cost of
attending the college chosen.

The Eliza Pratt Brown Scholarship, donated by the late Junius Calvin Brown of
Madison, North Carolina in honor of his wife Eliza Pratt Brown, is used to assist
needy, worthy, and deserving students from North Carolina, with preference given
to students from the town of Madison and Rockingham County, for a maximum of
$2,000.

The J. G. Carroll Memorial Athletic Scholarship, donated in memory of J. G. Carroll,
former associate professor of mathematics, is made to a deserving athlete who is not
on a regular athletic scholarship, for a value of approximately $100.

The James Lee Carrier Scholarship, donated by Jean Freeman Carver with her
children James Lee Carver II and Elizabeth Jeanine Carver in memory of her
husband James Lee Carver, is for deserving and promising students who
demonstrate a need for financial assistance, with preference given to students from
the Oxford Orphanage in Oxford, North Carolina, for a value of approximately
$300.

The College Scholarships, in the amount of $100 to $3,300 each, are available to
freshmen and upperclassmen presenting satisfactory academic records and
evidence of need.

The 0. B. Crowell Memorial Scholarship Fund, donated by Louise T. Crowell of
Hendersonville, North Carolina in memory of her husband O. B. Crowell, is
awarded on the basis of character, need, and promise for a value of approximately
$600.

The Lecausey P. and Lula H. Freeman Scholarship, donated by Mr. and Mr. G. H.
Singleton of Raleigh, North Carolina in memory of the parents of Mrs. Singleton, is
available to a freshman, sophomore, or junior whose home is within the West
Chowan Baptist Association of North Carolina, with preference given to Bertie
County students, on the basis of need and ability. Residents of the Roanoke
Association may be considered for the scholarship, which is renewable on the basis
of need and ability except for the senior year, for a value of approximately $200

The James W. Gill Scholarship, donated by Ruth R. Gill in memory of her husband
James W. Gill, provides a scholarship for a deserving student, with preference given
to students from Montgomery and Prince George Counties, Maryland, for a value
of approximately $600.

The Eugene Basil Glover Memorial Scholarship is awarded to an incoming or enrolled
student based on ability and need, with a slight preference given to students from
Halifax County, North Carolina.

The Wallace Barger Goebel Scholarship, made possible through a donation from
Miriam M. Goebel, is based upon ability and financial need, with first preference
given to a student with an interest in literature, second preference to a student with
an interest in history, and third preference to a student enrolled in the pre-medical
program, for a value of approximately $400.

The Fuller Hamrick Scholarship, created under the will of the late Everett C. Snyder
of Wake Forest, North Carolina in memory of Fuller Hamrick, is used to educate
students from the Mills Home in Thomasville, North Carolina, for a value of
approximately $550.

The Frank P. Hobgood Scholarship, donated by Kate H. Hobgood of Reidsville,
North Carolina in memory of her husband, is available to those who qualify on the
basis of character, purpose, intelligence, and need, with preference given to those
who plan to enter the ministry, do religious work, become teachers, or become
lawyers, the preference being in the order named, for residents of the Reidsville,
North Carolina area recommended by the deacons of the First Baptist Church of
Reidsville, and for a value of $500.

The Forrest H. Hollifield Scholarship, donated by Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Hollifield in
memory of their son Forrest H. Hollifield, is awarded to upperclassmen with
evidence of character and need, with preference given to natives of Rowan and
Rutherford Counties, North Carolina and to members of the Delta Nu Chapter of
Sigma Chi Fraternity.

The J. Lee Keiger Sr. Scholarship is an academic scholarship awarded annually to a
North Carolina student, with preference given to students living in the Mid-
Carolina Telephone Company service region, for a value of $750.

The Senah C. and C.A. Kent Scholarships, are awarded to freshmen and
upperclassmen on the basis of leadership, academic merit, and financial need,
without regard to race, religion, sex, or geographical origin.

The Kirkpatrick-Howell Memorial Scholarship Fund, donated by the Delta Nu
Chapter of Sigma Chi Fraternity, makes available one or two scholarships, with
preference given to members of the Sigma Chi Fraternity, upon recommendation
of the Kirkpatrick-Howell Memorial Scholarship Board, for a value of approxi-
mately $800.

The Thane Edward McDonald and Marie Dayton McDonald Memorial Scholarship Fund,
made possible by the late Thane Edward McDonald, professor of music, is available
to a deserving and qualified music student for a value of approximately $125.

The Norfleet Scholarships, donated by Mr. and Mrs. Eustace Norfleet of
Wilmington, North Carolina in memory of his parents John A. and Mary Pope
Norfleet, are available to deserving and promising students needing financial
assistance for a value of $200.

The North Carolina Scholarships are made available by the North Carolina General
Assembly and are awarded on the basis of financial need to full-time students who
are bona fide residents of North Carolina.

North Carolina Student Incentive Grants are available to undergraduate residents of
North Carolina with exceptional financial need who require these grants in order to
attend college, for a value of from $200 to $1,500 per year. The amount of
assistance a student may receive depends upon need, taking into account financial
resources and the cost of attending the college chosen.

The Benjamin Wingate Parham Scholarship, donated by Kate J. Parham of Oxford,
North Carolina in memory of her husband, is awarded on the basis of ability and
need and may be renewed for succeeding years.

The Thomas F. Pettus Scholarships, administered by the North Carolina Baptist
Foundation under the terms of the will of the late Thomas F. Pettus of Wilson
County, North Carolina, make two or more scholarships available each year in
memory of Mr. Pettus and are awarded on the basis of merit and need, with
preference given to North Carolina Baptist students.

The William Louis Potent Scholarships, awarded annually to the graduates of the
Baptist junior colleges in North Carolina on the basis of need, are renewable for the
senior year for a value of up to $500.

The A. M. Pullen and Company Scholarship, granted by the A. M. Pullen and
Company to an outstanding upper division accounting major designated by the
accounting faculty on the basis of merit, Financial need, and interest in public
accounting, has a value of $600.

The Kenneth Tyson Raynor Scholarship, donated by friends of the late Kenneth
Tyson Raynor, professor of mathematics, is awarded annually by the mathematics
faculty. The award is made on the basis of academic ability to an individual
majoring in mathematics who has achieved junior standing.

The Oliver D. and Caroline E. Revel! Memorial Scholarship Fund, created under the
will of the late Oliver D. Revell of Buncombe County, North Carolina, is for a
person preparing for the ministry or full-time religious work, for a value of $100.

The Kate B. Reynolds Memorial Scholarships, donated in memory of the late Kate B.
Reynolds, is for residents of Forsyth County, North Carolina who without financial
aid would be unable to obtain education beyond high school. At least four
scholarships are awarded, with a value up to $2,400.

The ROTC Scholarships require applications for four-year scholarships from
students in their junior and senior year of high school to the nearest ROTC
regional headquarters and from freshmen, sophomores, and juniors enrolled in the
ROTC program to the professor of military science. Each scholarship covers
tuition, fees, books, and classroom materials for the regular school year, and a
subsistence allowance of $100 per month for the period that the scholarship is in
effect, remaining in effect throughout the contract period subject to satisfactory
academic and ROTC performance.

The Robert Forest Smith III Scholarship Fund, donated by the Rev. Mr. and Mrs.
Robert Forest Smith Jr. in memory of their son Robert Forest Smith III, is awarded
to an entering freshman who qualifies on the basis of need and on distinction in
high school government, with preference given to those who plan to enter
government service, and with strong preference given to students exemplifying
positive Christian principles, for a value of $1,000.

The Sigmund Stemberger Scholarships, donated by the Sigmund Sternberger
Foundation, are for needy North Carolinians, with preference given to undergra-
duate students from Greensboro and Guilford County, for a value of $1,600.

The J. W. Straughan Scholarship, donated by Mattie, Mable, and Alice Straughan in
memory of their brother Dr. J. W. Straughan of Warsaw, North Carolina, with
preference given to students from Duplin County, North Carolina who are
interested in pursuing a medical career, especially in the field of family practice, are
for those who need financial assistance to continue their education.

The Saddye Stephenson and Benjamin Louis Sykes Scholarship, donated by Dr. Charles
L. Sykes and Dr. Ralph J. Sykes in memory of their father and mother, is awarded
on the basis of Christian character, academic proficiency, and financial need, with
preference given to freshmen from North Carolina, renewable for a value of
approximately $400.

The Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants are available to a limited number
of undergraduate students with exceptional financial need who require these
grants to attend college and who show academic or creative promise, for a value
from $200 to $1,500 a year but no more than one-half of the total assistance given
the student. The amount of financial assistance a student may receive depends
upon need, taking into account financial resources and the cost of attending the
college chosen.

The Tyner-Pitman Scholarship Fund, donated by Cora Tyner Pitman, makes
available at least one scholarship for needy North Carolina students.

The Jesse A. Williams Scholarships, created under the will of the late Jesse A.
Williams of Union County, North Carolina, with preference given to deserving
students of Union County, have a value up to $1,200.

The Charles Littell Wilson Scholarship, created under the will of Jennie Mayes
Wilson in memory of her husband Charles Littell Wilson, is for a freshman, with a
value from $200 to $600.

The William Luther Wyatt III Scholarship Trust, donated by Mr. and Mrs. William L.
Wyatt Jr. of Raleigh, North Carolina in memory of their son William Luther Wyatt
III, with preference given to a male student entering the junior year who has shown
an interest and an ability in the field of biology, is based on need and ability, for a
value of approximately $500.

Exchange Scholarships

The German Exchange Scholarship, established in 1959 with the Free University of
Berlin, is available to a student with at least two years of college German or the
equivalent who has junior standing by the end of the semester in which application
is made, but who need not be a German major. It provides 750 German marks per
month for ten months, remission of fees, 200 marks per semester for books, and
250 marks per month for rent. (Interested students should communicate with the
chairman of the Department of German.)

The Spanish Exchange Scholarship, established in 1964 with the University of the
Andes in Bogota, Colombia, is available to two students for one semester's study
each or one student for two semesters with at least two years of college Spanish or

the equivalent. It provides remission of fees, the cost of books, and the cost of board
and accommodations. (Interested students should communicate with the chairman
of the Department of Romance Languages.)

The French Exchange Scholarship, established in 1971 with the University of
Orleans, France, is available to a graduating senior, who receives a graduate
teaching assistantship at the University of Orleans for two semesters. (Interested
students should communicate with the chairman of the Department of Romance
Languages.)

Loans

The James F. and Mary Z. Bryan Foundation Student Loan Plan is for residents of
North Carolina enrolled full-time for a value up to $7,500 for undergraduate
study. The amount of each loan is determined by the College Foundation, with an
interest rate of one percent during the in-school and grace periods and seven
percent during the repayment period.

The Bushnell Baptist Church Loan Fund, established in 1945 with funds supplied by
the Bushnell Baptist Church of Fontana Dam, North Carolina, is for needy
students.

The Council Fund, established in 1935 by C. T. Council of Durham, North
Carolina, is for the aid of senior students.

The James W. Denmark Loan Fund, originated in 1875 by James William Denmark
of Dudley, North Carolina, is available to qualified students, with preference given
to students from North Carolina, for an amount not exceeding $1,500 each year
and $6,000 during the entire period of enrollment.

The Olivia Dunn Student Loan Fund, established under the will of Birdie Dunn of
Wake County, North Carolina in memory of her mother, is for worthy students.

The Duplin County Loan Fund, donated in 1942 by anonymous friends of the
College, is limited to students from Duplin County, North Carolina.

The Elliott B. Earnshaw Loan Fund, established by the Board of Trustees, is a
memorial to the former Bursar.

The Friendly Student Loan Fund, established in 1948 by Nell E. Stinson of Raleigh,
North Carolina in memory of her sister Mary Belle Stinson Michael, is for the
benefit of worthv students who need financial aid.

The George Foster Hankins Loan Fund, established under the will of the late Colonel
George Foster Hankins of Lexington, North Carolina, gives preference to
applicants from Davidson County, North Carolina.

The Guaranteed Student Loan Program makes available loans up to $2,500 for
undergraduate students. Aggregate undergraduate sums may not exceed $7,500,
but may be extended to $15,000 for those who also borrow for graduate or
professional study. The maximum loan per year for graduate students is $5,000.
Loans are insured by the federal government or guaranteed by a state or private
non-profit guarantee agency. The federal government pays the seven percent
interest during in-school and grace periods. Application and information mav be
obtained from state guarantee agencies or from the appropriate regional office of
the United States Office of Education.

The Harris Memorial Loan Fund, established bv the late J. P. Harris of Bethel,

Quarterly

Amount of

Total Interest

Total

Payments

Payment

Paid

Payment

'28

$ 90.00

$ 269.78

$2,769.78

125.00

768.65

5.768.65

187.50

1.153.07

8.653.07

North Carolina in memory of his first wife Lucy Shearon Harris and his second wife
Lucy Jones Harris, is for students who have demonstrated ability to apply
educational advantages to the rendition of enriched and greater Christian service in
life and who require financial assistance in order to prevent disruption in their
education.

The Edna Tyner Langston Fund, established in 1942 by Dr. Henry J. Langston of
Danville, Virginia in memory of his wife, is available to a student agreed upon by
the donor and the College.

The National Direct Student Loan Program makes available loans up to $2,500 per
year for students in need of financial assistance with an interest rate of three
percent. Examples of typical repayment schedules:

Aggregate Loan

$2,500
5,000

$7,500

Aggregate undergraduate sums may not exceed $2,500 for the first two years or
$5,000 for four years, but may be extended to $10,000 for those who also borrow
for graduate or professional study, with an interest rate of three percent.

The North Carolina Insured Student Loan Program makes available loans up to
$2,500 per year for legal residents enrolled full-time. Aggregate undergraduate
sums may not exceed $7,500 but may be extended to $15,000 for those who also
borrow for graduate or professional study. The maximum loan each year may not
exceed $2,500 for undergraduates or $5,000 for graduates or professional
students. Loans are insured by the North Carolina State Education Assistance
Authority and are processed by the College Foundation. Under certain conditions
the United States Office of Education pays the seven percent interest during the
in-school and grace periods.

The Watts Norton Loan Fund, established in 1949 by L. Watts Norton of Durham,
North Carolina, is for worthy students enrolled in the Department of Religion who
need financial assistance.

The Poivers Fund, established in 1944 by Dr. Frank P. Powers of Raleigh, North
Carolina in memory of his parents Frank P. and Effie Reade Powers, is for the
benefit of needy students, with preference given to orphans.

The Grover and Addy Raby Loan Fund, established in 1945 by Dr. J. G. Raby of
Tarboro, North Carolina in memory of his parents, gives preference to applicants
from the First Baptist Church of Tarboro.

The James F. Slate Loan Fund, established in 1908 by J. F. Slate of Stokes County,
North Carolina, is available for ministerial students who have been licensed to
preach.

Concessions

Ministerial students receive a $600 concession per vear if thev (1) have a written

recommendation or license to preach from their own church body and (2) agree to
repay the total amount, plus four percent interest, in the event that they do not
serve five years in the pastoral ministry within twelve years of attendance in the
College.

Children and spouses of pastors of North Carolina Baptist churches receive a $600
concession per year if they are the children or spouse of (1) ministers, (2)
missionaries of the Southern Baptist Foreign Mission Board, (3) officials of the
Baptist State Convention of North Carolina, or (4) professors in North Carolina
Baptist colleges or universities. Pastors themselves are also eligible.

Children of other ministers who are not eligible for the above concession receive a
$150 concession per year if their parent makes a living chieflv bv the ministry and
they have a demonstrated need.

Rehabilitation students receive a concession up to $300 per year if they (1) have a
letter of approval from the North Carolina Division of Vocational Rehabilitation
and (2) file for the concession.

Other Financial Aid

The College Work/Study Program On Campus makes available on-campus employ-
ment to students who show evidence of financial need. Students work during the
academic year for campus minimum wage or above, at an average of ten to fifteen
hours per week, in the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, Reynolda Hall, College Union,
Reynolda Cardens, and other places on campus.

The College Work/Study Program Off Campus (PACE) is for students who show
evidence of financial need for work in any non-profit public or private institution
for periods up to fifteen weeks during the summer, and forty hours per week, at an
hourly wage. Eighty percent of earnings should be retained for college expenses.
Summer employment is also available for students who show evidence of need and
who are unable to secure adequate employment on their own. (Interested students
should apply before March 15.)

The Ministerial Aid Fund, established in 1897 by the estate of J. A. Melke, is
available to pre-ministerial students on a loan or grant program on the basis of
merit and need, and particularly in the case of grants, academic achievement.

Church Choir Work Grants, given by the College and Wake Forest Baptist Church
to encourage outstanding music students, are awarded on the basis of talent,
reliability, and interest in the Church on the recommendation of the music
committee of the Church and the Department of Music, for the value of $300.
(Interested students should communicate with the chairman of the Department of
Music.)

Student! Student Spouse Employment is possible for part-time, on-campus and
off-campus work, for a recommended maximum of twenty hours per week for
full-time students. Summer employment may also be available. (Interested students
should communicate with the Office of Placement and Career Development.)

Veteran Benefits are administered by the Office of the Veterans Administration in
the Wachovia Building at 251 North Main Street in Winston-Salem. Records of
progress are kept by this institution on veteran and non-veteran students alike.

Progress records are furnished the students, veterans and non-veterans alike, at the
end of each scheduled school term.

Special Programs

For students of special ability or interest and for students who can take advantage
of off-campus study opportunities, the College offers a variety of programs ranging
from four-week courses to four-year curricula. These are in addition to combined
courses of study in departments in the College and the pre-professional curricula
described in this bulletin.

Honors Study

For highly qualified students, a series of interdisciplinary honors courses is
described under Courses of Instruction. Under the Coordinator of the Honors
Program, students participate in three or more honors seminars during the
freshman, sophomore, and junior years. Those who complete four seminars with a
superior record and who are not candidates for departmental honors may complete
a final directed study course. With a superior record in that course and a grade
point average of 3.0 in all work, they may be graduated with "Honors in the Arts
and Sciences."

For students especially talented in individual areas of study, most departments in
the College offer special studies leading to graduation with honors in a particular
department. The minimum requirement is a grade point average of 3.0 in all work
and 3.3 (or higher in some areas) in the major. Other course, seminar, and research
requirements vary according to the department concerned.

Open Curriculum

For students with high motivation and strong academic preparation, the Open
Curriculum provides the opportunity to follow a course of study planned within the
framework of a liberal arts education but not necessarily fulfilling all basic and
divisional requirements for the degree. Under the Committee on Open Curriculum
a limited number of students are selected before or during the freshman year by
previous record of achievement, high aspirations, ability in one or more areas of
study, strength of self-expression, and other special talents. The course of study for
the degree is designed by the student and his or her adviser.

Residential Language Centers

For students prepared to speak French, Cerman, or Spanish on a regular basis
with other students studying the same language, the Graylyn Estate near campus is
the site of three residential centers. Under faculty coordinators from the
Department of Romance Languages and the Department of German, students live
for one or more semesters at Bernard Cottage (for French), Amos Cottage (for
Spanish), or the Manor House (for German), attending regular classes on campus
but speaking French, Spanish, or German in the residential center.

Study at Salem College

For full-time students, Wake Forest and Salem College share a program of
exchange credits for courses taken at one institution because not offered at the
other. An application must be approved by the academic adviser and the Dean of
the College. Except in courses of private instruction, there is no additional cost to
the student. Crades and grade points earned at Salem College are evaluated as if
they were earned at Wake Forest.

Summer Study

For full-time students, courses taken in the summer at another college or
university require the advance approval of the chairman of the department
concerned and the Registrar. Crades earned elsewhere are not used in computing
the grade averages; those earned elsewhere on the semester hour plan are
computed as transfer credit at 3.375 credits for three approved semester hours
taken elsewhere.

In addition to regular courses, a number of special summer programs for credit
are described in the bulletin of the summer session.

January Study

For students who wish to follow individual or non-traditional courses of study on
campus or field study in places like Honduras, Russia, and Switzerland, the Januarv
term offers a number of four-credit courses, many on a Pass/Fail basis. Januarv
term courses are described under Courses of Instruction.

Opportunities for Study Abroad

London

A program of study is offered each semester at Worrell House, the University's
residential center near Regent's Park in London. Courses typically encompass
aspects of the art, theatre, literature, and history of London and Great Britain. (See,
for example, Art 2320: English Art, Hogarth to the Present., and History 2260: History
of London, in the course listings of those departments.) Each term a different
member of the faculty serves as the director of the program, which accommodates
sixteen students. Further information may be obtained in the Office of the Provost.

Venice

For students wishing to spend a semester in Italv, a program of study is available
at Casa Artom, the University's residential center on the Grand Canal in Venice.
Under various members of the faculty, approximately twenty students focus on the
heritage and culture of Venice and Italy. (Courses offered usually include Art
2693: Venetian Renaissance Art, Italian 2213: Spoken Italian, and other courses
offered by the faculty member serving as director.) Students selected for the Venice
program are normally required to have completed elementary training in Italian.

Limited scholarship aid is available to one or two students each semester to assist
with expenses. Further information may be obtained in the Office of the Provost.

France

For students wishing to study in France, arrangements are made for a semester's
instruction at the University of Dijon. Under a faculty residential adviser from the
Department of Romance Languages, courses are taken at the University of Dijon by
student groups of varying levels of preparation. (A major in French is not required,
but French 221 or its equivalent is recommended.)

Spain

For students wishing to study in Spain, arrangements are made for a semester's
instruction at the University of Salamanca. Under a faculty residential adviser from
the Department of Romance Languages, courses are taken al the University of
Salamanca by student groups of varying levels of preparation. (A major in Spanish
is not required, but Spanish 221 or its equivalent is recommended.)

India

For students who can spend a semester in India, arrangements are made for
instruction in an Indian college or university and travel in the country lor a period
of about three months. (Written approval from the Dean of the College is necessary
for fulfilling basic, divisional, or major requirements.)

Independent Study

For students who wish to spend one or more semesters in an appoved college or
university abroad, arrangements must be made with the chairman ol the
department of the major and the Dean of the College. An approved application for
study abroad must also be filed with the Registrar. Up to thirty-six credits for a
full-year program may be granted by the College upon satisfactory evaluation of
the work taken, but is not guaranteed. Students not on a College program must
apply for readmission to the University. Credit is computed as transfer credit at
3.375 credits lor three approved semester hours taken abroad.

In addition, the Independent Study Program of the Experiment in International
Living is recognized by the College. To participate in this program a student must
be regularly enrolled and plan to return to the College after study abroad, and
arrangements must be made with the chairman of the department of the major and
the Dean of the College. Up to fourteen credits for a one-semester program may be
granted upon evidence of satisfactory completion of work taken, but is subject to
evaluation by the Dean of the College.

Requirements for Degrees

Degrees Offered

The College offers undergraduate programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts ancj
Bachelor of Science degrees. The Bachelor of Arts degree is conferred with a major
in anthropology, art, biology, chemistry, classical studies, economics, English
French, French-Spanish, German, Greek, history, Latin, music, philosophy
physics, politics, psychology, religion, sociology, Spanish, or speech communication
and theatre arts. The Bachelor of Science degree is conferred with a major in
accountancy, business, chemistry, mathematical economics, mathematics, mathema-
tics-biology, mathematics-business, physical education, or physics. The Bachelor of
Arts degree is available with a major in intermediate education or education with a
state teacher's certificate in social studies. The Bachelor of Science degree is
available with a major in education with a state teacher's certificate in science, and in
combined curricula in dentistry, engineering, forestry and environmental studies,
medical sciences, medical technology, and the physician assistant program.

A student who receives the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree from
the College may not thereafter receive the other of the two degrees.

General Requirements

Students in the College have considerable flexihilitv in planning their course of
study. Except for two semesters of required physical education, only three specific
courses are required, one in English composition and two in a foreign language. To
complete preparation for more specialized work in a major field or fields, students
select three courses in each of four divisions of the undergraduate curriculum: (1)
literature and the arts; (2) the natural sciences and mathematics; (3) history,
religion, and philosophy; and (4) the social and behavioral sciences. Normally the
basic and divisional requirements are completed in the freshman and sophomore
years and requirements in the field or fields of the major are completed in the
junior and senior years.

All students must complete (1) the basic and divisional requirements (unless
accepted for the Open Curriculum), (2) a course of study approved by the
department or departments of the major, and (3) elective courses for a total of 144
credits. No more than sixteen credits toward graduation may be earned in Military
Science 111, 112, 151, 152, 211, 212, 251, 252; Music 111-123 (ensemble courses);
and physical education 100-level courses other than the physical education
requirement.

All students must earn a C average on all courses attempted. A student who
transfers from another college or university must earn a C average on all courses
attempted in the College and a C average on all work attempted at all colleges and
universities. Of the 144 credits required for graduation, at least seventy-two must
be completed in the College, including the work of the senior year (except for
combined degree curricula).

A student has the privilege of graduating under the requirements of the bulletin
in which he or she enters, provided that course work is completed within six years

„)f entrance. After six years, the student must fulfill the requirements for the class in
vhich he or she graduates.

Basic Requirements

All students must complete three required basic courses (unless waived through
procedures established by the departments concerned):

English 110 (composition) or 112 (composition and literature)
Foreign language 153 (intermediate level)
Foreign language (literature)

French 213, 214, 216, 217, or the equivalent

Spanish 215, 216, or the equivalent

Italian 215, 216, or the equivalent

German 211 or 212

Russian (any literature course)

Greek 211 or 212

Latin 211, 212, or 216

Hebrew 211

Hindi 211
No credit is given for any language course below the one recommended by the
department on the basis of the placement test unless the student is given permission
ny the Language Placement Appeals Board.

Divisional Requirements

, All students must complete three courses in each of the four divisions of the
.indergraduate curriculum (unless exempted by completion of Advanced Place-
ment requirements):

/. Literature and the Arts (three courses; no more than one course from each
group)

1. English literature (English 160 or 165)

2. American literature (English 170 or 175)

3. Foreign literature (other than the one used for the basic requirement)

a. Classical languages

Greek 211, 212^ 231, 241. or 242
Latin 211, 212, 216, 221, 225, or 226
Classics 253, 254, 263, 264, 265, or 272

b. German 2 1 1 or 2 1 2

c. Romance languages (French, Spanish, or Russian literature)

d. Humanities 213, 214, 215, 216, or 217

4. Fine Arts

a. Art 103

b. Music 101

c. Theatre Arts 121

//. The Natural Sciences and Mathematics (three courses, selected from only two
groups)
1. Biology 111. 150, or 151

2. Chemistry 111, 112 (unless advanced preparation indicates a highe
course)

3. Physics 111 and 112 (one or both courses); 121 and 122 (one or boil
courses)

4. Mathematics 111, 112, 115, 1 16, 157 (any one; if two, any pair other thai
111-116 and 115-175)

///. History, Religion, and Philosophy (three courses; no more than (me course Iron
each group)

1. History 101 or 102

2. Religion (any course other than 218, 225, 237, 239, 240, 265 266 270 273
282, 286, 287, 292, and 346)

3. Philosophy 151, 171, or 172

IV. The Social and Behavioral Sciences (three courses; no more than one from am
one department)

1. Anthropology 162

2. Economics 111, 151, or 152

3. Politics 113, 114, or 115

4. Psychology 151

5. Sociology 151

Requirement in Physical Education

All students must complete Physical Education 1 1 1 and one additional course
selected from the 100-series of physical education courses. The requirement must
be met before enrollment in additional physical education electi\e courses.

Proficiency in the Use of English

Proficiency in the use of the English language is recognized by the faculty as a
requirement in all departments. A composition condition, indicated by cc under the
grade for any course, may be assigned in any department to a student whose writing
is unsatisfactory, regardless of previous credits in composition. The writing of]
transfer students is checked during the orientation period each term, and students
whose writing is deficient are given a. composition condition. For removal of a
composition condition the student is required to take English 1 1 during the first
semester for which he or she registers following the assignment of the cc. Removal
of the deficiency is prerequisite to graduation.

Completion of Lower Division Requirements

Basic, divisional, and physical education requirements should be completed when
possible by the end of the sophomore year. For students who postpone required
courses until the junior year to complete early major courses, a minimum of three
required courses must be taken each semester until the requirements ha\e been
completed. Except for students accepted for the Open Curriculum, no course
requirements may be waived or replaced bv substitutes except through regular
procedures established by the faculty or through a specific vote of the faculty in
regular session.

Admission to the Upper Division

Before applying for admission to the upper division and beginning work on the
major subject, a student should have seventy-two credits and 144 grade points in
the lower division. In no case is a student admitted to the upper division with fewer
than sixty credits and 120 grade points.

Fields of Study in the Upper Division

Thirty days before the end of the sophomore year each student is required to
indicate to the Registrar and to the department or departments concerned the
selection of a major subject for concentration during the junior and senior years.
Before this selection is formally approved by the Registrar, the student must
present a written statement from the authorized representative of the department
or departments indicating that the student has been accepted as a candidate for the
major in that department. An adviser is available to assist the student in planning a
course of study for the junior and senior years. A department which rejects a
student as a major must file with the Dean of the College a written statement
indicating the reason(s) for the rejection.

The College makes a reasonable effort to provide ample space in the various
major fields to accommodate the interests of students. It must be understood,
however, that the College cannot undertake to guarantee the availability of space in
a given major field or a given course, since the preferences of students change and
there are limits to both faculty and facilities.

After the beginning of the junior year a student may not change from one major
to another without the approval of the departments concerned. The student's
course of study for the junior and senior years includes the minimum requirements
for the departmental major, with other courses selected by the student and
approved bv the adviser.

At least half of the major must be completed in the College. Students preparing
for the ministry are advised to elect three courses in religion beyond the course
included in the divisional requirements.

The following fields of study are recognized for the major: accountancy,
anthropology, art, biology, business, chemistry, classical studies, economics,
education, English, French, French-Spanish, Cerman, Greek, history, Latin,
mathematical economics, mathematics, mathematics-biologv, mathematics-
business, music, philosophv, physical education, physics, politics, psychology,
religion, sociology, Spanish, and speech communication and theatre arts.

Maximum Number of Courses in a Department

A maximum of forty-eight credits in a single field of study is allowed within the
144 credits required for graduation. This excludes required related courses from
other departments.

For dual major departments, fifty-six credits toward graduation are allowed in
any department authorized to offer two fields of study. Elementarv foreign

language in the major field of study and Accountancy 111-112 (for those majorii
in accountancy) are excluded.

These limits may be exceeded in unusual circumstances only by action of th
Dean of the College.

Double Majors and Joint Majors

A student may major in two departments with the written permission of th
chairman of each of the departments and on condition that the student meets a
requirements for the major in both departments. For administrative purposes, th
student must designate one of the two fields as the primary major, which appeal
first on the student's record.

A joint major consisting of fifty-six credits in two fields of study is available i
classical studies, in mathematical economics, in mathematics-biology, in mathema
tics-business, and in French-Spanish.

Senior Testing

All seniors are required to participate in a testing program designed to provid 1
objective evidence of educational development and employing measures o
academic achievement such as selected portions of the Graduate Record Examine
tion and/or other tests deemed appropriate by the Committee on Academic Affair:-
The tests are administered during the spring semester, and relevant results ar
made available to the student for his or her information. The primary purpose o
the program is to provide the College with information for assessing the tota
educational process. The program does not supplant the regular administration o
the Graduate Record Examination for those students applying for admission t<
graduate school.

Combined Degrees in the School of Law

A combined course makes it possible for a student to receive the two degrees o
Bachelor of Arts and Juris Doctor in six academic years or their equivalent insteac
of the usual seven years. The first three years of the combined course are in th<
College and the last three are in the School of Eaw.

A student pursuing this plan must ( 1 ) complete the basic and divisional courst
requirements and become qualified for admission to the upper division; (2) initiate
an application for admission to the School of Law and secure through the lav
school adviser, who is a member of the law faculty, permission to pursue the
combined course plan (admission to the School of Law is based on the applicant' 1
entire undergraduate record, Law School Admission Test scores, and other criteria
and permission to pursue the combined degree program does not constitute
admission to the School of Law); (3) perform the junior year of study in the College
under the supervision of the law school adviser; and (4) complete at least 1 10 credits
in the College with a minimum average of C and the first full vear of law in tht
School of Law with an average sufficient to remain in the School of Law.

The last year of required college academic work must be taken in the College. A

student who transfers from another college or university at the end of the first or
second year must maintain a minimum average grade of C on all academic work
undertaken in the College.

A student who completes the program successfully is eligihle to receive the

Bachelor of Arts degree at the end of the first full year in the School of Law; the

Juris Doctor degree is awarded the student who, having received the Bachelor of

Arts degree, also fulfills requirements for the Juris Doctor degree. The quantitative

I and qualitative academic requirements set forth herein are minimum requirements

i; for the successful completion ot the combined degree program: satisfying the

requirements of the three-year program in the College does not necessarily entitle

i an applicant to admission to the School of Law.

Combined Degrees in Medical Sciences

A limited number of students may receive a Bachelor of Science degree with a

major in medical sciences.

Under this plan the student fulfills the requirements for the degree by

completing three years of work in the College with a minimum average grade of C
land by satisfactorily completing the first full year <>1 medicine (at least thirty
i semester hours) as outlined by the faculty of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine,
; with a record entitling promotion to the second year class. (Under current

scheduling, successful candidates receive the baccalaureate degree in August rather
i than May.) At least one year (thirty-six credits) of the required academic work must
i be completed in the College.

,! Candidates for the Bachelor of Science degree with a major in medical sciences
i must complete before entering the School of Medicine for the fourth year of work
i the basic course requirements; the divisional course requirements in Divisions I,

III, and IV; the physical education requirement; Biology 111, 150, 151 (two

courses); Biology 312, 320, 321, 326, 351, 360, 370 (two courses): Chemistry 1 1 1

and 112; Chemistry 221 and 222; Physics 1 1 1 and 1 12; mathematics (one course):

and electives for a total of 108 credits.

The completion of the prescribed academic subjects does not necessarily entitle
■ an applicant to admission to the School of Medicine. (All other factors being equal,
1 applicants who have done all their work in the College are given preference.)

Combined Degrees in Medical Technology

/ Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in medical technology by
completion of the academic requirements outlined below and by satisfactory
completion of the full program in medical technology offered by the Division of
Allied Health Programs of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine with at least a
grade of C in all courses taken in the program in medical technology. At least one
year (thirty-six credits) of the required academic work must be completed in the
College. Students seeking admission to the program must file application in the fall
of their junior year with the division of Allied Health Programs of the School of
Medicine. A B average is usually required in biology and chemistry for admission to

the program. Students must complete the basic course requirements; the division,
course requirements in Divisions I, III, and IV; the physical education requii
ment; Biology 111, 150, 151 (three courses); Biology 326; Chemistry 1 1 1 and 1 1
Chemistry 221 and 222; mathematics (one course); and electives for a total of I<
credits. (Interested students should consult a biology departmental faculty membJ
during the freshman year for further information.)

Degrees in the Physician Assistant Program

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in the physician assistai
program by completion of three years ( 108 credits) in the College with a minimu
average grade of C, and by satisfactory completion of the full twenty-four mont
course in the physician assistant program offered by the Division of Allied Heali
Programs of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. At least one year (thirty-s
credits) of the required academic work must be completed in the Colleg
Candidates for the degree must complete the basic course requirements, tl
divisional course requirements, and the physical education requirement; at lea
four courses in biology (including one course in microbiology); and at least fot
courses in the social sciences (sociology, psychology, and economics are recod
mended). A course in statistics and three or four courses in chemistry are als
recommended. Applicants to the program must possess a minimum of six montlj
clinical experience in patient care services. (Interested students should consult
biology departmental faculty member during the freshman year for furth<
information.)

Degrees in Microbiology

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in microbiology b
completion of three years (112 credits) in the College with a minimum averag
grade of C, and by satisfactory completion of a thirty-two-hour major i
microbiology in the Bowman Gray School of Medicine. At least one vear (thirty-si
credits) of the required academic work must be completed in the College
Candidates for the degree must complete the basic course requirements, th
divisional course requirements, and the physical education requirement; Microbio
ogy 301, 302, 308, 311, and 312, and Biology 370 (in some cases Biology 326 may b
substituted for Microbiology 301); two additional courses from Microbiology 30',
310, 313, and 314; and Biology 321. Required related courses are two courses ii
phvsics and at least two courses in organic chemistrv. Additional chemistrv an<
mathematics courses may be suggested by the major adviser for student
progressing toward advanced work in microbiology.

Degrees in Dentistry

A student may fulfill the requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree with
major in dentistrv by completing three vears of work in the College with a minimun
average grade of C, and by satisfactorilv completing the first two vears of work ii
one of certain approved dental schools designated by the University, with a reconj

entitling advancement to the third year class.

For this degree the requirements in the College are the same as those for the
degree with a major in medical sciences.

Degrees in Engineering

The College cooperates with North Carolina State University in offering a broad
course of study in the arts and sciences combined with specialized training in
engineering. A program for outstanding students covers five years of study,
including three initial years in the College and two full years of technical training in
'one of the fields of engineering. (Depending upon the field chosen, it may be
'advisable for a student to attend the summer session in the engineering school after
transfer.) Upon successful completion of the five years of study, the student
receives the degree of Bachelor of Science from the University and the degree of
-Bachelor of Science in one of the specialized engineering fields from North
'Carolina State University.

' The curriculum for the first three years must include the basic and divisional
'requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree. Suggested courses for the
'freshman year are English 1 10 and 160 (or a foreign literature); foreign language
bourses 211, 215, or 216; Mathematics 111-112; Phvsics 111-112 or (preferably)
121-122; and Physical Education 111-112. Suggested courses for the sophomore
year are English 170 (or a foreign literature); Philosophy 151; Mathematics 251;
"Physics 141, 161, and 162; and Chemistrv 1 1 1 (or 1 18) and 112. Suggested courses
for the junior year are a history course, a religion course, Mathematics 311, and
Economics 151-152.

This rigorous curriculum demands special aptitude in science and mathematics.
,Electives are chosen in consultation with the chairman of the Department of
Physics.

Degrees in Forestry and Environmental Studies

The College cooperates with the Duke University School of Forestry and
Environmental Studies to offer students interested in these areas the possibility of
earning both bachelor's and master's degrees within five years. For details about the
program students should consult a biology departmental faculty member.

Courses of Instruction

Plans of study, course descriptions, and the identification of instructors apply to th\
academic year 1978-79, unless otherwise noted, and reflect official faculty action throng)
March 5,' 1979.

The University reserves the right to change programs of study, academic requirements
assignment of lecturers, or the announced calendar without prior notice.

Odd-numbered courses are normally taught in the fall, even-numbered in tht
spring. Exceptions are noted after course descriptions. Number of credits is showi
by numerals immediately after the course title — for example, (3) or (3,3). Tht
symbols P — and C — followed by course numbers or titles are used to show:
prerequisites and corequisites in the department.

Courses 101-199 are primarily for freshmen and sophomores; courses 200-29!
are primarily for juniors and seniors; courses 301-399 are for advanced
undergraduates and graduate students. (Other graduate courses are described ii 1
the bulletin of the Graduate School; other summer courses are described in the
bulletin of the summer session.)

Anthropology

Stanton K. Tefft, Chairman

Professor E. Pendleton Banks

Associate Professors David K. Evans, Stanton K. Tefft, J. Ned Woodall

Assistant Professor David S. Weaver

A major in anthropology requires a minimum of thirty-six credits and musl
include Anthropology 162, 340, 341, 351. 380, and either 356 or 359. Majors arc,
strongly urged to take 340 prior to other 300-level courses.

Students are encouraged but not required to enroll in a course offering intensive
field research training. However, only four credits from Anthropology 381-382
and four credits from Anthropology 383-384 may be used to meet majoi
requirements. Additional courses are counted within the limits specified for a
single field of study.

To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Anthropology", highly
qualified majors are invited to apply to the department for admission to the honors
program. They must complete a senior research project, document their research,
and satisfactorily defend their work in an oral examination. For additional
information members of the departmental faculty should be consulted.

162. General Anthropology. (3 or 4) Basic concepts of anthropology, focusing on
the biological and sociocultural evolution of man from Pleistocene to the present
and an analysis of contemporary cultural diversity.

207. Mountain Folklore in North Carolina. (4) The role folklore plavs in all human
cultures in general and in the culture of the mountain people of Western North
Carolina in particular. Field trips to mountain counties conducted. Usually offered iti
J an nan'.

260. Archeological Laboratory Practicum. (2) Instruction in artifact cleaning,
.preserving, cataloging, and analysis; preparation of museum exhibits; familiariza-
tion with darkroom procedures; drafting and report preparation. P-Permission of
I the instructor.

' 261. Museum Practicum. (2) Directed in-depth experience in cultural anthropolo-
gy. P-Anthropology 162.

262. Physical Anthropology Practicum. (2) Practical experience in current
( problems in physical anthropology. P-Anthropology 162.

301. Archeology of the Carolina Piedmont. (4) Readings and field research
1 directed toward collecting and interpreting data on the prehistoric and early
' historic cultures of Piedmont North Carolina. Usually offered iti January. P-

Permission of the instructor.

, 303. None of Your Business. (3) This course looks at the role of secrecy in society in
both historical and cross-cultural perspectives. The form and function of both tribal

, and modern secret organizations (secret services, revolutionary groups, and so
forth) are studied. The adaptive and maladaptive consequences of secrecy are
explored. Usually offered itt January. P-Anthropology 162.

305. Conflict and Change on Roatan Island (Honduras). (4) Readings and field
research focusing upon the barriers and processes of sociocultural and technologic-
al change in a heterogeneous island community. Usually offered in January.
P-Anthropology 162 and permission of the instructor.

307. Archeology of Meso- America. (4) A travel course to major archeological ruins
in Central and Southern Mexico, the National Museum in Mexico City, and possibly

. certain Guatemalan sites. Usually offered in January.

308. Yugoslavia: Crossroads of Cultures. (4) Field study of the people and cultures
of Yugoslavia. Visits to four major cities located in three different regions provide
opportunities to study museum collections and cultural monuments ranging from
Paleolithic to Roman to Turkish times. Reading, lectures, and informal discussion
with Yugoslav scholars supplement the field work. Usually offered in January.
P-Permission of the instructor.

310. Museum Design and Operation. (3 or 4) The principles of museum design
and operation through lectures, readings, workshops with visiting experts in the
field, and field trips to neighboring museums (possibly to Washington, D. C).
Students have an opportunity to put some of the principles in practice by planning
and designing exhibits in the Museum of Man. Usually offered in January.
P-Permission of the instructor.

340. Images of Man: Perspectives on Anthropological Thought. (3 or 4) A study
and evaluation of the major anthropological theories of man and society, including
cultural evolutionism, historical particularism, functionalism, structuralism, cultu-
ral ecology, and cultural materialism. The relevance and significance of these
theories to modern anthropologv are discussed. P-Anthropology 162 and sopho-
more or junior standing or permission of the instructor.

341. Cultural Anthropology. (3 or 4) A cross-cultural analysis of human institutioi
concentrating on non-industrial societies. P- Anthropology 162.

342. People and Cultures of Latin America. (3 or 4) Ethnographic focus on tli
elements and processes of contemporary Latin American cultures. P-Anthropolog
162 or permission of the instructor.

343. Anthropology and Developing Nations. (3 or 4) Analytic survey of problen
facing emerging nations and the application of anthropology in culture-chang
programs. P- Anthropology 162 or permission of the instructor.

344. Medical Anthropology . (3 or 4) The impact of Western medical practices an-
theory on non-Western cultures and anthropological contributions to the solving d
world health problems. P- Anthropology 162.

351. Physical Anthropology. (3 or 4) Introduction to biological (physical
anthropology; human biology, evolution, and variability. P-Anthropology 162.:

352- Laboratory Methods in Physical Anthropology. ( 1 ) Basic methods utilized b
physical anthropologists to gather data, such as blood grouping, measuremeni
dermatoglyphics, and dental castings. Lab-two hours. P-Permission of the in
structor.

353. Peoples and Cultures of Africa. (3 or 4) The ethnology and prehistory o
Negro Africa south of the Sahara. P-Anthropology 162.

354. Primitive Religion. (3 or 4) The worldview and values of non-literate culture'
as expressed in myths, rituals, and symbols. P- Anthropology 162 or Sociology 151.

355. Language and Culture. (3 or 4) An introduction to the relations betweei
language and culture, including methods for field research. P-Anthropology 162

356. Old World Prehistory. (3 or 4) Introduction to prehistoric archeology; fiek
and laboratory techniques, with a survey of world prehistory. P-Anthropology 162

357. Personality in Culture. (3 or 4) A seminar designed to study tht
psychodynamics of social personality and national character. P-Anthropology 16.
or Sociology 151.

358. The American Indian. (3 or 4) Ethnology and prehistory of the Americai
Indian. P-Anthropology 162.

359. Prehistory of North America. (3 or 4) The development of culture in North
America as outlined by archeological research, with an emphasis on paleoecolog\
and sociocultural processes. P-Anthropology 162.

360. Archeology of the Southeastern United States. (3 or 4) A studv of human
adaptation in the Southeast from Pleistocene to the present, emphasizing the role ol
ecological factors in determining the formal aspects of culture. P-Anthropologv
162.

362. Human Ecology. (3 or 4) The relations between man and the inorganic and
organic environments as mediated by culture. P-Anthropologv 162 or permission
of the instructor.

364. Human Osteology. (3 or 4) A survey of human skeletal anatomy and analysis.

emphasizing archeological and anthropological applications. P-Pei mission of the
instructor.

365. Field Research in Physical Anthropology. (2, 3, or 4) Training in techniques
I for the study of problems of physical anthropology, carried out in the field. Usually
offered in January or in the summer. P-Permission of the instructor.

! 366. Primates and Fossil Man. (3 or 4) Investigation of primate and human
• evolution, both in anatomy and in behavior. P-Anthropology 162 or permission of
the instructor.

371. European Peasant Communities. (3 or 4) Lectures, reading, and discussion on
selected communities and their sociocultural context, including folklore, folk art,
and processes of culture change. P-Anthropology 162 or permission of the
i. instructor.

■ 379. Research Methods in Anthropology. (3 or 4) Introduction to the principal
.research techniques used in anthropology. P-Anthropology 162.

1 380. Anthropological Statistics. (3 or 4) Basic statistics, emphasizing application in
1 anthropological research. (A student who receives credit for this course may not

also receive credit for Biology 24H, Business 201, Mathematics 157. or Sociology

380.)

381, 382. Archeological Research. (4, 4) The recovery of anthropological data
3 through the use of archeology, taught in the excavation and interpretation of a
; prehistoric site. P-Anthropology 162.

383, 384. Field Research in Cultural Anthropology. (4, 4) Training in techniques
; for the studv of foreign cultures, carried out in the field. P-Anthropology 162.

385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3 or 4) Intensive investigation of current
. scientific research within the discipline which concentrates on problems of
contemporary interest. P- Permission of instructor.

387. Advanced Statistical Analysis in Anthropology. (3 or 4) Principles of
multivariate statistical analysis and applications to anthropological problems.
, P-Anthropology 380.

398-399. Individual Study. (1,2,3, or 4) A reading, research, or internship course
, designed to meet the needs and interests of selected students, to be carried out
under the supervision of a departmental faculty member.

Art

Robert Knott, Chairman

Visiting Professor Terisio Pignatti (Venice)

Associate Professor Robert Knott

Assistant Professor Brian Legakis

Lecturers David Bindman (London), Marvin S. Coats

Instructors Raymond Berry, Gary A. Cook,

Mauro Mercanti, Andrew W. Polk III

The department offers courses in the history of art and in the practice of

drawing, painting, printmaking, and sculpture. The program is designed t<
introduce students to the humanistic study of the visual arts. The courses art
intended to increase the student's understanding of the meaning and purpose ol
the arts and their historical developments, their role in society, and theii
relationship to other humanistic disciplines. The work in the classroom and studi<
is designed to intensify the student's visual perception and to develop a facility in -J
variety of technical processes. A visiting artist program and varied exhibitions in tht
gallery of the Fine Arts Center supplement the regular academic program of the
department.

The major in art requires forty credits. A student must concentrate in either art
history or studio art, but takes courses in both areas.

Any student interested in majoring in art should consult the chairman of the
department as soon as possible after entering the University.

Art History*

103. Introduction to the Visual Arts. (4) An introduction to the arts of various,
cultures and times, with discussions of technique, slvle, methodology, and terms.
May be used to satisfy a requirement in Division I.

221. Idea and Form in Indian Art. (4) An examination of Indian ideas on the
sacred and profane as revealed in architectural and sculptural forms in Hindu.
Buddhist, and Muslim art in India.

224. Oriental Art. (4) A survey of the architecture, painting, and sculpture of China,
and Japan from the prehistoric period to 1900.

225. Primitive Art. (4) A survey of the traditional arts of Africa south of the Sahara.
Polynesia, New Guinea, Australia, pre-Columbian Central and South America, and
North America.

227. Art of the Ancient Near East. (4) A survey of architecture, painting, and
sculpture of Egypt, Mesopotamia, and Anatolia, with an introduction to prehistoric
European art.

228. Egyptian Art. (4) The art and architecture of ancient Egypt from the
predynastic period through Roman Egypt. Usually offered in January.

230. African Art. The traditional arts of Africa south of the Sahara.

231. American Art. A survey of American painting from 1600 to 1900.
233. American Architecture. (4) A survey of American architecture from 1600 to
1900, with emphasis on the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries.

241. Ancient Art. (4) A survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture from the
prehistoric through the late Roman periods.

242. Minoan and Mycenaean Art. (4) A survey of the architecture, painting, and
sculpture of the Minoan and Mvcenaean civilizations.

''Open to qualified freshmen and sophomore*

; 244. Greek Art. (3) A survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture from the
prehistoric through the Hellenistic periods.

245. Roman Art. (3) A survey of Etruscan and Roman architecture, painting, and
sculpture.

246. Greek and Roman Architecture. (4) A survey of classical architecture, from
, ; the Archaic Greek through the late Roman period.

247. Myth and Legend in Classical Art. (4) A study of the major myths and legends
in Greek and Roman painting and sculpture.

248. The Ancient City. (4) An architectural approach to the emergence of
civilization and urbanism in the ancient world.

249. Myth and Legend in Classical Art and Literature. (4) An investigation of the
myths and legends in ancient Greece and Italy, using examples of the art and
literature of the period. Art or classics credit determined at registration. Not open
to students who have taken Art 247 or Classics 251.

250. Twentieth Century American Art and Literature. (4) An exploration of the
' ideas, values, and feelings found in the art and literature of twentieth century

figures such as Kandinsky, Stevens, Picasso, and Kafka.

' 252. Medieval Art. (4) A survey of painting and sculpture in Europe from 400 to
1 1400.

256. History of Books and Printing (2-4) An examination of the development of
the book from the invention of printing to the present.

257. Printing on the Hand Press. (4) A study of the history of printing and books
combined with the practical experience of learning the art and craft of printing.
The objectives of the course are to provide a basis for the appreciation of fine
printing and to allow the student an opportunity to learn the techniques of hand

I printing. Offered in January. P-Permission of the instructor.

267. European Art of the Early Renaissance. (4) A survey of painting and
sculpture in Italy and Northern Europe from 1300 to 1500, including artists such as

3 Giotto, Jan van Eyck, Roger van der Weyden, Botticelli, and Leonardo da Vinci.

268. European Renaissance Art of the Sixteenth Century. (4) A survey of painting
and sculpture in Italy and Northern Europe from 1500 to 1600. P-Art 267 is
recommended.

i 2712. Studies in French Art (2) Lectures and field trips in French painting,
sculpture, and architecture, concentrating on the eighteenth and nineteenth
centuries. Offered in Dijon.

272. Baroque Art. (4) A survev of European painting and sculpture from 1600 to
1700.

281. Modern Art to 1900. (4) A survey of European painting and sculpture from
1700 to 1900, emphasizing the nineteenth century.

282. Modern Art after 1900. (4) A survey of European and American painting and
sculpture from 1900 to the present. P-Art 281 is recommended.

283. Impressionism. (4) A detailed study of the French Impressionist painters, witli
some consideration of Impressionism in other art forms.

284. Contemporary American Art. (4) An intensive study of American painting
and sculpture from 1950 to the present.

286. Studies in Twentieth Century Art: Myth in Modern Art. (.i) An analysis ol
traditional Western and non-Western myths as expressed and interpreted bvi
twentieth century artists.

*291. Individual Study. (4) A course of independent study with faculty guidance.!

*292. Individual Study. (4) A course of independent study with faculty guidance.

294. Architecture Survey after 1700. (4) A survey of European and American:
architecture from 1700 to the present, emphasizing the twentieth century.

295. Studio Seminar. (2, 4) Offered by members of the faculty or visiting [acuity oti|
a topic of their choice and related studio activities. P-Permission of the instructor.

296. Art History Seminar. (4) Offered by members of the faculty on a topic of then
choice. A paper is required. P-Permission of the instructor.

2320. English Art, Hogarth to the Present. (4) A survey of English painting.
sculpture, and architecture in the Georgian, Victorian, and modern periods. Slide
lectures, student reports, museum visits, and lectures. Taught by a special lecturer.

2693. Venetian Renaissance Art. (4) A survey of the art of the Venetian
Renaissance, with slide lectures and museum visits.

Studio Art**

111. Introduction to Drawing and Design. (4) Introduction to the basic elements of
two-dimensional and three-dimensional design, to include drawing, painting, and '
sculpture. Six class hours per week.

112. Introduction to Painting. (4) An introduction to painting fundamentals in a
variety of contemporary styles in the oil or acrylic media. P-Art 111.

115. Introduction to Sculpture. (4) An introduction to basic sculptural styles and
media, with emphasis on contemporary concepts. P-Art 111.

117. Introduction to Printmaking. (4) Concentrated introduction to one or more of
the following areas of printmaking: lithography, intaglio, and silkscreen. P-Art 111.

211. Intermediate Drawing. (4) Continuation of Art 111. with concentrated
emphasis on drawing fundamentals and idea development in realistic and abstract
styles, emphasizing composition, value, line, and form. Six (lass hours per week.
P-Art 111.

212. Intermediate Painting. (4) Continuation of Art 112, with concentrated
emphasis on idea development. P-Art 112. May be repeated.

^Offered on a jour-, eleven-, or fifteen-week basis.
^Prerequisites may be waived with permission of the instructor.

215. Intermediate Sculpture. (4) Continuation of Art 115, with emphasis on idea
development. P-Art 115. May be repeated.

217. Intermediate Printmaking. (4) Continuation of Art 1 17, with emphasis on idea
development. P-Art 117. May be repeated.

218. Figure Drawing. (4) Introduction to figure drawing.

219. Advanced Sculpture. (4) A course of individual study with faculty guidance.
May be repeated. P-Art 215.

222. Advanced Painting. (4) A course of individual study with faculty guidance.
May be repeated. P-Art 212.

223. Advanced Drawing. (4) A course of individual study with faculty guidance.
May be repeated. P-Art 211.

229. Advanced Printmaking. (4) A course of individual study with faculty
guidance. P-Art 217. May be repeated.

Asian Studies

Balkrishna Govind Gokhale, Director

The Asian Studies program, established in 1960 with financial assistance from
the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation, is interdisciplinary in its nature and
involves the cooperation and resouces of several departments in the humanities and
social sciences. Its objectives are to broaden the traditional curriculum with the
infusion of a systematic knowledge and understanding of the culture of Asia.

Asian Studies 211, 212. Asian Studies. (4, 4) Asian thought and civilization. Some
dominant themes in Asian thought and their influence on Asian civilizations.

Art 221. Idea and Form in Indian Art. (4) An examination of Indian ideas on the
sacred and profane as revealed in architectural and sculptural forms in Hindu,
Buddhist, and Muslim art in India.

Chinese 111, 112. Elementary Chinese. (4, 4) Emphasis on the development of
listening and speaking skills in Mandarin. Brief introduction to the writing system
and to basic sentence patterns. Lab-one hour.

Hindi 111, 112. Elementary Hindi. (4, 4) Attention mainly to basic Hindi
grammar, vocabulary building, simple composition, and conversation. Lab-one
hour.

Hindi 153. Intermediate Hindi. (4) Advanced practice in Hindi composition and
conversation and introduction to literary Hindi. Lab-one hour. P-Hindi 111, 112,
or equivalent.

Hindi 211. Hindi Literature. (4) Reading and translation of selected texts in prose
and poetry and journalistic Hindi. Lab-one hour. P-Hindi 153.

History 341. Southeast Asia from 1511 to the Present (4) A survey of the history
and culture of Southeast Asia under Western colonial systems, with special
reference to economic, social, and cultural developments, the rise of nationalism,
and the emergence of new nation-states.

History 342. The Middle East from Suleiman the Magnificent to the Present. (4)

Major subjects covered are the rise and fall of the Ottoman Empire, the Arabs and
Persians under Ottoman hegemony, the rise of Arab nationalism, and the
emergence of the modern Arab states and their roles in the post-World War II era.

History 343. Imperial China. (4) Development of traditional institutions in Chinese
society to 1644; attention to social, cultural, and political factors, emphasizing
continuity and resistance to change.

History 344. Modern China. (4) The Manchu Dynasty and its response to the
Western challenge, the 1911 Revolution, the warlord era and the rise of the
Communists, Chinese Communist society, and the Cultural Revolution.

History 345, 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. (4, 4) An introduction to
the history and civilization of South Asia, with emphasis on historical developments
in the social, economic, and cultural life of the area.

History 347. India in Western Literatures. (4) A one-semester historical survey of
images of India in Western literatures, with special reference to religious and
philosophical ideas, art, polity, society, and culture.

History 349, 350. East Asia. (4, 4) An introduction to the social, cultural, and
political development of China, Japan, and Korea. Fall, to 1600; spring, since 1600.

Politics 234. Government and Politics of East Asia. (4) An analysis of the political
institutions and processes in China and Japan, with emphasis on the problems of
modernization.

Politics 245. Government and Politics of South Asia. (4) A study of the

governments of India, Pakistan, Nepal, and Ceylon; emphasis on polticial
organizations, party structures, and subnational governmental systems.

Religion 360. Hinduism. (4) A study of the fundamental features of the Hindu
tradition.

Religion 361. Buddhism. (4) A study of the Buddhist tradition, its fundamental
features, and its impact on the cultures of Asia.

Biology

Gerald W. Esch, Chairman

Professors Charles M. Allen, Gerald W. Esch, Walter S. Flory, Raymond L. Wyatt

Associate Professors Ralph D. Amen, Veryl E. Becker, John F. Dimmick,

Ronald V. Dimock Jr., Raymond E. Kuhn, James C. McDonald,

A. Thomas Olive, Robert L. Sullivan, Mary Beth Thomas,

Peter D. Weigl

Assistant Professors Herman E. Eure, Hugh C. Lane

Visiting Assistant Professor Sandra J. Newell

Adjunct Professor Stephen H. Richardson

Adjunct Associate Professor J. Whitfield Gibbons

Research Associates Frank M. Hatcher, Terry C. Hazen

At the end of the sophomore year a student electing to major in biology meets

with a major adviser to plan the course of study for the junior and senior years. The
requirements for completion of the major are those in effect at the time of the
conference, since the curriculum and departmental requirements may change
slightly during the student's period of residence. All majors are required to take
' Biology 111. 150, 151, and 152. Co-major requirements are four full courses in the

- physical sciences.

For students declaring majors in the spring, the requirement for a major is a

- minimum of forty credits in biology. The forty credits must include at least six
5 biologv courses carrying five credits. A minimum grade average of C on all courses

attempted in biology in the College is required for graduation with a major in

biology. (Students declaring a major later than the spring should consult with a

biology major adviser for t he specific major requirements at that time.)

Prospective majors are strongly urged to take Chemistry 111-112 and Biology

111-150 in the freshman year. They are advised to take Biology 151 and Biology
I . . . ....

152 in the sophomore year, as well as organic chemistry. Deviations from this

pattern may necessitate summer work to fit the basic courses into an orderly

sequence.

I Advanced work in many areas of biology may require additional courses in
mathematics, the physical sciences, and other areas of biology. The adviser calls

| these to the attention of the student, depending on individual needs. All 300-level

] biology courses presume a background equivalent to introductory and intermediate
biology (that is, through Biologv 152).

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to

■ the honors program in biology. To be graduated with the distinction "Honors in
Biologv," they must complete a research project under the direction of a staff
member and pass a comprehensive oral examination.

1 The departments of mathematics and biology offer a joint major leading to a
Bachelor of Science degree in mathematics-biology. This interdisciplinary prog-

I ram, which can include no more than fifty-six credits in mathematics and biology,
affords the student an opportunity to apply mathematical methods to the
development and analysis of biological systems. The major consists of the following
course requirements: Mathematics 112, 155. 157. or 357: Biologv 150. 151, 152:
and seven additional courses (at least three in each department) chosen with the

) approval of the program advisers. Some courses in the physical sciences are
recommended.

Highly qualified majors may be invited to apply for admission to the honors
program in the joint major. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in
Mathematics-Biology," they must complete a senior research paper and pass a
comprehensive oral examination on the project. For additional information
members of the departmental faculty should be consulted.

111. Biological Principles. (5) Fundamental principles and concepts in biology.
Lab-three hours.

150. Organismic Biology. (5) Morphology and phvlogenv of plants and animals.
Lab-three hours. P-Biology 1 1 1 or by permission.

151. Cell Biology. (5) Molecular and cellular aspects of biology. Lab-three hours.
P-Biology 111 and Chemistry 111-112 or by permission.

152. Population Biology. (4) Population and evolutionary aspects of biology.
P-Biology 1 1 1 or by permission.

301, 302. Internship. (4, 4) Off-campus work/study in the public or private sector.
A written research paper or report based on the experience is required. The
student must have a supervisor on the job and a biology faculty member to sponsor
the project. Only four credits per term permitted. Pass/Fail. Not to be counted
toward major. Offered in January.

312. Genetics. (5) A study of principles of inheritance and their application to
plants and animals, including man. Laboratory work in the methods of breeding
some genetically important organisms and of compiling and presenting data.
Lab-three hours.

314. Evolution. (4) Analysis of the theories, evidences, and mechanisms of
evolution.

320. Chordates. (5) A study of chordate animals, with emphasis on comparative
anatomy and phytogeny. Dissection of representative forms in the laboratory.
Lab-four hours.

321. Parasitology. (5) A survey of protozoan, helminth, and arthropod parasites
from the standpoint of morphology, taxonomy, life histories, and host/parasite
relationships. Lab-three hours.

323. Animal Behavior. (4) A survey of laboratory and field research on animal
behavior. May count as biology or psychology but not both; choice to be determined
at registration.

324. Botany for Everyday Use. (4) A course to develop a knowledge and
appreciation of common plants and plant products and plant handling. Not be
taken for credit toward major. Offered i>i January.

325. Plant Anatomy. (5) A study of comparative anatomy of the vascular plants,
with emphasis on phylogeny. Lab-four hours.

326. Microbiology. (5) A study of the more important groups of microorganisms,
with emphasis on bacteria and their activities. Lab-four hours.

327. Nonvascular Plants. (5) An examination of representative nonvascular plants,
with emphasis on morphology and phylogeny. Lab-four hours.

328. Vascular Plants. (5) A comparative survey of the vascular plants, with
emphasis on structure, reproduction, classification, and phylogeny. Lab-four
hours.

331. Invertebrates. (5) Systematic study of invertebrates, with emphasis on
functional morphology, behavior, ecology, and phylogeny. Lab-three hours.

333. Vertebrates. (5) Systematic study of vertebrates, with emphasis on evolution,
physiology, behavior, and ecology. Laboratory devoted to systematic, field, and
experimental studies. Lab-four hours.

334. Entomology. (5) A study of insects, with emphasis on structure, development,
taxonomy, and phylogeny. Lab-four hours.

338. Plant Taxonomy. (5) A study of the classification of seed plants, with emphasis
on the comparative study of orders and families. Lab-four hours.

340. Ecology. (5) Interrelationships among living systems and their environments;
structure and dynamics of major ecosystem types; contemporary problems in
ecology. Lab-four hours.

341. Marine Biology. (5) An introduction to the physical, chemical, and biological
parameters affecting the distribution of marine organisms. Lab-three hours.

342. Aquatic Ecology. (5) A course designed to cover the general principles and
concepts of limnology and aquatic biology as they apply to lentic and lotic habitats.
A major portion of the field study is centered at the Charles M. Allen Biological
Station. Lab-three hours.

344. Population and Evolutionary Biology. (5) Readings and discussions of topics
in evolutionary ecology, including population dynamics, life history strategies,
competition, niche theory, resource partitioning and community structure, species
diversity, and ecological successions. Lab-three hours.

347. Ecologic History of the Great Plains. (4) A consideration of the ecology of the
Great Plains as it affected the Indian and Anglo cultures of the nineteenth century.
Not to be counted toward major. Offered in January.

348. Quantitative Biology. (4) An introduction to statistical methods used by
biologists, including descriptive statistics, hypothesis-testing, analysis of variance,
and regression and correlation. Credit not given for both this course and Business
201, Mathematics 157, Sociology 380, or Anthropology 380.

351. Animal Physiology. (5) Nerve, muscle, and regulation physiology offered in
even-numbered years; digestion, absorption, and transport in odd-numbered
years. Lab-three hours.

352. Nutritional Physiology. (4) Deals with nutritional needs of college-age
students and the areas where diets are usually deficient. Not to be counted toward
major. Offered in January.

354. Endocrinology. (4) A course in vertebrate physiological endocrinology, with
particular reference to phylogenesis and embryology, including a section on
invertebrate endocrinology.

355. Developmental Physiology. (5) A functional study of the growth, develop-
ment, and reproduction of selected organisms, with emphasis on the regulatorv
mechanisms of morphogenesis. Lab-three hours.

357. Cryptobiology. (5) An examination of common hypobiotic rest exhibited by-
living systems, including a consideration of quiescence, dormancy, diapause,
hibernation, estivation, sleep, coma, and death. Designed to focus attention on
hypobiotic states which border on senescence and death, to more clearly distinguish
living from dead conditions. Various biological materials in a state of rest examined.
Lab-three hours.

360. Development. (5) A study of development, including aspects of vertebrate,
invertebrate, and other developmental systems, emphasizing the regulation of
differentiation. Lab-four hours.

362. Immunology. (4) A study of the components and protective mechanisms of the
immune svstem.

370. Biochemistry. (5) A lecture and laboratory course in biochemistry, including
principles of biochemistry, chemical composition of living svstems, intermediarv
metabolism, enzyme kinetics, biochemical techniques, and biochemical energetics.
Lab-three hours.

372. Histology. (5) A studv of the structure and function of cells, tissues, and
organs, with laboratory for examination of prepared histological slides. Lab-three
hours. P-Biologv 151.

374. Microtechnique. (4) An introduction to the biological application of light and
electron microscopy. Not to be taken for credit toward major. Lecture/lab-six hours.
P-Biologv 151 and permission of the instructor.

376. Icthyology. (5) A comparative studv of structure/function, classification, and
phvlogenv of fish. Lab-three hours.

382. Human Heredity. (4) A studv of the principles of heredity as applied to man.
Emphasis on inheritance of both usual and aberrant human phenotypes. Either
Biologv 312 or Biology 382 may be taker, for credit toward major, but not both.
Offered in January.

391, 392. Special Problems in Biology. (2,2) Independent library and laboratory
investigation carried out under the supervision of a member of the staff. Pass/Fail
or for grade at discretion of the instructor. P-Permission of the instructor.

393, 394. Special Problems in Biology. (2, 2) Courses designed for students who
wish to continue special problems bevond Biologv 391 and 392. Pass/Fail optional.
Not to be counted toward major. P-Permission of instructor.

395. Philosophy of Biology. (4) A seminar course dealing with the philosophical
structure of the biological sciences, including an examination of major conceptual
schemes and theoretical ideas unique to biologv.

397. Seminar in Biology. (2-4) Consideration of major biological topics through
intensive reading and discussions.

398. Scientific Communications. (3) An introduction to bibliographic and graphic
methods, inluding microscopv, photography, scientific illustration and writing, and
preparation of manusctipts. Open to juniors or by permission of the instructor.

Business and Accountancy

Delmer P. Hylton, Chairman

Professors Delmer P. Hylton, Jeanne Owen

Associate Professors Leon P, Cook Jr., Stephen Ewing, Thomas C. Taylor,

Arun P. Dewasthali

Assistant Professor A. Sayeste Daser

Lecturer Glenn L. Clark Jr.

Instructors John B. Coullard, Olive S. Thomas

The major in business or in accountancy must take one course in mathematics
and two semesters of principles of economics and before admission as a major must
have a minimum grade point average of 2.0. A minimum grade point average of 2.0
on all work attempted in the Department of Business and Accountancy is required
for graduation with a major in business or accountancy.

Business

The Bachelor of Science degree in business is offered for the student who
anticipates a career in the business world. The curriculum is designed to equip the
student with basic tools and knowledge which should enable him or her to perform
adequately in the first position and to advance to more responsible positions in
management.

For the major in business, a minimum of thirty-six credits earned in the
department is required. Included in the major must be Accountancy 111 and 112;
Business 201, 202, 21 1, 221, 231, 261; and one course from the following: Business
212, 222, 232, or 241. A minimum of twenty-eight credits in the major must be
earned in the College.

Students with a grade point average of at least 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on
all work in business are invited to apply for admission to the honors program in
business. A project, paper, or readings and/or an oral examination are required.
Those who successfully complete the requirements specified by the department are
graduated with the designation "Honors in Business." For additional information
interested students should consult a member of the departmental faculty.

The departments of mathematics and business and accountancy offer a joint
major leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in mathematics-business. This
interdisciplinary program prepares students for careers in business with a strong
background in mathematics. The major consists of the following course require-
ments: Mathematics 111, 112, 155, 157, and 256 or 355; Accounting 111, 112;
Business 211, 221, 231; either Business 201 or Mathematics 357; either Business
202 or Mathematics 253; and two additional courses chosen from Accounting 252,
278, Business 281, Mathematics 121, .,348, 353, 381, or specially designed January
courses.

Highly qualified majors may be invited to apply for admission to the honors
program in the joint major. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in
Mathematics-Business," they must complete a senior research paper and pass a

comprehensive oral examination on the project. For additional information
interested students should consult a member of the departmental faculty.

170. Survey of Data Processing. (4) A management-oriented presentation of
vocabulary, concepts, and trends in information systems. Effective management of
EDP systems and current research in the field are examined. P- Accountancy 1 12.

201. Quantitative Methods I. (4) Techniques of analysis of numerical data,
including descriptive statistics, linear correlation and regression, statistical estima-
tion, and hypothesis-testing. P-Mathematics 157.

202. Quantitative Methods II. (4) Decision theorv emphasizing the combined use of
information from historical data, subjective judgments, and sampling results in
business decision-making. Nonparametric statistics and linear programming
models included. P-Business 201.

211. Organization and Management. (4) The study of the basic management
function, principles, concepts, and practices in the operation of a modern business
organization. P-Junior standing.

212. Advanced Management. (4) A study of the techniques of decision-making
using case analvses, problem-solving, and report-writing procedures based on
extensive readings. P-Business 211.

221. Principles of Marketing. (4) Survey of marketing structures, concepts, and
motivation of current marketing environment. Study of managerial decisions
necessary in the distribution of industrial and consumer goods. P-Economics 152.

222. Advanced Marketing. (4) A study of marketing management's generation and
use of explanatory and predictive data concerning consumer market behavior.
P-Business 201 and 221.

223. International Marketing. (4) An analysis of the nature, organization, and
methods of marketing at the international level, including the functions and
problems of international trade centers and involving a visit to a trade center.
Usually offered in January. P-Business 221 and permission of the instructor.

231. Financial Management. (4) Analysis of financial decision-making at the level
of the individual business enterprise. P-Accountancy 112.

232. Advanced Financial Management. (4) Management decision-making applied
to the financial function, including credit, investment, and related problems.
P-Business 201 and 231.

235. Personal Finance. (4) A study of methods for achieving goals related to
individual financial problems. Not to be counted toward major. P-Permission of the
instructor.

241. Labor Policy. (4) A study of selected topics in labor management relations
from the view of labor, management, and the public.

261. Legal Environment of Business. (4) A study of the legal environment within
which business decisions must be made.

281. Reading and Research. (2, 3, or 4) An advanced course devoted to individual
reading and research in business. P-Permission of the instructor.

Accountancy

The Bachelor of Science degree in accountancy is offered to those students who
expect to pursue a career in the accounting profession. The curriculum is designed
to equip the student for staff and managerial positions in public accounting and
industrial accounting and similar positions in non-profit institutions. A student who
completes the degree in accountancy is eligible to sit for the CPA examination in
North Carolina.

The major in accountancy requires a minimum of fifty-two credits earned in the
department. Required courses are Accountancy 111, 112, 151, 152, 252, 261. 271,
and 273, and Business 201, 231, and 261. A minimum of forty-one credits in the
major must be earned in the College.

Students with a grade point average of at least 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on
all work in accountancy are invited to apply for admission to the honors program in
accountancy. A project, paper, or leadings and/or an oral exam are required.
Those who successfully complete the requirements specified by the department are
graduated with the designation "Honors in Accountancy." For additional informa-
tion interested students should consult a member of the departmental faculty.

111. Accounting Principles I. (5) The basic accounting process and underlying
principles pertaining to the preparation and interpretation of published financial
statements.

112. Accounting Principles II. (4) A continuation of Accountancy 111 and an
emphasis on managerial accounting. P- Accountancy 111.

151. Intermediate Accounting. (4) A detailed analysis of theory and related
problems for typical accounts on published financial statements. P-Accountancy
112.

152. Intermediate Accounting. (4) A continuation of Accountancy 151. P-
Accountancy 151.

201. Business Law. (4) A study of the Uniform Commercial Code. Open only to
senior majors. P-Business 261.

252. Cost Accounting. (4) An in-depth study of management accounting, including
budgeting, product-costing, cost allocation, standard costs, transfer-pricing, dif-
ferential analysis, and cost-behavior analysis. P-Accountancy 112.

253. Accounting Information Systems. (4) A study of functions performed by an
adequate information system and methods and procedures necessary to supply
useful data, oriented toward computerized data processing. P-Accountancy 252.

254. Accounting in the Non-for-Profit Sector. (3 or 4) An examination of
accounting theory and practice in governmental and eleemosynary organizations,
including an examination of national income accounting. P-Accountancy 151.

261. Advanced Accounting Problems. (4) A study of the more complex problems
found in business operations, business combinations, reorganizations, and dissolu-
tion. P-Accountancy 152.

271. Income Tax Accounting. (5) Accounting for purposes of complying with the

Internal Revenue Code. Preparation of personal and business tax returns.
P-Accountancv 152.

273. Auditing. (4) Designed to familiarize the student with the CPA profession,
with particular emphasis on the attest-f unction. P-Accountancy 152 and 252.

275. CPA Review. (4) An intensive study of CPA-type problems found on the
accounting practice and accounting theory sections of the CPA exam. P-
Accountancv 252 and 261.

278. Reading and Research. (2. 3, or 4) Directed study in specialized areas of
accountancy. P-Permission of the instructor.

Chemistry

H. Wallace Baird, Chairman
Professors H. Wallace Baird, Phillip J. Hamrick jr., Harry B. Miller,

John W. Nowell

Associate Professors Paul M. Gross Jr., Roger A. Hegstrom, Ronald E. Noftle

Assistant Professors Willie L. Hinze, W. Douglas Hounshell, Charles F. Jackels,

Susan C. Jackels, Michael J. Thomas

The Bachelor of Arts degree in chemistry must include Chemistry 111-112 or
118, 221-222, 341, 342. 361; mathematics through Mathematics 111: and Physics
111-112 or its equivalent. Mathematics 1 12 should be taken before Chemistry 341.

The Bachelor of Science degree in chemistry must include Chemistry 111-112 or
118, 221-222. 334, 341-342, 361, 371, 391, or 392; mathematics through
Mathematics 112; and Physics 121-122 or 111-112. Other courses which are
strongly recommended for the B.S. degree candidate are Mathematics 113, 121,
and 251 and Physics lb 1-162.

Majors are required to complete on a letter grade basis the related physics and
mathematics courses, both those which are required and those which are strongly
recommended. Unless otherwise stated, all chemistry courses are open to chemistry
majors only on a letter grade basis.

An average of C in the first two years of chemistry is required of students who
elect to major in the department. Admission to any class is contingent upon
satisfactory grades in prerequisite courses, and registration for advanced courses
must be approved by the department. Candidates for either the B.A. or B.S. degree
with a major in chemistry must have a C average in their required chemistry courses
numbered 200 or above.

The department is on the list of departments certified by the American Chemical
Society.

Qualified majors are considered for honors in chemistry. To be graduated with
the designation "Honors in Chemistry," a student must complete satisfactorily
Chemistry 391-392 or an independent study project approved by the department
and an examination covering primarily the independent study project. For
additional information members of the departmental faculty should be consulted.

Prospective majors are urged to take Chemistry 111-112 in the freshman year.
For B.S. majors the following schedule of chemistry and closely related courses is
recommended:

Freshman Sophomore junior Senior

Chemistry 111-112 Chemistry 221-222 Chemistry 341-342 Chemistry 361

Mathematics 111-112 Mathematics 113-121 Chemistry 334 Chemistry 371

Physics 121-122 Physics 161-162 Chemistry 391 or 392

Mathematics 25 1

111, 112. College Chemistry. (5, 5) Fundamental chemical principles. Laboratory
covers basic quantitative analysis. Lab-three hours.

118. Principles of Chemistry. (5) Fundamental chemical principles, with emphasis
on structural concepts. Laboratory work on basic quantitative analysis. Lab-four
hours. P-Chemistry 1 1 1 or permission of the instructor.

221-222. Organic Chemistry. (5, 5) Principles and reactions of organic chemistry.
Lab-four hours. P-Chemistry 112 or 118.

323. Organic Analysis. (4 or 5) The systematic identification of organic
compounds. Lab-four hours. P-Chemistry 222.

324. Chemical Synthesis. (2 or 4) A library, conference, and laboratory course.
Lab-four or eight hours. P-Chemistry 222.

334. Chemical Analysis. (4 or 5) Theoretical and practical applications of modern
methods of chemical analysis. Lab-four hours. C-Chemistry 341.

341, 342. Physical Chemistry. (5, 5) Fundamentals of physical chemistry. Lab-four
hours. P-Chemistry 112 or 118. Mathematics 111. Physics 111-112 or 121-122.

361. Inorganic Chemistry. (5) Principles and reactions of inorganic chemistry.
Lab-four hours. P-Chemistry 341.

362. Inorganic Chemistry. (4) Continuation ol principles of inorganic chemistry
with practical applications to inorganic systems. P-Chemistry 3(51.

371. Introductory Quantum Chemistry. (4) Introduction to the quantum theory
and its application to chemical systems. P-Chemistry 342 or permission of the
instructor.

381, 382. Chemistry Seminar. (0, 0) Discussions of contemporary research.
Attendance required of B.S. chemistry majors in the junior and senior years.

391, 392. Individual Study. (2, 2) Library, conference, and independent study.
Lab-six hours.

Classical Languages

Robert W. Ulery Jr., Chairman

Professor Carl V. Harris

Associate Professors John L. Andronica, Robert W. Ulery Jr.

Visiting Assistant Professor Laura M. Stone

Instructor Alice H. Zigelis

The Department of Classical Languages offers three majors: Greek, Latin, and
classical studies.

A major in Greek requires forty credits in the department. Thirty-two of these
credits must be in the Greek language. Classics 270 is also a requirement.

For those who begin Latin with Latin 111 or 113, a major requires thirty-six
credits in the department beyond the elementary level (111-112 or 113).
Twenty-eight of these credits must be in the Latin language. For those who begin in
the College with Latin 153, a major requires thirty-six credits in the department.
Twentv-eight of these credits must be in the Latin language. For those who begin
with a 200-level course in the College, a major requires thirty-two credits in the
department. Twenty-four of these credits must be in the Latin language.

A major in classical studies requires Fifty-six credits. A minimum of thirty-six
credits of course work, must be taken in the department. A maximum of fortv-eight
credits in the department may be exceeded only if a student undertakes course
work in both Latin and Creek. The student must take a minimum of two courses at
the 200-level in either Greek or Latin and the following: Art 241 (Ancient Art),
Classics 265 (Greek Literature), Classics 272 (Latin Literature), Classics 270 (Greek
Civilization), and Classics 271 (Roman Civilization).

A maximum of sixteen credits may be taken in the following: Art 227 (Art of the
Ancient Near Last), 252 (Medieval Art), 242 (Minoan and Mycenaean Art), 244 (Greek
Art), 245 (Roman Art), 246 (Greek and Roman Architecture); History 215, 216 (The
Ancient World); Philosophy 201 (Ancient and Medieval Philosophy), 230 (Plato), 231
(Aristotle); Religion 317 (The Ancient Near East), 363 (Hellenistic Religions); Hebrew
111-112, 153, 211. Other courses may be allowed with the permission of the
department.

The requirements for certiFication to teach Latin in high school are the same as
the requirements for a major in Latin. A major in classical studies serves as an
appropriate part of the program of studies required for certiFication to teach Latin
in high school. A student wishing to secure this certiFication should confer with the
chairman of the department.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to applv for admission to
the honors program in Latin, Creek, or classical studies. To be graduated with the
designation "Honors in Latin," "Honors in Creek," or "Honors in Classical
Studies," they must complete an honors research project and pass a comprehensive
oral examination. For honors in Latin or Creek, at least two of the courses counted
toward the major must be seminar courses; for honors in classical studies, at least
one seminar course in Latin or Creek is required. For additional information
members of the departmental faculty should be consulted.

Greek

101. Intensive Introduction to Classical Greek. (4) Greek grammar; an introduc-
tion to the reading of Greek, designed especiallv for those who have no knowledge
of Greek and who are not contemplating further formal study of the Greek
language.

Ill, 112. Elementary Greek. (5, 5) Greek grammar; selections from Greek prose
writers and poets.

153. Intermediate Greek. (4) Grammar and Xenophon's Anabasis. Thorough drill
in svntax.

211. Plato. (4) Selections from the dialogues of Plato.

212. Homer. (4) Selections from the Iliad and the Odyssey.

221, 222. Selected Readings. (3, 3) Intensive reading courses designed to meet
individual needs and interests.

231. The Greek New Testament. (4) Selections from the Greek New Testament.

241. Greek Tragedy. (3) Euripides' Medea. 1 his course includes a study of the
origin and history of Greek tragedy, with collateral reading of selected tragedies in
translation. Seminar.

242. Greek Comedy. (3) Aristophanes' Clouds. This course includes a study of the
origin and history of Greek comedy, with collateral reading of selected comedies in
translation. Seminar.

291-292. Honors in Greek. (2, 2) Directed research for honors paper.

Latin

111, 112. Elementary Latin. (4, 4) Introduction to Latin grammar.

113. Elementary Latin. (5) Introduction to Latin grammar, (lovers material of
Latin 1 1 1 and 1 12 in one semester. Not open to students who have had Latin 1 1 1 or
112.

125. Medieval Latin. (4) An introduction to the literary language of Western
Europe, A.D. 300-1300; reading and discussion of the literature in the original and
in English.

153. Intermediate Latin. (5) Grammar review and selected readings.

211. Vergil. (4) Intensive readings from the Aeneid, with emphasis on literary
values.

212. Roman Historians. (4) A reading of the works of Sallust and Livy, with
attention to historical milieu and the norms of ancient historiography.

216. Roman Lyric Poetry. (4) An interpretation and evaluation of lyric poetry
through readings from a wide variety of the poems of Catullus and Horace.

221. Tacitus. (4) A reading and critical analysis of the works of Tacitus.

225. Roman Epistolography. (4) Selected readings from the correspondence of
Cicero and Pliny the Younger and the literary epistles of Horace and Ovid.

226. Roman Comedy. (4) Reading of selected comedies of Plautus and Terence,
with a study of literary values and dramatic techniques.

241. Satire I. (3) Selected readings from Lucilius, Horace, and Juvenal. Attention
given to the origin and development of the genre. Seminar.

242. Satire II. (3) Readings from Petronius and the Ludus de Morte Claudii. Seminar.

243. Latin Readings. (3) A course designed to meet individual needs and interests.

250. Prose Composition. (2)

261. Lucretius. (3) Readings from the De Rerum Natura, with attention to literary-
values and philosophical import. Seminar.

262. Cicero. (3) Readings from Cicero's philosophical essays, with a survey of Greek

philosophical antecedents.

265. The Elegiac Poets. (3) Readings of Tibullus, Propertius, and Ovid, with study
of the elegiac tradition. Seminar.

291-292. Honors in Latin. (2, 2) Directed research for honors paper.

Classics

220. Greek and Latin in Current Use. (3) A systematic stndv of Greek and Latin
loan words, roots, prefixes, and suffixes as elements of English and specialized
vocabularies (e.g., scientific and legal).

249. Myth and Legend in Classical Art and Literature. (4) An investigation of the
myths and legends of ancient Greece and Italy, using examples from the art and
literature of the period. Art or classics credit determined at registration. Not open
to students who have taken Art 247 or Classics 251.

251. Classical Mythology. (4) A studv of the most important myths of the Greeks
and Romans. Many of the myths are studied in their literary context. A knowledge
of the Greek and Latin languages is not required.

252. Women in Antiquity. (3-4) The course explores the place of women in Greek
and Roman society, men's views of them, their views of themselves, and their
contributions to society, through primary source readings from the ancient authors.
A knowledge of the Greek and Latin languages is not required.

253. Greek Epic Poetry. (4) Oral epic poetry, with primary emphasis on the Iliad
and the Odyssey of Homer and the later development of the genre. A knowledge of
the Greek language is not required.

254. Roman Epic Poetry. (4) A study of the Latin treatment and development of
the literary form, with emphasis on Lucretius, Vergil, Ovid, and Lucan. A
knowledge of the Latin language is not required.

263. Tragic Drama. (4) A study of the origins and development of Greek tragedy
and its influence on Roman writers, with readings from Aeschylus, Sophocles, and
Euripides. A knowledge of the Greek and Latin languages is not required,

264. Greek and Roman Comedy. (4) Representative works of Aristophanes,
Menander, Plautus, and Terence, with attention to the origins and development of
comedy. A knowledge of the Greek and Latin languages is not required.

265. A Survey of Greek Literature. (4) A study of selections from Greek literature
in English translation. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required.

270. Greek Civilization. (3) Lectures and collateral reading upon those phases of
Greek civilization which have particular significance for the modern world. A
knowledge of the Greek language is not required.

271. Roman Civilization. (3) Lectures and collateral reading upon the general
subject of Rome's contributions to the modern world. A knowledge of the Latin
language is not required.

272. A Survey of Latin Literature. (4) A studv of selections from Latin literature in
English translation. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required.

275. Ancient and Modern Rome. (4) Students trace the growth of Rome and
Roman civilization, primarily through excursions to important archeological sites,
visits to museums, lectures, and parallel readings. Usually offered in January.

276. Ancient and Modern Greece. (4) A guided tout of the museums and
archeological sites of ancient Greece in their Byzantine and modern contexts,
supplemented by lectures on Greek and Cretan/Minoan civilization. Usually offered

in January.

288. Individual Study. (2-4)

291-292. Honors in Classical Studies. (2. 2) Directed research lot honors paper.

Economics

J. Van Wagstaff, Chairman

Professor J, Van Wagstaff

Associate Professors Donald E. Frey, John C. Moorhouse

Visiting Assistant Professor S. Hugh High

Instructors Thomas M. Beveridge, Claire H. Hammond, J. Daniel Hammond

The ohjectiyes of the economics program are to help prepare students for
effective participation in the decison-making processes of society, to develop
analytical skills in solving economic problems, to promote a better understanding of
alternative economic systems, and to provide a balanced curriculum to prepare
students for graduate study or positions in industry and government.

The major in economics requires a minimum of thirty-six credits in economics,
including Economics 151, 152, 201, and 202.* The department recommends that
majors take Mathematics 111. either to fulfill the Division II requirement or as an
electi\e.

The remaining courses for a major in economics and courses in related fields are
selected by the student and the adviser. A minimum grade average of C on all
courses attempted in economics is requited for graduation.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to
the honors program in economics. To be graduated with the designation "Honors
in Economics," they must complete a satisfactory economics research project, pass a
comprehensiye oral examination on the project, and complete Economics 281 or
287 and Economics 288. For additional information members of the departmental
faculty should be consulted.

The departments of mathematics and economics offer a joint major leading to a
Bachelor of Science degree in mathematical economics. Ibis interdisciplinary
program, consisting of no more than fifty-six credits, affords the student an
opportunity to apply mathematical methods to the development of economic

^Economics 111 satisfies the requirement for Economics 151 and 152 by permission of the department.

theory, models, and quantitative analysis. The major consists of the following
cotirse requirements: Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 251; Economics 151, 152,
201, 202, 203; a joint seminar in mathematical economics; and three additional
courses chosen with approval of the program advisers. Students electing the joint
major must receive permission from hoth the Department of Economics and the
Department of Mathematics.

Highly qualified majors may he invited to apply lor admission to the honors
program in the joint major. To he graduated with the designation "Honors in
Mathematical Economics," they must complete a senior research paper and pass a
comprehensive oral examination on the subject. For additional information
members of the departmental faculty should be consulted.

111. Introduction to Economic Analysis. (5) A one-semester survey of the
discipline. Elementary supply and demand analysis is considered, in addition to
more general topics involving the formation of national economic policy. Credit is
not granted for this course and Economics 151 or 152.

151. Principles of Economics. (4) A study of individual economic units in a market
economy, with some attention to monopoly, labor unions, and poverty.

152. Principles of Economics. (4) Attention is focused on the functioning of the
economy as a whole, with particular reference to employment, inflation, economic
growth, and policy. P-Economics 151.

170. Public Choice. (4) Traditional tools of economic analysis are employed to

explore such topics in political science as political organization, elections, coalition
formation, the optimal provision of public goods, and the scope of government.
Usually offered in January. P-Economics 151-152.

172. International Finance. (4) A study of financial market behavior and exchange
rate fluctuations in the financial capitals of Europe. Usually offered in January.
P-Economics 111 or 151-152.

188. Individual Study. (4) A student-initiated project involving reading and
research. Usually offered in January. P-Economics 1 1 1 or 151-152 and permission of
the department.

201. Microeconomic Theory. (4) Develops the theory of consumer behavior and
the theory of the firm, with emphasis on price and output determination under
various market conditions. P-Economics 151, 152.

202. Macroeconomic Theory. (4) A studv of Kevnesian and post-Kevnesian
theories about the determination of the level of national income, employment, and
economic growth. P-Economics 151, 152.

203. Introduction to Econometrics. (5) Economic analysis through quantitative

methods, with emphasis on model construction and empirical research.

204. Economic Indicators. (2) The theory, construction, and interpretation of
significant quantitative indicators of economic behavior, such as the unemployment
rate and the various price indices. P-Economics 151, 152.

205. Seminar in Mathematical Economics. (3) Calculus and matrix methods used

to develop basic tools of economic analysis. P-Mathematics 111-112 and Economics
151-152.

221. Public Finance. (4) An examination of the economic behavior of government.
Includes principles of taxation, spending, borrowing, and debt-management.
P-Economics 151, 152.

222. Monetary Theory and Policy. (3) A rigorous development of the theory of
supply and demand for money, plus the interrelationship among prices, interest
rates, and aggregate output. P-Economics 151, 152.

242. Labor Economics. (4) Economic analysis of wages and hours, employment,
wage and job discrimination, investment in education, and unions. P-Economics
151, 152/

244. Industrial Organization. (3, 4) An analysis of market structure, with particular
reference to organization practices, price formation, efficiency, and public
regulation. P-Economics 151, 152.

1 25 1- International Economics. (4) A study of international trade theory, balance of
payments, foreign exchange, trade restrictions, and commercial policies. P-
Economics 151, 152.

252. Economic Growth and Development. (3, 4) A studv of the problems of
economic growth, with particular attention to the less developed countries of the
world. P-Economics 151, 152.

255. Comparative Economic Systems. (3, 4) An objective examination of the theory
and practices oi various economic systems, including capitalism, socialism, and
communism. P-Economics 151, 152.

256. Urban Economics. (4) Application of economic theory to suburbanization,
land values, urban decav, zoning, location decisions of firms and households, and
metropolitan fiscal problems. P-Economics 151, 152.

261. American Economic Development. (4) The application of economic theon to
historical problems and issues in the American economy. P-Economics 151, 152.

262. History of Economic Thought. (4) An historical survey of the main
developments in economic thought from the Biblical period to the twentieth
century. P-Economics 151, 152.

281, 282. Contemporary Economic Problems. (2, 2) An economic analysis of
current issues, with emphasis on contributions of economic theory to policy
formation. Courses are taught sequentiallv during one semester. The student may
take either one or both courses. P-Permission of the instructor.

287. Senior Readings. (3, 4) A student/faculty seminar in which selected
publications are analvzed and discussed. P-Permission of the instructor.

288. Economic Research. (4)

Education

Josoph O. Milner, Chairman

Professors Thomas M. Elmore, John E. Parker Jr., Herman J. Preseren

Associate Professors John H. Litcher, J. Don Reeves

Assistant Professors Patricia M. Cunningham, Joseph O. Milner,

Linda Nielsen, Leonard P. Roberge

Visiting Lecturers Joseph Dodson, Richard I. Tirrell

Instructor Virginia Z. Keller

Teacher education students ordinarily major in the academic areas in which the
plan to teach. Those students who wish to earn intermediate, science, or sochi
studies certification major in education. Primary certification can also be earned I)'
those intermediate majors who wish to extend their range ol teaching certification
The University recognizes that the educational profession is important to societv
and that the welfare of mankind is largely determined In die quality of it!
educational leadership. One of the major objectives of the University has been an*
continues to be the preparation of teachers and oilier professional schoo
personnel. The University is committed to quality in teacher education, as evince*
by selective admission to the program, a wide range of approved courses o
professional instruction, and closely supervised practicum suitable to the profesj
sional needs of students.

In addition to the professional program, the department provides elective
courses open to all students. Such courses supplement the work of othei
departments and provide generally for the liberal education of students.

Teacher Certification. The North Carolina State Department of Public lustructiot
issues the Professional (Mass A teacher's certificate to graduates who hav<
completed an approved program, including the specified courses in their teaching
field(s) and the prescribed courses in education, who have demonstrated specific
competencies, and who receive recommendations from the designated official(s) ol
their teaching area(s) and from the chairman ol the department or a deputy.

Special students (those not having completed prior to graduation an approved
certification program from this or another institution) are required to secure from
the department an analysis of their deficiencies and a plan for completing the Class
A certificate.

Certification requirements for other states should be secured from tin
department for assistance in planning a program to meet the certification
requirements of those states.

Admission Requirements. Admission to the teacher education program normally
occurs during the sophomore year. Admission involves filing an official application
with the department, being screened by faculty committees, and being offlciallv
approved by the department.

Course Requirements. The approved program of teacher education requires
candidates to complete successfully a series of professional education courses.
Psychology 151 and Speech Communication 151 are recommended electives. The
exact sequence of professional and academic courses varies with a student's
particular program and is determined in conference with the candidate. In most

cases, the majority of the professional work in the teacher education program is

taken during one semester of the senior year. Candidates for die intermediate

certificate may begin course work required for certification as early as the

sophomore year. A cooperative agreement with Salem College provides education

majors an opportunity to be certified in learning disabilities or in primary grades.

While enrolled in the block semester, students are not allowed to take courses that

would interfere with assigned student teaching during the regular public school day

(generally 8:00 a.m. to 3:45 p.m.), or to take more than one course occurring

outside the regular school day.

i Student Teaching. Prerequisites for registering for student teaching include (1)

; senior or graduate standing or classification as a graduate-level special student; (2)

(I completion of course(s) in the foundations of education and either Education 202

ii or 203; (3) an average of at least C on all courses taken in the College; (4) a grade

) average of at least C on all courses taken in the area ol certification or, in case of two

i or more fields of certification, in each of the areas; (5) approval for admission to the

teacher education program; (0) approval by the director of undergraduate teacher

i education or the director ol intermediate education.

Students are assigned to student teaching opportunities by public school officials
on the basis of available positions and the professional needs of the student and the
- public school system. (The University does not assume the responsibility lot
transportation to schools dining student teaching.)

Teaching Area Requirements

English — Thirty-six credits, including lout credits from courses numbered 160- 1 75;

at least sixteen credits from courses numbered 300-399; 323; 390.

French — Thirty-six credits, including French 153, 216 or 217, 219, 221, 224, or their

equivalents; at least eight credits in French literature beyond 217.

Spanish — Thirty-six credits, including Spanish 153, 215 or 216, 217. 221. 223, 224,

or their equivalents; eight credits from 225, 226, 227; at least lout additional credits

in literature.

French and Spanish — Fifty-six credits, including French 153x, 216, 217, 221, 222,

and 224, plus Spanish 153x; either 215 or 216; 219; 221: either 223 or 224; and

eight credits from 225, 226, 227, or their equivalents.

German — Thirty-two credits, including German 153. 211, 212: eight credits from

German 217, 218, 219, 220; at least twelve credits in German literature beyond 212.

Latin — The requirements ate the same as those for the major in Latin.

Intermediate Education — Forty-two credits, including appropriate basic and divisional

course requirements; eight credits in language arts; eight credits in social studies;

eight credits in science; eight credits in mathematics; font credits in music; lout

credits in humanities; two credits in physical education. Remaining certification

requirements are obtained through intermediate education courses and an

academic concentration in one of the teaching areas of the intermediate grades.

Mathematics — Forty credits, including Mathematics 111. 112, 113. 121. 221, 231,

332; at least eight credits from other 300-level courses.

Music— Forty-eight credits, including Music 171-174, 181-184, 185, 186, 187, 188

Education 280, 282, 284, 291.

Physical Education and Health — Forty-three credits, including Physical Educatioi

220, 221, 222, 224, 230, 240, 250, 353, 357, 360, 303; Biology 111 and 150
Science — Ten credits each in biology, chemistry, and physics; eight credits ii
mathematics; additional work in the area of concentration: biology (twenty credits)
chemistry (twenty credits), or physics (seventeen credits). For certification in tin
individual fields of science, the following are required: biology (thirty credits'
chemistry (thirty credits), or physics (twenty-seven credits).

Social Studies — Forty-eight credits, including twenty-four credits in history, with ai
least six to eight credits in United States history and six to eight credits in worl<
(European) history; twenty credits from politics, sociology, anthropology, oi
economics, with no more than eight credits in any one area; and tour credits ii
geography. For certification in the individual fields of the social studies. Ok
following are required: economics (twenty-four credits), politics (twenty-foui
credits), history (twenty-four credits, with at least six to eight credits in United
States history and six to eight credits in world [European] history), and sociolog)
(twenty-four credits).

Speech Communication — Forty-four credits, including Speech Communication 121
1 5 1 or 1 52, 1 53, 1 55 or 370, 101, 23 1 , 252 or S355, 20 1 , and 24 1 « >r 245 or 283-284
and two 300-level speech communication electives.

Theatre Arts — Forty to forty-two credits, including Speech Communication 121, 151
223, 231, 220, 227, 283-284, 332 or S324, and 327 or 328; English 321) or 323 oi
369; Physical Education 162.

Speech and Theatre — fifty credits, including Speech Communication 121 or 241 oi
245, 151 or 152, 153, 155 or 370, 101 or 227, 231, 223. 220. 252 or S355, 201.
283-284. 321-322.

Education courses required for a secondary or special subject certificate arc
Education 201 or both 303 and 304, 202 or 203, 21 1, 214. 251, and 201. Education
courses required for an intermediate certificate are Education 20 1 . 202 or 203. 211

221, 222, 223, 251, 271 or 272, 293. 295. 290, 313. and 3S3.

201. Foundations of Education. (4) Philosophical, historical, and sociological
foundations of education, including analysis of contemporary issues and problems

202 or 203. School Practicum. (2) Assigned experiences in elementary and
secondary schools. Weekly seminar. Pass/Fail only.

211. Educational Psychology. (4) The theories, processes, and conditions oi
effective teaching/learning. P-Education 201 or permission of the instructor.

214. The School and Teaching. (4) Organization of the school system; bases oi
education; the curriculum; major problems of education and teaching; the role ol
the teacher; psychological aspects of teaching. P-Education 201 and permission ol
the instructor.

221. Children's Literature and Reading. (5) A survey of the types of literature
appropriate for the intermediate grades and an investigation of the basic problem^
in reading.

222. The Arts in the Intermediate Grades. (4) The development of skills in music
ind fine arts appropriate to the intermediate grades.

!23. Health and Physical Education for the Intermediate Grades. (1) I Ik
development of physical education skills appropriate for the intermediate grade
eacher and an understanding ol the personal and communit) health needs
appropriate for the grade level.

551. Student Teaching. (6) Observation and experience in s< hool-related activities.
Supervised student teaching. Pass/Fail only. P-Education 201 and permission ol the
nstructor.

[171. Introduction to Geography. (4) A stud) ol the physical environment and its
(Relationship to man, including an examination <>l climate, vegetation, soils, water
Resources, and land forms found in various regions throughout the world.

272. Geography Study Tour. (4) A guided lour ol selected areas to stud) physical,
Economic, and cultural environments and their influence on man. Background
References for reading are suggested prior to the torn.

'280. Orchestration. (4) A study ol the orchestral and wind hand instruments, how
:om posers have used them throughout history, and the development ol practical
icoring and manuscript skills. Offered in alternate years. P-Musi< 17 1 184.

282. Conducting. (4) A study ol choral and instrumental conducting techniques,
including practical experience with ensembles. Offered in alternate years. P-Musk

174/184.'

284. Music Literature Seminar. ('.'■> or 1) A surve) ol repertoire, including .in
examination of teaching materials in the student's special area ol interest. P-Music
|174/184 and permission of the instructor.

291. Methods and Materials. (4) Methods, materials, and techniques used in
leaching the various subjects. P-Education 201 and permission of the instructor.

^Teaching of English. Fall.

teaching of Foreign Language. Spring.

Teaching oj Mathematics. Spring.

Teaching of Music. Fall.

Teaching of Physical Education and Health. Spring.

Teaching of Science. Fall.

Teaching of Social Studies. Fall.

Teaching oj Speech Communication. Spring.
(Teaching oj 'Theatre Arts. Fall.

293. Intermediate School Curriculum: Theory and Practice. (3) ( General principles

of curriculum construction and teaching methods. Introduction to the use of
audiovisual materials and equipment.

295. Methods and Materials for Teaching Language Arts and Social Studies. (4) A

iurvey of the basic materials, methods, and techniques of teaching the language arts
ind social studies in the intermediate grades. P-Permission ol the instructor.

296. Methods and Materials for Teaching Science and Mathematics. (4) A survey

of the basic materials, methods, and techniques of teaching science and matheril
tics in the intermediate grades. P-Pei mission of the instructor.

301. Audiovisual Education. (4) Introduction to the field ol audiovisual educatii
development and application of skills in the use ol instructional materia
equipment, and programs.

302. Production of Instructional Materials. (4) Methods of producing instruc tiotl
materials and other technological techniques. P-Education 301.

303. History of Western Education. (4) Educational theory and practice frcl
ancient times through the modern period, including American education.

304. Theories of Education. (4) Contemporary proposals lor educational the<
and practice studied in the context ol social issues.

306. Studies in the History and Philosophy of Education. (4) A study ol seleci 1
historical eras, influential thinkers, or crucial problems in education. Top]
announced annually.

313. Human Growth and Development. (4) A stuch of the intellectual, emotion!
and physical components ol growth from birth to adolescenc e, with special concej
for the educational implications (4 this process.

323. Educational Statistics. (4) Descriptive, inferential, and nonparametl

statistical procedures involved in educational research. Not open to students vvfl
have taken Psychology 211 and 212 P-Pei mission of the instructor.

341. Principles of Counseling and Guidance. (4) Counseling history, philosopli
theory, procedure, and process. Therapeutic and developmental counselil

approaches in guidance and personnel work in education, business, and communl
service agencies.

383. Reading in the Content Areas. (2) The course provides an introduction

teaching the basic reading skills at the intermediate and secondary leu
vocabulary, comprehension, reading rate, selection of texts, and critical ai
interpretive reading. Particularly stressed are diagnoses ol reading problems ai
techniques for correcting these problems in specific subject content areas.

391. Teaching the Gifted. (4) An investigation ol theory and practice pertinent
teachers of the gifted.

393. Individual Study (2, 4) A project in an area of study not otherwise available
the Department of Education. Permitted upon departmental approval of petiti<
presented by a qualified student.

English

Robert N. Shorter, Chairman

Professors John A. Carter Jr., Thomas F. Gossett, Alonzo W. Kenion,

Elizabeth Phillips, Lee Harris Potter, Robert N. Shorter,

Edwin Graves Wilson

Associate Professors Doyle R. Fosso, W. Dillon Johnston,

Robert W. Lovett, Beulah L. Raynor

Assistant Professors Nancy J. Cotton, Andrew V. Ettin, R. Edward Lobb,

William M. Moss, Blanche C. Speer

Visiting Assistant Professors Laura P. Rice-Sayre, Henry M. Sayre

Lecturers Dolly A. McPherson, Bynum G. Shaw

Visiting Lecturer Jay Meek

istructors Patricia Adams Johnson, Susan G. Shillinglaw, William A. Wilson

The major in English requires a minimum of forty credits, at least thirty-two oi
hich must be in advanced language and literature courses numbered 300 to 399.
'hese courses must include Shakespeare, two additional courses in British
'terature before 1800, one course in American literature, and, early in the major,
ne seminar. Majors and their advisers plan individual programs to meet these
jequirements and include work in the major literary types.
! The prerequisite for all 300-level courses in English is any one of the courses in
ritish and American literature numbered 160, 165, 170. and 175, all of which are
ffered each semester. Additional courses in journalism and writing are offered by
le department as related subjects but do not count toward an English major; they
lay be taken as electives regardless of the field of study in which a student majors.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply in the second
tmester of their junior year for admission to the honors program in English. To
raduate with "Honors in English," students must have a minimum grade point
verage of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 in all course work and must satisfy the
equirements for English 388 during their senior year. Interested students may
>nsult departmental faculty members for further information.

LInless otherwise indicated, any course in English may carry either three or lour
"edits. The amount of reading and writing is adjusted to the credit assigned for the
jurse.

Lower Division Courses

1. Composition Review. (0) Essentials of standard usage and the basic principles
f composition; frequent exercises.

05. English Fundamentals. (2) Training in the fundamentals of written English.
atisfactory completion required for entry into English 110. Admission by
lacement only; does not satisfy the basic composition requirement.

*110. English Composition. (4) Training in expository writing; frequent essa
based upon readings.

*112. English Composition and Literature. (3 or 4) Training in expository writii
based on the reading of literature. P- Permission of the department.

160. Survey of Major British Writers. (3 or 4) Eight to ten writers representii
different periods and genres; primarily lecture.

165. Studies in Major British Writers. (3 or 4) Three to five writers representii
different periods; primarily discussion, with frequent short papers. Limitt
enrollment.

170. Survey of Major American Writers. (3 or 4) Nine to ele\en write
representing different periods and genres; primarily lecture.

175. Studies in Major American Writers. (3 or 4) Nine to ele\en write
representing different periods; primarily discussion, with frequent short paper
Limited enrollment.

180. Traditions of Humanity: The Liberal Arts. (L>) A study of major concepts <
liberal education in the Western world.

255. Recent American Poetry. (.1 or 4) Selections from the poetr) of Robert Pen
Warren, Randall Jarrell, A. R. Amnions, James Dickey, Adrienne Rich, and Deni-
Levertov.

299. Individual Study. (3 or 4) A course of independent study with faculr
guidance. B\ prearrangement.

January Courses

Ihese courses, representatiye of the January curriculum, are not necessaril
repeated every year but were offered in 1975).

240. Marx, Darwin, and Freud: Intellectual Background of Modern Literature.

An intensive study of major works by Karl Marx, Charles Darwin, and Sigmun
Freud as background for examining selected works of modern literature.

250. William Faulkner. (4) An intensive study of six major novels and selected shot
stories of William Faulkner.

280. London, Dublin, and the West and South of Ireland: Backgrounds of Iris
Literature. (4) A travel course focusing on the backgrounds of modern Iris
literature in Irish myth, history, politics, religion, archeology, architecture, art. an*
music.

295. Twentieth Century Fiction: Distaff. (4) A chronological and cultural study a
fiction written by selected European and American women.

^Either 110 or 1 12 is a prerequisite for all other courses i)i English unless the basic requirement is waiva
Either course fulfills the basic course requirement.

;96. The Camera's Impact on the Arts. (4) An introduction to the role that
jhotography has played in changing the way we approach reality and our
■jepresentation of it.

166. The Art of T. S. Eliot. (4) A detailed study of Eliot's The Waste Land and Four
Quartets and shorter treatment of early and transitional works.

Journalism and Writing Courses

!70. Introduction to Journalism. (3 or 4) Survey of the fundamental principles of
lews-gathering and news-writing; stndv of news and news values, with some
ittention to representative newspapers.

!72. Editing. (3 or 4) A laboratory course in copy-editing, headline-writing,
ypography, and make-up; includes both newspaper and magazine editing.
^-English 270.

!76. Advanced Journalism. (3 or 4) Intensive practice in writing various types of
lewspaper stories, including the feature article. Limited to students planning
:areers in journalism. P-English 270.

278. History of Journalism. (3 or 4) A stud) of the development of American
journalism and its English origins; detailed investigations of representative world
lewspapers.

1 284. The Essay. (2) Primarily for those interested in writing for publication, with
:oncentration on writing various types of essays. P-Permission of t he instructor.

285. Poetry Workshop. (2) A laboratory course in the writing of verse. Study of
Doetic techniques and forms as well as works of contemporary poets. Frequent
ndividual conferences.

286. Short Story Workshop. (2) A study of the fundamental principles of short
fiction writing; practice in writing; extensive study of short story form. P-
Permission of the instructor.

383, 384. Theory and Practice of Verse Writing. (4. 4) Emphasis on reading and
discussing student poems in terms of craftsmanship and general principles.

Advanced Language and Literature Courses

'304. History of the English Language. (3 or 4) A survey of the development of
English syntax, morphology, and phonology from Old English to the present, with
attention to vocabulary growth.

310. Studies in Medieval Literature. (3 or 4) Selected leadings from areas such as
religious drama, non-dramatic religious literature, romance literature, literary
theory, and philosophy.

315. Chaucer. (3 or 4) Emphasis on The Canterbury Talcs and Troilus and Criseyde,
with some attention to minor poems. Consideration of literary, social, religious, and
philosophical background.

320. English Drama to 1642. (3 or 4) English drama from its beginning to 1642,

exclusive of Shakespeare. Representative cycle pla\s. moralities, Elizabethan aj
Jacobean tragedies, comedies, and tragicomedies.

323. Shakespeare. (3 or 4) Twelve representative plays illustrating Shakespearj
development as a poet and dramatist.

325. Studies in English Literature, 1500-1660. (3 or 4) Selected topics, prose, ail
poetry from the sixteenth or seventeenth centuries, exclusive of drama and Mild
Emphasis on Elizabethan lyrics and Spenser or on Donne and the MetaphysiJ I
poets.

327. Milton. (3 or 4) The poetry and selected prose ol John Milton, with empha
on Paradise Lost.

330. English Literature of the Eighteenth Century. (3 or 4) Representative poel

and prose, exclusive of the novel. 1700-1800, drawn from Addison. Steele, Deft!
Swift, Pope, Johnson, Boswell, Goldsmith, and Burns. Consideration of cultui
backgrounds and significant literary trends.

332. Satire. (3 or 4) The nature of the satiric form and the satiric spirit as revealed)
through reading and critical analysis ol significant examples, mostly English ai
American.

335. Eighteenth Century Fiction. (3 or 4) Primarily the fiction of Defo <
Richardson. Fielding, Smollett. Sterne, and Austen.

350. Romantic Poets. (3 or 4) A review of the beginnings of Romanticism in Englis
literature, followed by study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, and Shellc
collateral reading in the prose of the period.

353. The Nineteenth Century English Novel. (3 or 4) Representative major worl
bv Dickens, Eliot, Thackeray, Hatch, the Brontes, and others.

354. Victorian Poetry. (3 or 4) A study of Tennyson, Browning, Hopkins, an
Arnold or another Victorian poet.

360. Studies in Victorian Literature. (3 or 4) Selected topics, such as developmei

of genres, major texts, and cultural influences. Readings in poetry, fictiori
autobiography, and other prose.

362. Blake, Yeats, and Thomas. (3 or 4) Reading and critical analysis of the poetr
of Blake, Yeats, and Dylan Thomas; stuck of the plays of Yeats and hi
contemporaries in the Irish Renaissance, especially Synge and Each Gregory.

364. Studies in Literary Criticism. (3 or 4) Consideration ol certain figures an<
schools of thought significant in the history of literan criticism.

365. Twentieth Century British Fiction. (3 or 4) A studv of Conrad. Lawrence
Joyce. Forster, Woolf, and later English writers, with attention to their social am
intellectual backgrounds.

367. Twentieth Century Poetry. (3 or 4) Selected American and British poets fron
1900 to 1905.

368. Studies in Irish Literature. (3 or 4) Critical readings of the works of majoi
Irish writers within the context of the political, social, and literary history ol
Ireland.

49. Modern Drama. (3 or 4) Modern drama from its late nineteenth century
ituralist beginnings to contemporary theatre.

72. American Romanticism. (3 or 4) Writers oi the mid-nineteenth century,
eluding Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, and Melville.

74. Intellectual and Social Movements in American Literature to 1865. (3 or 4)
Elected topics such as Puritanism, the Enlightenment. Transcendentalism, and
I'omanticism.

76. American Poetry from 1855 to 1900. (3 or 4) Readings from at least two oi the
following poets: Whitman, Dickinson, Melville.

78. Literature of the South. (3 or 4) The aesthetic . philosophical, and soc iological
'■intensions of the best literature oi the South, from the colonial to the
Wtemporary period. Writers to include the regional humorists, Faulkner.
hansom, and Tennessee Williams.

BO. American Fiction from 1865 to 1915. (3 or 4) Such writers as Twain, James,
Ijowells, Crane, Dreiser, Wharton, and Cather.

,81. Studies in Black Literature. (3 or 4) Reading and critical analysis ol selected
ction, poetry, drama, and other writing In representative black Americans.

82. Modern American Fiction, 1915 to the Present. (3 or 4) To include such

riters as Lewis, Hemingway, Fitzgerald, Faulkner, Steinbeck. Wolfe, Wright.
Catherine Anne Porter, Mailer, bellow. Malamud, Flannel \ O'Connor, Baldwin,
sjhd Styron.

86. Directed Reading. (3 or 4) A tutorial in an area oi study not otherwise
Provided by the department; granted upon departmental approval ol petition
resented by a qualified student.

1 88. Honors in English. (3 or 4) A conference course centering upon a special
eading requirement and a thesis requirement. For senior students wishing to
jraduate with "Honors in English."

89. The Use of the Library in Literary Research. (2) Attention to materials,
lethods, and bibliography tor the study ol literature.

90. The Structure of English. (3 or 4) An introduction to the principles and
?chni(]ues of modern linguistics applied to contemporary American English.

German

Wilmer D. Sanders, Chairman

Professors Ralph S. Fraser, James C. OTlaherty

Associate Professors Wilmer D. Sanders, Larry E. West, Timothy F. Sellner

A major in German requires thirty-seven credits beyond German 111-112 and
nust include German 2 IS and should include 281 and 285.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply lor admission to
he honors program in German. To be graduated with the designation "'Honors in
German, " they must complete a senior research project and pass a comprehensive

examination. For addition. il information members oi the departmental facul
should be consulted,

Attention is called to the exchange program with the Free University of Berlii

111, 112. Elementary German. (4, 4) This course covers the principles ofgramm;
and pronunciation and includes the reading of simple texts. Fab-one hour.
150. Man spricht Deutsch auch in Oesterreich. (4) Three weeks of intensi-
language and cultural study in Vienna, Austria. Travel to Salzburg and Muni(
Offered in January. P-One semester of German.

152. Intermediate German. (4) The principles of grammar are reviewed; readir
of selected prose and poetry. Fab-one hour. P- Three years of high school Germar:

153. Intermediate German. (5) The principles of grammar are reviewed; readin
of selected prose and poetry!. Fab-one hour. P-German lib 112.

211, 212. Introduction to German Literature. (4, 4) The object of ibis course is I
acquaint the student with masterpieces of German literature. Parallel reading an
reports. P-German 132 or 153,

216. Basic Conversation: Level One. (4) Intensive practice of speech patterns, dail
sessions, language laboratory practice. Offered in January. P-German I 1 1 or 1 12 wit
grade of C or better.

217. Conversation and Phonetics. (4) A course in spoken German emphasizm'
facility ol expression. Considerable attention is devoted to phonetics. P-Germai
152, 153, or equivalent,

218. Composition and Grammar Review. (4) A review of the fundamentals o
German grammar with intensive practice in translation and composition. Require<
for majors. P-German 152 or 153 or equivalent,

219. Advanced Composition. (4) A study of advanced grammar and composition
English texts translated into German in addition to free composition in German
P-German 218 or equivalent.

220. German Civilization. (4) A survey of contemporary German culture, includim

a studv ol its historical development in broad outline. Fhc- course is conducted ii
German. P-German 217 or permission ol the instructor.

222. Nietzsche in Translation. (4) Intensive studv of selections from Nietzsche':
works, with emphasis on his development as a writer and thinker. Offered in January
P-Sophomore, junior, or senior standing.

231. Weimar Germany. (3) Historical and literary examination of Weimai
Germany, 1919-1933. Authors include Thomas and Heinrich Mann, Juenger
Hesse, Brecht, Kalba. Tucholsky, Fallada, and Stefan Zweig. German or histon
credit determined at registration.

249. Old High German and Middle High German Literature. (4) The stucb ol
major writers and works from these two areas: emphasizes major writings ol the
chivalric period. P-German 211. 212. or equivalent.

250. Renaissance, Reformation, and Baroque German Literature. (4) A study o!

major writers and works from the post-chivalric period to approximately 1700.
P-German 211, 212, or equivalent.

253. Eighteenth Century German Literature. (4) A study of major writers and
works of the Enlightenment and Sturm und Drang. P-German 211, 212, or
equivalent.

263. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century I. (4) Poetry, prose, dramas,
and critical works from approximately 1795 to 1848. P-German 211, 212, or
equivalent.

264. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century II. (4) Readings from the
beginnings of poetic realism to the advent of Naturalism. P-German 211, 212, or
equivalent.

270. Individual Study. (3) Studies in literature not ordinarily read in other courses.
P-German 211, 212, and permission of the instructor.

281. Seminar: Twentieth Century Prose. (4) Intensive study of certain works by
Thomas Mann, Hesse, and Kafka, plus considerable outside reading. P-German
211, 212, or equivalent.

285. Seminar in Goethe. (4) Faust, Part I studied in class. Parallel readings in other
works by Goethe assigned. P-German 211, 212, or equivalent.

287-288. Honors in German. (3, 3) A conference course in German literature. A
major research paper is required. Designed for candidates for departmental
honors.

History

Richard L. Zuber, Chairman

Professors Richard C. Barnett, Cyclone Covey,

Balkrishna Govind Gokhale, J. Edwin Hendricks, Thomas E. Mullen,

Percival Perry, David L. Smiley, Henry Smith Stroupe, Lowell R. Tillett,

W. Buck Yearns, Richard L. Zuber

Associate Professors James P. Barefield, Merrill G. Berthrong, David W. Hadley,

James G. McDowell, Michael L. Sinclair, J. Howell Smith

Assistant Professor Alan J. Williams

Lecturer Negley Boyd Harte (London)

Instructor Christopher D. Cribaro

The major in history consists of a minimum of thirty-six credits and must include
History 310, from six to eight credits in European history, three or four credits in
non-Western history, and from six to eight credits in American history. One of the
American history courses must be 151, 152, or 153.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to
the honors program in history- To be graduated with the designation "Honors in
History," they must complete satisfactorily History 287 and 288. For additional
information members of the departmental faculty should be consulted.

Students contemplating graduate study should take historiography and should

acquire a reading knowledge of one modern foreign language (preferably Frencli
German, or Russian) for the M.A. degree and two for the Ph.D. degree.

101. The Rise of the West. (4) A survey ot ancient, medieval, and early moderi
history to 17(H).

102. Europe and the World in the Modern Era. (4) A survey of modern Europe
from 1700 to the present.

131. European Historical Biography. (2) Study ol biographies of several men am
women who have influenced the history and civilization <>f Europe.

151, 152. The United States. (4, 4) Political, social, economic, and intellectua
aspects: 151, before 1865; 152, after 1865. Students who take History 15.1 may not
take either of these courses lor credit.

153. The United States. (4) A topical surve) combining 151 and 152. Not open to
students who take either 151 or 152.

160. Freud. (4) An investigation of Freud's basic ideas in the context of his time.
Books to be read include The Interpretation a/ Dreams, Civilization and lis Discontents,
and Jones's biography in the Trilling abridgement.

162. From the Forest of Wake to the Red Hills of Forsyth: The History of Wake
Forest University. (4) A survey ol the history of Wake Forest from its beginning.
To include reading assignments, lectures, and talks from those who remember life
on the old campus, a look at the history project now in progress, and a brief visit t<>
the Town oi Wake Forest. Offered in January.

163. Russian History and Culture from the Source. (4) A stuck tout of historic sites 1
and cultural centers of the Soviet Union. Offered in January.

164. The American People and China. (4) A topical stuck of the images and

attitudes of Americans toward China. All students read John k. Fairbanks The
i')iilr(I Stales (Did Chum and A. I . Steel's The American People mid China, alter which
they select individual topics on which to present oral reports. Additional readings
stress conflicting interpretations of major issues in Sino-Amet ic an relations.

165. Contemporary Conflict. (4) A stuck of the background of lour conflicts to be
studied as selected by the class members.

166. Era of Individualism, 1954-1966. (1) An intensive stuck of the period
1954-1966, during which privileged, prosperous Americans shared in seeking civil
and personal rights lor the freshly rediscovered deprived minorities. A nostalgic
examination of the time of optimism between McCarthyism and the rise of the
Nixonian "Silent Majority," when there was hope that a societv could provide both
equal opportunity to all its citizens and special rewards lor the citizens who excelled
individually. Much responsible student participation is expected, with the possibility
of an examination. No limit, but size influences type of insti uc tion. Pass Fail. I dually
offered in January.

211. Colloquium. (1-4).

215, 216. The Ancient World. (4, 1 or 4) Critical focus on the Greeks in the fall and

Romans in the spring, but in global context of paleolithic to medieval; psycho-
logical/philosophical emphasis.

221. The Middle Ages. (4) A survey of European history, 400-1300. stressing social
and cultural developments.

222. The Renaissance and Reformation. (4) Europe from 1300 to 1600. Social,
cultural, and intellectual developments stressed. Students may take either segment
of the course separately.

223. The Renaissance. (2) (See 222 for description.)

224. The Reformation. (2) (See 222 for description.)

2260. History of London. (4) Topographical, social, economic . and political history
of London from the earliest times. Lectures, student papers and reports, museum
visits and lectures, and on-site inspections. Offered in London.

2262. The Golden Age of Burgundy. (2) Burgundian society, culture, and
government in the reigns of Philip the Bold, John (he Fearless. Philip the Good,
and Charles the Rash, 1384-1477. Offered in Dijon.

1231. Weimar Germany. (3) Historical and literary examination of Weimar
Germany, 1919-1933. Authors include Thomas and Heinrich Mann. |uenger.
Hesse, Brecht, KaiLa, Tucholsky, Fallada, and Stefan Zweig. German or histon
'credit determined at registration.

232. European Historical Novels. (2) Study of the accuracy and value, from the
standpoint of the historian, of a selection of historical novels.

238. Twentieth Century Europe. (4) Advent of modernism. World Wars I and II.
totalitarianism, the Cold War, and Europe in the post-European era.

240. Afro-American History. (4) The role of Afro-Americans in the development
of the Lhiited States, with particular attention to African heritage, forced migration,
Americanization, and influence.

264. Economic History of the United States. (3) The economic development of the

United States from colonial beginnings to the present.

265. American Diplomatic History. (4) An introduction to the history of American
diplomacy since 1770, emphasizing the effects of public opinion on fundamental
policies.

270. Oral History. (4) Intensive study of select events of recent Piedmont North
Carolina history, preparation of sets of questions for interviews, interviews with
participants in those events, and the evaluation of these interviews as historical
evidence.

271. Colonial Latin America, 1492-1825. (4) Cultural configurational approach.

287, 288. Honors in History. (4. 4) First semester, seminar on problems of
historical synthesis and interpretation; second semester, writing of a major paper
and examination on a special Field.

310. Seminar. (4) Offered by members of the facult) on topics of their choice. A
paper is required.

311, 312. Social and Intellectual History of Modern Europe. (4, 4) Intellects
trends in Western European civilization. Fall, seventeenth and eighteenth centuj
ies; spring, nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

316. France and England in the Twelfth and Thirteenth Centuries. (4) Til

structure of society, the nature of law, church/state relations, and intellectu;
developments. P-History 22 1 or permission of the instructor.

319, 320. Germany. (4, 4) Fall, origins of the German nation and the rise of Prussi
in a context of particularism; spring, from World Wat 1 to divided German)

321, 322. France. (4. 4) Fall, from prehistoric Gaul to 1788, with particula
emphasis on the sixteenth, seventeenth, and eighteenth centuries; spring, 1788 i
the present.

323, 324. England. (4, 4) A political and social survey, with some attention i
Continental movements. Fall, to 1603; spring, 1603 to present.

325. Tudor and Early Stuart England. (4) A constitutional and social stiulv o
England from 1485 to 1641.

329, 330. Modern England. (4. 4) Political, social, economic, and cultural history q
England since 1714. Fall, to 1815; spring, since 1815.

331, 332. Russia. (4. 4) Primarily political, with some attention to cultural and socia>
developments. Fall, the Russian Empire; spring, the Soviet Union.

333. European Diplomacy, 1848-1914. (4) The diplomacy of the great powers, witl
some attention given to the role of publicity in international affairs. Topics includi
the unification of Italy and of Germany, the Bismarckian svstem, and the coming o
World Wat I.

339. Women in European History. (3 or 4) The evolution of women's social roles
attitudes toward women, and feminist activities in the context of the social
economic, political, and intellectual history of modern Europe.

341. Southeast Asia from 1511 to the Present. (4) A survey of the history an<
culture of Southeast Asia under Western colonial systems, with special reference t<
economic, social, and cultural developments, the rise of nationalism, and the
emergence of new nation-states.

342. The Middle East from Suleiman the Magnificent to the Present. (4) Majoi
subjects covered are the rise and fall of the Ottoman Empire, the Arabs anc
Persians under Ottoman hegemony, the rise of Aral) nationalism, and the
emergence of the modern Arab states and their roles in the post-World War II era.

343. Imperial China. (4) Development of traditional institutions in Chinese societv
to 1644; attention to social, cultural, and political factors, emphasizing continuity
and resistance to change.

344. Modern China. (4) The Manchu Dynasty and its response to the Western!
challenge, the 1911 Revolution, the warlord eta and the rise of the Communists
Chinese Communist society, and the Cultural Revolution.

345. 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. (4,4) An introduction to the

listory and civilization of South Asia. Emphasis on historical developments in the
J ;ocial, economic, and cultural life of the area.

547. India in Western Literatures. (4) A one-semester historical survey of images of
ndia in Western literatures, with special reference to religious and philosophical
deas, art, polity, society, and culture.

149, 350. East Asia. (4,4) An introduction to the social, cultural, and political
development of China, Japan, and Korea. Fall, to 1600; spring, since 1600.

551, 352. American Society and Thought. (4,4) A non-political topical survey of
\merican culture and lifestyles. Topics include religion, science, education,
architecture, and immigration.

153. Colonial English America, 1582-1774. (4) Determinative episodes, figures,
illegiances, apperceptions, and results of the period, organically considered.

>54. Revolutionary and Early National America, 1763-1815. (4) The American
devolution, its causes and effects, the Confederation, the Constitution, and the new
mtion.

155. The Westward Movement. (4) The role of the frontier in United States history,
763-1890.

'i56. Jacksonian America, 1815-1850. (4) The United States in the age of Jackson,
Jlay, Calhoun, and Webster. A biographical approach.

>57. The Civil War and Reconstruction. (4) The political and military events of the
/ar and the economic, social, and political readjustments which followed.

58. The United States from Reconstruction to World War I. (4) National progress
nd problems during an era of rapid industrialization.

59. The United States from Versailles to Pearl Harbor. (4) The transition of

vmerica from World War I to 1941, with special emphasis on the Roaring Twenties
nd the New Deal.

■60. The United States^ since Pearl Harbor. (4) Trends and changes in the nation
rom World War II through the Kennedv era to the present.

62. American Constitutional History. (4) Origins of the Constitution, the
controversies involving the nature of the Union, and constitutional readjustments
} meet the new American industrialism.

( 63, 364. The South. (4,4) Geography, population elements, basic institutions, and
fleeted events.

65. Women in American History. (4) A survey of the roles and activities of women
l America, with emphasis upon selected individuals.

66. Studies in Historic Preservation. (4) An anaivsis of history museums and
,^encies and of the techniques of preserving and interpreting history through
.rtifacts, restorations, and reconstructions. P-Permission of the instructor.

67. 368. North Carolina. (4,4) Selected phases of the development of North
i arolina from the colonial beginnings to the present. Fall, to 1789; spring, since

789.

372. Africa since 1800. (4) A survey concentrating primarily on the major theme-
and problems in African history from 1800 to the present.

391, 392. Historiography. (4, 3) The principal historians and their writings fron
ancient times to the present. Fall, European historiography; spring, America]'
historiography.

398. Individual Study. (4) A project in an area of study not otherwise available irj
the department; permitted upon departmental approval of petition presented by ,
qualified student.

399. Directed Reading. (1-4)

Humanities

N. Rick Heatley, Coordinator

165. Black African Literature. (4) A general introductory course. Study of the
origins and development of black African literature. Analysis of representative
works of poetry, fiction, and essays. Readings and classes in English; originals ii
French also available lor majors. Discussions, occasional lectures, reports, an*
papers. Offered in January.

213. Studies in European Literature. (4) A study of aproximately twelve works it
translation, taken from European literature. Satisfies a Division I requirement. i

214. Contemporary Fiction. (4) A study of contemporary European and Latin

American fiction in translation. Satisfies a Division I requirement.

215. Germanic and Slavic Literature. (4) A study of approximately twelve works ii
translation taken from Germanic and Slavic literatures. Satisfies a Division
requirement.

216. Romance Literature. (4) A study of approximately twelve works in translatioi
taken from Romance literatures. Offered in alternate years. Satisfies a Division l]
requirement.

217. European Drama. (4) A studv of selected works in translation, from th<

seventeenth to the twentieth centuries, by major Continental dramatists. Satisfies ;
Division I requirement.

225. Nineteenth Century Romanticism: Philosophy and Art. (4) A study of tin

Romantic motif as expressed in the philosophy and art of Europe and the United!
States in the nineteenth century.

227. Issues in Nineteenth Century America. (4) An interdisciplinary study o

nineteenth century American culture, including art. literature, music, an<
philosophy, as it reflects and gives insight into some issues crucial to the developing
nation.

250. Discovering the Visual and Verbal Modes of the Twentieth Century. (4) At

exploration (4 the ideas, values, and feelings found in the art and literature o
representative twentieth century figures: Kandinskv. Stevens, Picasso, KafT<a
Leger, Beckett, Klee, Ionesco, Pollock, Faulkner, Chagall, Barth, and others.

550. What the Arts Have Been Saying since 1800. (4) An experiment in developing
[interpretive judgment and insight regarding music, painting, and literature as
articulations of the frontier consciousness of the period.

552. The Classical and Surreal Tradition. (4) A venture to define and differentiate
:lassical and surreal modes of perception throughout history, their paradoxical
relationship to each other and to complementary styles, considered in philosophy,
inusic, literature, and painting.

558. An Editor Looks at the Rights of American Citizens, 1965-1976. (4) (anient
developments in the field of constitutional rights as seen by a newspaper editor.

573- France in the Thirties: Literature and Social Consciousness. (4) A stud) in
English of Malraux, Giraudoux, Celine, Bernanos, and St. Exupery.

574. French Literature in the Mid-Twentieth Century. (4) A study of the literature
)f the forties and fifties and its evolution from "commitment" to "disengagement."

Authors include Sartre, Camus, Beckett, Robbe-Grillet, Genet, and Duras.

575. The French Theatre between 1920 and 1960: Theory and Practice. (4) Study
)f works by Giraudoux, Cocteau, Anouilh, Sartre, Camus, Beckett, Ionesco, and
Genet.

578. Evolution of Autobiography as a Literary Form. (4) A study of autobiography

is a form of fiction. Reading of Rousseau's Confessions and selected autobiographies
of twentieth century French authors. Taught in English.

579. The Literary Works of Jean-Paul Sartre. (4) A critical study of Sartre's
evolution as reflected in his novels and plays from Nausea to The Prisoners of Altona.

'$80. Albert Camus. (3) A critical study of Camus' evolution as a writer.

Interdisciplinary Honors

Paul M. Gross Jr., Coordinator

A series of seminar courses of an interdisciplinary nature are open to qualified
tudents in the College. Students interested in admission to these seminars,
upervised by the Committee on Honors, should consult the coordinator or a
nember of the committee.

1 Students who choose to participate in as main as tour interdisciplinary seminars
ind who have a superior record may elect Honors 281. directed study culminating
n an honors paper and an oral examination. Those whose work has been superior
n this course and who have achieved an overall grade point average of at least 3.0
n all college work may be graduated with the distinction "Honors in the Arts and
riciences." Students who choose to be candidates for departmental honors may not
I lso be candidates for "Honors in the Arts and Sciences."

Able students are normally encouraged to choose a departmental honors
)rogram rather than "Honors in the Arts and Sciences." As a result, most students
dect to participate in only one or tw r o interdisciplinary seminars in which they are
>articularlv interested. The faculty participants for these seminars represent
averse academic disciplines.

100

131, 132. Approaches to Human Experience I. (4, 4) An inquiry into the nature
and interrelationships of several approaches to man's experience, represented by
the work of three such minds as Leonardo da Vinci, Dante, Newton. Gandhi,
Confucius, Dostoevsky, Descartes, Goya, Mozart, Jefferson, and Bohr. Seminar
discussion based on primary and secondary sources, including musical works and
paintings. Written reports and a term paper required. Offered in alternate years,

133, 134. Approaches to Human Experience II. (4, 4) A parallel course to Honors
131. 132, concentrating on the work of a different set of figures such as Buber
Galileo, Kevnes, Pascal, Camus, Picasso, Ibsen, Tagore, Sophocles, and Bach.
Offered in alternate years.

*233. Darwinism and the Modern World. (4) A study of the Darwinian theory ol
evolution and the impact of evolution and the impact of evolutionary thought on
fields such as economics, politics, psychology, literature and the othei arts, and
philosophy.

*235. The Ideal Society. (4) Man's effort to establish or imagine the ideal
community, state, or society; principles of political and social organization;
changing goals and values.

*237. The Scientific Outlook. (4) An exploration of the origins and development ol

the scientific method and some of its contemporary applications in the natural and
social sciences and the humanities.

*238. Romanticism. (4) Romanticism as a recurrent characteristic of mind and an
and as a specific historical movement in Europe and America in the late eighteenth
and nineteenth centuries. Emphasis on primary materials in philosophy, literature,
music, and painting.

*239. Man and the Irrational. (4) The phenomenon of the irrational, with emphasis
on its twentieth century manifestations but with attention also to its presence in
other centuries and cultures. Philosophy, religion, literature, psychology, politics.
and the arts are explored.

*241. The Tragic View. (4) The theory of tragedy in ancient and modern times; the
expression of the tragic in literature, ait, music, theatre, and film.

*242. The Comic View. (4) 4 lie theory of comedy in ancient and modern times; the
expression of the comic spirit in literature, ait, music . theatre, and film.

*244. Man and the Structure of the Universe. (4) An investigation of various
conceptions of the universe and their implications for man. Study not necessarih j
limited to the cosmologies of Ptolemy, Copernicus, and their modern successors.!
but may also include theories such as the Babylonian, Mayan, and Taoist.

*246. Man and the Environment. (4) An interdisciplinary examination of man and
society in relation to the environment.

*247. The Mythic View. (4) The nature of myth through creation and hero myths:
the uses to which myths have been put in different historical periods; various

*One or more offered each year at the discretion of the Committee on Honors.

101

modern explanations of myth (literary, religious, anthropological, psychoanalytic,
t social, and historical).

281. Directed Study. (4) Readings on an interdisciplinary topic approved by the
1 Committee on Honors; preparation of a major research or interpretive paper based
1 on these readings, under the direction of a faculty member; an oral examination on
' the topic, administered by the faculty supervisor and the Committee on Honors.

Eligible students who wish to take this course must submit a written request to the
i Committee on Honors by the e\u\ of the junior year. Not open to candidates for
i: departmental honors.

| Mathematics

I Ivey C. Gentry, Chairman

Professors John V. Baxley, Ivey C. Gentry, Fredric T. Howard,
John W. Sawyer, Ben M. Seelbinder, Marcellus E. Waddill
Associate Professors Richard D. Carmichael, James Kuzmanovich,
J. Gaylord May, W. Graham May
Assistant Professors Elmer K. Hayashi, Ellen E. Kirkman
Instructors Ray H. Price, Margaret B. Seelbinder
\<i
) A major in mathematics requires forty credits. A student must include courses

111, 112, 113, 121, 221, one of the courses 311, 317, 352, 357, and at least two
additional 300-level courses. A prospective teacher in the education block may take
231 in lieu of the course from 311, 317, 352, or 357. Lower division students are
urged to consult a member of the departmental faculty before enrolling in courses
other than those satisfying Division II requirements.

A regularly scheduled activity in mathematics is an informal seminar of students

■and faculty on topics not discussed in regular courses (for example, finite

1 differences, game theory, Monte Carlo method, divergent series).

I The department, along with the departments of economics, business and
accountancy, and biology, offers several joint majors. The departments of

ij mathematics and economics offer a joint major leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree in mathematical economics. This interdisciplinary program affords the
student an opportunity to applv mathematical methods to the development of
economic theory, models, and quantitative analysis. The major consists of the
following course requirements: Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 251; Economics
151, 152, 201, 202, 203; a joint seminar in mathematical economics; and three
additional courses chosen with the approval of the program advisers. Recom-

' mended courses are Mathematics 253, 348, 353, 357, 358, and Economics 251, 242,
287, 288. Students electing the joint major must receive permission from both the
Department of Economics and the Department of Mathematics.

The departments of mathematics and biology offer a joint major leading to a
Bachelor of Science degree in mathematics-biology. This interdisciplinary program
affords the student an opportunity to applv mathematical methods to the
development and analysis of biological systems. The major consists of the following
course requirements: Mathematics 112, 155, 157, or 357; Biology 150, 151, 152;
and seven additional courses (at least three in each department) chosen with the

102

approval of the program advisers. Recommended courses in mathematics are 121.
253, 256, 348, 353, 355, 357. Students electing the joint major must receive
permission from both the Department of Biologv and the Department of
Mathematics.

The departments of mathematics and business and accountancy offer a joint
major leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in mathematics-business. This
interdisciplinary program prepares students for careers in business, with a strong
background in mathematics. The major consists of the following course require-
ments: Mathematics 111,1 12, 155, 157, 256, or 355: Accounting 111. 112; Business
211, 221, 231; either Business 201 or Mathematics 357; either Business 202 or
Mathematics 253; and two additional courses chosen from Accounting 252, 278;
Business 281; Mathematics 121, 248, 353. 381; or specially designed Januan
courses. Economics 151-152 is strongly recommended. Students electing the joint
major must receive permission from both the Department of Business and
Accountancy and the Department of Mathematics.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to
the honors program in mathematics or in the joint majors. To be graduated with
the designation "Honors in Mathematics," "Honors in Mathematics-Biology,"
"Honors in Mathematics-Business," or "Honors in Mathematical Economics," the)
must complete satisfactorily a senior research paper and pass a comprehensive oral
or written examination. For additional information members of the departmental
faculty should be consulted.

105. Pre-Calculus Mathematics. (4) Selected topics deal with die structure of
number svstems and the elementarv functions. Not to be counted toward the majoi
in mathematics.

111,1 12, 1 13. Calculus with Analytic Geometry, I, II, III. (5, 5 or 4, 4) Differential
and integral calculus and basic concepts of analytic geometry; multivariable
calculus. No student allowed credit for both 1 16 and 1 1 1. Lab-two hours for 111.
112.

115. Finite Mathematics. (5 or 4) Probability and statistics, matrices, linear
programming, Markov chains, and theory of games. Lab-two hours.

116. Essential Calculus. (5 or 4) A one-semester course in differential and integral
calculus with application to business and the social sciences. No student allowed]
credit for both 1 10 and 1 1 1. A student who might take additional calculus should
not take Mathematics 116. Lab-two hours.

121. Linear Algebra. (4) Vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations and
matrices, linear groups, and determinants.

155. Introduction to FORTRAN Programming. (4) Lecture and laboratory. A
studv of FORTRAN language. Students use computer terminals as well as card
input.

156. Statistical Concepts. (4) An introductory course for the student of statistics
who has a limited mathematical background. Includes descriptive techniques,
frequency distributions, statistical inference, regression, and correlation. Emphasis

103

is placed on how statistics can be used in society. No student allowed credit for both

156 and 157. Offered in January.

157. Elementary Probability and Statistics. (5 or 4) Probability and distribution

functions, means and variances, and sampling distributions. Lab-two hours. No

student allowed credit for both 156 and 157.

221. Modern Algebra I. (4) An introduction to modern abstract algebra through

the study of groups, rings, integral domain, and fields. P-Mathematics 121.

231. Euclidean Geometry. (4) Postulates, definitions, theorems, and models of

Euclidean geometry.

251. Ordinary Differential Equations. (4 or 3) Linear equations with constant
, coefficients, linear equations with variable coefficients, and existence and unique-
ness theorems for first order equations. P-Mathematics 112.

253. Operations Research. (4) Mathematical models and optimization techniques.
Studies in allocation, simulation, queuing, scheduling, and network analvsis.
: P-Mathematics 111, 115, or equivalent.

256. COBOL Programming. (4) Lecture and laboratory. A study of the elements of
! COBOL language. P-Mathematics 155.

305S, 306S. Elementary Analysis for Teachers I, II. (4, 4) Concepts from
differential and integral calculus for Advanced Placement teachers. All topics in the
Calculus AB and BC courses are covered. Offered in the summer.

311, 312. Advanced Calculus I, II. (4, 4 or 3) Limits and continuity in metric
1 spaces, differentiation and Riemann-Stieltjes integration, sequences and series,

uniform convergence, power series and Fourier series, partial differentiation and
j functions of n real variables, implicit and inverse function theorem. P-Mathematics
> 113.

317. Complex Analysis I. (4) Analytic functions, Cauchy's theorem and its
consequences, power series, and residue calculus. P-Mathematics 113.

322. Modern Algebra II. (4 or 3) A continuation of modern abstract algebra
through the study of additional properties of group and fields and a thorough

li treatment of vector spaces. P-Mathematics 221.

323, 324. Matrix Theory I, II. (4, 4 or 3) Basic concepts and theorems concerning
matrices and real number functions defined on preferred sets of matrices.
P-Mathematics 121.

332. Non-Euclidean Geometry. (4 or 3) Postulates, definitions, theorems, and
models of Lobachevskian and Riemannian geometry.

' 345, 346. Elementary Theory of Numbers I, II. (4, 4 or 3) Properties of integers,
1 congruences, arithmetic functions, primitive roots, sums of squares, magic squares,
applications to elementary mathematics, quadratic residues, arithmetic theory of
- continued fractions.

348. Combinatorial Analysis. (4 or 3) Enumeration techniques, including generat-
ing functions, recurrence formulas, the principle of inclusion and exclusion, and
Polva's theorem.

104

351. Applied Analysis. (4) Topics which have proven useful in the physical
sciences, including vector analysis and complex analysis.

352. Partial Differential Equations. (4) The separation of variables techniques for
the solution of the wave, heat, Laplace, and other partial differential equations,
with the related study of the Fourier transform and the expansion of functions in
Fourier, Legendre, and Bessel series.

353. Mathematical Models. (4) Development and application of probabilistic and
deterministic models. Emphasis given to constructing models which represent
systems in the social, behavioral, and management sciences. P-Mathematics 253.

355. Numerical Analysis. (4) A computer-oriented study of analytical methods in
mathematics. Lecture and laboratory. P-Mathematics 112 and 155.

357, 358. Mathematical Statistics I, II. (4, 4 or 3) Probability distributions,
mathematical expectation, sampling distributions, estimation and testing of
hypotheses, regression, correlation, and analysis of variance. P-Mathematics 113.

361. Selected Topics. (2, 3 or 4) Topics in mathematics which are not considered in
regular courses or which continue study begun in regular courses. Content varies.

381. Individual Study. (2, 3 or 4) A choice of study in an area of individual interest
directed by a faculty adviser.

Military Science

Lieutenant Colonel Anderson H. Walters, Professor

Captain Edward L. Grant, Major Floyd L. Griffin,

Major William D. Waller, Captain David E. Walters,

Captain John D. Wray, Assistant Professors

Master Sergeant Ezequiel B. Evaro

110. First Year Basic. (ROTC and the Military Establishment). (1) Introduction to
the ROTC program and the military establishment; practical exercises in various
skill modules, including orienteering, mountaineering, and marksmanship. Usually
offered in January.

111. First Year Basic. (Military History). (2)

112. First Year Basic. (Mountaineering). (2)

113. First Year Basic. (Tactical Considerations of Modern Battle [TCOMB]). (2)

ROTC and national defense; basic military skills. Enrichment subject required.*
(Skill module areas of concentration are indicated in parentheses.)

151. Second Year Basic. (Leadership). (2)

*Tlus subject, either elective or required, furthers the professional qualifications of the student as a
prospective officer in the U.S. Army. This does not require additional hours above and beyond the normal
semester course requirements. In cases where a student is pursuing a discipline which is narrowly restricted
with few electives, the Professor of Militaiy Science can resolve any conflict in favor of the student's degree
requirements.

105

152. Second Year Basic. (Marksmanship). (2)

153. Second Year Basic. (Orienteering). (2)

Leadership styles, theoretical orientation in a contemporary environment, and
intermediate military skills. Enrichment subject required.* (Skill module areas of
concentration are indicated in parentheses.)

201. Outdoor Exploration. (2) Introduction to various outdoor recreational
survival skills. The content varies but includes such outdoor experiences as selecting
and setting up a camp site, rock climbing, rappelling, back packing, canoeing,
orienteering, downhill and cross country skiing, spelunking, cross country
bicycling, and drown proofing. (Offered jointly with the Department of Physical
Education.)

211, 212. First Year Advanced. (2, 2) Small unit tactics, communications and
military orienteering, military formations, and advanced military skills. Lab-l 1 /^
hours per week. P-Credit for Basic. Enrichment subject required.*

251, 252. Second Year Advanced. (2, 2) Planning and supervision of leadership
laboratory program, active duty orientation, military administration, law, and
logistics. Enrichment subject required.* Lab-1'/1> hours per week. P-Military
Science.

Music

Annette LeSiege, Chairman

Assistant Professors Christopher Giles, Annette LeSiege, John V. Mochnick

Director of Bands R. Davidson Burgess

Instructors Gilda Glazer, Lucille S. Harris, David B. Levy,

Donna Mayer-Martin, Teresa Radomski

The major in music consists of a basic curriculum of thirty-eight credits: Music
Theory 171-174 (twelve credits), Music History 181-184 (twelve credits), ten credits
of applied music, and four semesters of ensemble.

The music major supplements this basic curriculum with ten additional credits of
elective courses in music. In addition to the course work, students graduating with a
major in music are required to present a senior recital.

Highly qualified majors may be invited to apply for admission to the honors
program in music. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Music," a
candidate must complete one of the following requirements: (1) a senior research
paper, (2) an original composition, or (3) an analytical lecture related to music
performed by the candidate in a public recital.

Any student interested in majoring in music should consult the chairman of the
department as soon as possible after entering the University.

*This subject, cither elective or required, furthers the professional qualifications of the student as a
prospective officer in the U.S. Army. This does not require additional hours above and beyond the normal
semester course requirements. In cases where a student is pursuing a discipline which is narrowly restricted
with few electives, the Professor of Military Science can resolve any conflict in favor of the student's degree
requirements.

106

Music Theory

101. Introduction to the Language of Music. (3, 4) Basic theoretical concepts and
musical terminology. Survey of musical styles, composers, and selected works from
the Middle Ages through the twentieth century. For students not majoring in
music.

102. Language of Music. (3. 4) Study of major works from the Middle Ages
through the twentieth century. For students not majoring in music. P- 101 or
permission of the instructor.

105. Music Theory for Non-Majors. (4) A study and application of music
fundamentals and music theory for the non-music major. A combination of
theoretical skills for analysis and stylistic composition (kev signatures, scales,
intervals, triads, seventh chords) and musical skills (sight singing, ear training,
keyboard harmony). P-101 or permission of the instructor.

*171. Music Theory I. (3) Fundamentals. Theoretical and compositional techni-
ques of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. Sight-singing, analysis, and composition-
al practice in music to 1600. Introduction to sixteenth century counterpoint.

* 1 72. Music Theory II. (3) Theoretical and compositional techniques of the music
of the Baroque. Continuation of 171. with emphasis on common practice period
harmony. Chorale style and fugue. P-Music 171/181.

* 1 73. Music Theory III. (3) Theoretical and compositional techniques of the music
of the late eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Continuation of 1 72, with emphasis
on the expanding harmonic system and form. P-Musi( 172/182.

*174. Music Theory IV. (3) Theoretical and compositional techniques of music in
the twentieth century. Continuation of 173. with emphasis on twentieth century
compositional practices and philosophies. Beginning of development of personal
compositional style. P-Music 173/183.

270. Sixteenth Century Counterpoint. (2) Analysis of sixteenth century contrapun-
tal music, in particular that of Palestrina. Examination of Renaissance writings on
counterpoint. Composition of canon and motet. Offered in alternate years. P-Music
174/184.

271. Eighteenth Century Counterpoint. (2) Analysis of eighteenth century
contrapuntal stvles. with concentration on the Well-Tempered Clavier and Art oj the
Fugue of J. S. Bach. Composition of invention, canon, and fugue. Offered in alternate
years. P-Music 174/184.

272. Analysis Seminar. (2) A study of analytical writings of theorists and composers
and the development of practical skills as the\ can he used in research and
performance preparation. Offered in alternate years. P-Music 174/184.

273. Composition. (1 or 2) Individual instruction in the craft of musical
composition. May he repeated for credit. P-Permission of the instructor.

*Music 171-174 must be taken simultaneoush with Musit 181-184.

Beethoven

/•

Schubert

Wagner

Stravinsky

Berg

Brahms

P-

Handel

Bartok

107

275. History of Theory. (2) A study of theoretical writing on musical acoustics,
instruments, and notation from classical Greece to the present. Offered in alternate
years. P-Music 174/184.

276. Current Practices. (2) A survey of twentieth century compositional techniques,
notation, and performance problems involving the study of music and theoretical
writings associated with major trends from 1900 to the present. Offered in alternate
years. P-Music 174/184.

Music History

103. Great Composers. (4) A study of composers considered outstanding either
because of their works or because of their influence on the history ol music. A
different composer is offered each semester. P-Music 101 or permission of the
instructor.

a. Machaut

h. Dufay

c. Ockeghem

d. Josquin

e. Monteverdi
f Bach
g. Haydn
h. Mozart

124. Chamber Music. (2) Study of the history and repertoire of chamber music
from the late Baroque to the twentieth century. Classroom work combined with
actual rehearsal and performance of chamber repertoire. May be repeated for
credit. P-Audition and permission of the instructor.

*181. Music History I. (3) Survey of the history of music in the Middle Ages and
Renaissance to 1000. Included are readings in the cultural history and related arts
of the eras.

*182. Music History II. (3) Survey of the history of music in the Baroque to 1750.
Included are readings in the cultural history and related arts of the era. P-Music
171/181.

*183. Music History III. (3) Survey of the history of music in the Classical and
Romantic eras to 1900. Included are readings in the cultural history and related
arts of the eras. P-Music 172/182.

*184. Music History IV. (3) Survey of the history of music in the twentieth century.
Included ate readings in the cultural history and related arts of the era. P-Music

173/183.

211. Seminar in Church Music. (4) A survey of the great oratorios, cantatas,
anthems, hymns, and organ compositions of the church, with emphasis on their
liturgical setting. P-Music 174/184.

212. Music in the Church. Function of the church musician and the relationship of
his or her work to the church program. P-Music 174/184.

*Mnsic 181-184 must be token simultaneously with Musk 171-174.

108

215. Philosophy of Music. (2) A survey of philosophical writings about music.
Musical aesthetics; social, religious, and political concerns. P-Music 174/184.

219. Seminar in Medieval Music. (4) A study of medieval music, its philosophy,
theory (including notational practices), and performance practices. Areas receiving ii
special emphasis are Gregorian chant repertoire, the Notre Dame School, Ars
Antiqua, and Ars Nova. P-Music 171/181 or permission of the instructor.

220. Seminar in Renaissance Music. (4) A study of music from 1400 to 1600, its
theory (including notational practices), and performance practices. The study I
begins with the Burgundian School, with special areas of emphasis the Netherlands I
composers and the late Renaissance madrigal. P-Music 171/181 or permission of the I
instructor.

221. Seminar in Baroque Music. (4) Musical activity from about 1600 to Bach and
Handel. Special emphasis on the development of national styles and their
resolutions toward the end of the era. P-Music 172/182 or permission of the
instructor.

222. Seminar in Eighteenth Century Music. (4) Musical developments from the
sons of Bach through the Viennese Classicism of Haydn, Mozart, and Beethoven. :
P-Music 173/183 or permission of the instructor.

223. Seminar in Nineteenth Century Music. (4) Music from the latter part of
Beethoven's career through Wagner and Brahms. Special emphasis on the
post-Beethoven schism and its ramifications. P-Music 173/183 or permission of the
instructor.

224. Seminar in Twentieth Century Music. (4) A study of the major musical styles, ]
techniques, and media of contemporary music from Debussy to the present, i
P-Music 174/184 or permission of the instructor.

Music Education

185. Choral Methods. (2) A summary course designed to acquaint the student with
representative choral literature from all periods. Both sacred and secular works
studied from a stylistic and historical perspective; attention given to liturgical
function, performance practices, and music bibliography. Offered in alternate years.
P-Permission of the instructor.

186. String Instruments. (2) Fundamentals of playing and teaching all instruments
of the string family. Offered in alternate years.

187. Woodwind Instruments. (2) Fundamentals of playing and teaching all
principle instruments of the woodwind family. Offered in alternate years.

188. Brass and Percussion Instruments. (2) Fundamentals of plaving and teaching
brass and percussion instruments. Offered in alternate years.

280. Orchestration. (4) A study of the orchestral and wind band instruments, how
composers have used them throughout history, and the development of practical
scoring and manuscript skills. Offered in alternate years. P-Music 174/184.

282. Conducting. (4) A study of choral and instrumental conducting techniques,

109

including practical experience with ensembles. Offered in alternate years. P-Music
174/184.

284. Music Literature Seminar. (3 or 4) A survey of repertoire, including an
.examination of teaching materials in the student's special area of interest. P-Music
3 174/184 and permission of the instructor.

291. Teaching of Music. (4) The teaching and supervision of choral and
- instrumental music in the public schools, all grades. P-Music 174/184.

Honors and Individual Study

298. Individual Study. (2 or 4) A project in an area of study not otherwise available
I in the department. By prearrangement.

299. Honors in Music. (4) Individual study for honors candidates who have
: fulfilled the specific requirements.

Ensemble

Departmental ensembles are open to all students. Credit is earned on the basis of

; one credit per semester of participation.

111. Opera Workshop. Study, staging, and performance of standard and
[Contemporary operatic works. P-Permission of the instructor.

112. Collegium Musicum. An ensemble stressing the performance practices and
the performance of music of the medieval. Renaissance, and Baroque eras. Open to
vocalists and instrumentalists.

113. Orchestra. Study and performance of orchestral works from the classical and
contemporary repertoire. P-Audition.

115. Choral Union. A large oratorio chorus which concentrates on the perform-
ance of major choral works. P- Audition.

115a. Concert Choir. A select touring choir of forty-five voices which performs a
variety of choral literature from all periods. P-Audition.

117. Marching Deacons Band. Performs for most football games. Meets twice
weekly. No audition required. Fall.

118. Concert Band. Study and performance of music for wind band. P-Permission
of the instructor. Spring.

119. Symphonic Wind Ensemble. Study and performance of music for wind
ensemble. Regular performances on and off campus, including an annual tour.
P-Audition.

121. Jazz Ensemble. Study and performance of written and improvised jazz for a
twenty-member ensemble. P-Audition.

123. Piano Ensemble. Study of the elements of accompanying and ensemble
playing through class discussion and studio experience. P-Permission of the
instructor.

110

p. piano

(/. percussion

r. guitai

v. voice

Applied Music

Applied music courses are open to all students with the permission of the
instructor. Credit is earned on the hasis of lesson duration and weekly preparation.
One credit per semester implies a hall-hour of instruction weekly and a minimum
of one hour of daily practice. Two credits per semester imply an hour of instruction
weekly and a minimum of two hours of daily practice. With the permission of the
music faculty and with a proportional increase in practice, a student may earn three \
or four credits per semester. Students in applied music who do not have basi<
knowledge of notation and rhythm are advised to enroll in Music 10 1 either prior to
or in conjunction with applied study. An applied music fee and practice fee arc
charged for all individual instruction.

161, 261. Individual Instruction. (1 or 2) May be repeated lor credit. Technical
studies and repertoire of progressive difficulty selected to meet the needs and
abilities of the student.

a. violin f. oboe k. French horn

b. viola g. clarinet I. trombone

c. cello h. bassoon m. baritone

d. bass i. saxophone n. tuba

e. flute j. trumpet o. organ

165p. Class Piano. (1) Scales, chords, inversions, and appropriate repertoire, with
emphasis on sight-reading, harmonization, and simple transposition. Designed for
the beginning piano student.

165v. Class Voice I. ( 1 ) Introduction to the fundamental principles of singing;
concepts of breath control, tone, and resonance.

166v. Class Voice II. (1) Continuation of fundamental vocal techniques. P-Music

165v or permission of the instructor.

167v. Theatrical Singing I: Class Voice (1) Basic techniques of singing, breath
control, phonation, and resonance, with emphasis on theatrical projection. Study
and performance of musical theatre repertoire. (One hour per week.)

168v. Theatrical Singing Hi Class Voice (1) Continuation of theatrical singing
techniques with increased study and performance ol musical theatre repertoire.
P-Music 167y or permission of the instructor. (One hour per week.)

190. Diction for Singers. (2) Study of articulation in singing, with emphasis on
modification of English; pronunciation of Italian, German, and French. Develop-
ment of articulatory and aural skills with use of the international phonetic alphabet.
Individual performance and coaching in class. (Two hours per week.)

.^*^i#

*.>■&

Ill

Philosophy

Gregory D. Pritchard, Chairman

Professors Robert M. Helm, Marcus B. Hester, Gregory D. Pritchard

Associate Professor Charles M. Lewis

Assistant Professor Ralph C. Kennedy III

Visiting Assistant Professor David Whiteside

Instructor Jon Larson

A major in philosophy requires thirty-six credits. The courses must include 261
and either 161 or 271, two courses from the history sequence (201, 21 1. 222). and
one course from each of the following: 230, 23 1 , 24 1 , or 242; 279, 285, or 287; and
294 or 295.

The Spilman Philosophy Seminar, open to advanced students in philosophy, was
established in 1934 through an endowment provided by Bernard W. Spilman. The
income from the endowment is used for the seminar library, which now contains
about 4,000 volumes. Additional support for tbe library and other departmental
activities is provided by the A. C. Reid Philosophy Fund, which was established in
1960 by friends of the department. The furniture in the library and seminar room
was donated in honor of Claude V. Roebuck and Mr. and Mrs. W. A. Hough b\
their families.

Two distinguished alumni of the College have made possible the establishment of
a lectureship and a seminar. The late Guy T. Carswell has endowed tbe Guy T. and
Clara Carswell Philosophy Lectureship, and a gift from James Montgomery Hester
the Hester Philosophy Seminar. In addition, a lectureship bearing his name has
been instituted in honor of Claude V. Roebuck.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to
the honors program in philosophy. To be graduated with the designation "Honors
in Philosophy," a student must submit an acceptable prospectus for an honors thesis
by November for graduation in the spring semester or by May for graduation in the
fall semester, present a satisfactory paper based on the prospectus, and show an
acceptable level of performance in a discussion of the paper with the honors adviser
and at least one other member of the departmental faculty.

133. Space and Time in Fact and Fiction. (4) Are space and time fundamentally
different? Are they properties of the physical world or of minds only? Are they
finite or infinite in extension and duration? Other questions cover problems and
paradoxes in the concept of space and in the concept of time travel.

151. Basic Problems of Philosophy. (4) An examination of the basic concepts of
several representative philosophers, including their accounts of the nature of
knowledge, man. Cod. mind, and matter.

161. Logic. (4) An elementary study of the laws of valid inference, recognition of
fallacies, and logical analysis.

171, 172. Meaning and Value in Western Thought. (4. 4) A critical survey of
religious and philosophical ideas in the Western world from antiquity to modern
times. Either Philosophy 171 or 172 satisfies the philosophy or religion require-

112

ment; both 171 and 172 satisfy both the philosophy and religion requirements
choice determined at registration.

201. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. (4) A study of philosophical problems such
as the nature of faith, reason, universals, and God in the thought of Plato, Aristotle,
Augustine, Abelard, Anselm, Aquinas, and Ockham. P-Philosophv 151, 171, or
172.

211. Modern Philosophy. (4) A survey of major philosophers from Descartes to
Nietzsche. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172.

222. Contemporary Philosophy. (4) A survey of major philosophers from Russell
to Sartre. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172.

230. Plato. (4) A detailed analysis of selected dialogues, covering Plato's most
important contributions to ethics, political philosophy, theory of knowledge,
metaphysics, and theology. P-Philosoph 151, 171, or 172.

231. Aristotle. (4) A study of the major texts, with emphasis on metaphysics, ethics,
and theory of knowledge. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172.

241. Kant. (4) A detailed study of selected works covering Kant's most important
contributions to theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, and religion. P-
Philosophy 151, 171, or 172.

242. Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Sartre. (4) An examination of selected sources
embodying the basic concepts of Hegel, Kierkegaard, and Sartre, especially as the\
relate to each other in terms of influence, development, and opposition.
P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172.

261. Ethics. (4) A critical study of selected problems and representative works in
ethical theory. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172.

271. Symbolic Logic. (4) Basic concepts and techniques of modern deductive logic,
beginning with the logic/truth functions and quantification theory. Attention given
to advanced topics such as descriptions, classes, and number, and to issues in the
philosophy of logic.

275. Concepts of the Self: (4) A systematic examination of selected texts, classical
and contemporary, dealing with the origin, nature, powers, and fate of the self.
Authors studied include Plato, Aristotle, Descartes, Locke, Hume, Kant, and
Wittgenstein. Not open to students who have credit for Philosophy 137.
P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172.

279. Philosophy of Science. (4) A systematic exploration of the conceptual
foundations of scientific thought and procedure. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172.

282. Philosophy of Law. (4) A philosophical inquiry into the nature of law and its
relation to morality. Classroom discussions of readings from the works of classical
and modern authors focus on issues of contemporary concern involving questions
of legal principle, personal liberty, human rights, responsibility, justice, and
punishment. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172.

285. Philosophy of Art. (4) A critical examination of several philosophies of art,

113

with emphasis upon the application of these theories to particular works of art.
P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172.

287. Philosophy of Religion. (4) A systematic analysis of the logical structure of
'religious language and belief, including an examination of religious experience,
mysticism, revelation, and arguments for the nature and existence of God.
P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172.

290. Readings in Philosophy. (4) A discussion of several important works in
philosophy or closely related areas. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172.

292. Wittgenstein. (4) A senior seminar in which the work of Ludwig Wittgenstein
on several central philosophical problems is studied and compared with that of
Trege, James, and Russell. Topics include the picture theory of meaning, truth,
scepticism, private languages, thinking, feeling, the mystical, and the ethical.
P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172.

-294. Seminar in Epistemological Problems. (4) A senior course requiring a major
research paper. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172.

( 295. Seminar in Metaphysical Problems. (4) A senior course requiring a major
'research paper. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172.

297, 298. Seminar: Advanced Problems in Philosophy. (4, 4) Senior courses
treating selected topics in philosophy. P-Philosophy 151, 171, or 172.

i Physical Education

William L. Hottinger, Chairman

Associate Professors William L. Hottinger, Paul M. Ribisl

Assistant Professors W. Thomas Boone, Dorothy Casey, Leo Ellison,

Walter Rejeski

Visiting Assistant Professor Sarah D. Hutslar

Lecturer J. William Dellastatious

Instructors Donald Bergey, Deborah S. David, Gail L. Sailer,

Gale Chamblee

The purpose of the Department of Physical Education is to organize, administer,
and supervise (1) a required physical education program consisting of conditioning
activities, varied team and individual sports, and special corrective and remedial
instruction to all students with physical problems according to the individual's need;
(2) an intramural sports program which allows all students to participate and specialize
I in sports which can be of lifelong benefit; (3) a supervised recreation program
consisting of varied recreational and leisure time activities; and (4) a professional
education program which offers the necessary preparation for those interested in the
fields of health, physical education, recreation, and athletic coaching.

Physical Education Requirement

All entering students are required to complete two semesters of physical
education: Physical Education 111, Foundations of Health and Physical Fitness, and
one additional course selected from the 100-series of physical education courses.

114

The requirement must be met before enrollment in additional elective courses. It is
recommended that the requirement be completed by the end of the student's first
year; it must be completed by the end of the second year.

Courses in Basic Instruction and Elective Physical Education

111. Foundations of Health and Physical Fitness

112. Sports Proficiency

113. Adaptive Physical Education

114. Weight Control

115. Physical Conditioning

116. Weight Training

120. Beginning Dance Technique

121. Intermediate Dance Technique (P-Physical Education 120 or permission of tin
instructor)

122. Advanced Dance Technique (P -Physical Education 121 or permission of the instructor)

123. Dance Composition (P-Physical Education 121)

124. Social Dance

125. Folk/Square Dance

130. Beginning Tumbling/Free Exercise

131. Intermediate Tumbling/Free Exercise

132. Beginning Gymnastic Apparatus

133. Intermediate Gymnastic Apparatus

134. Aero-Sports

140. Beginning Swimming

141. Intermediate/Advanced Swimming

142. Beginning Scuba Diving

143. Water Ballet/Synchronized Swimming

144. Springboard Diving

145. Advanced Lifesaving and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation (P-Strong swimming
ability)

146. Water Safety Instructor's Course (P-Current advanced lifesaving certification)

150. Beginning Tennis

151. Intermediate 'Tennis

152. Advanced Tennis (P-Physical Education 151 or permission of the instructor)

153. Beginning! Intermediate Racquetball

154. Beginning/Intermediate Badminton

155. Beginning Squash Racquets

160. Beginning Golf

161. Intermediate Golf

162. Arc hen

163. Bowling

164. Beginning/Intermediate Handball

165. Recreational Games

170. Volleyball

171. Soccer

175. Wrestling

176. Fencing

179. Beginning Horseback Riding

180. Intermediate! Advanced Horseback Riding

181. Snow Skiing

182. Beginning Ice Figure Skating
190. Sports Option

Courses for the Major

Students desiring to elect a major in physical education and health to satisfy the
state requirements for a teaching certificate must he of junior standing. Biology 1 1 1
and 150 are required, along with the following courses in physical education and
health: 220, 221, 222, 224, 230, 240, 250, 352, 353, 357. 300, and 303.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to
the honors program in physical education. To be graduated with the designation
"Honors in Physical Education," they must participate satisfactorily in Physical
Education 382 and pass a comprehensive written examination. Upon satisfactory
completion of these requirements they are recommended for graduation with
"Honors in Physical Education." For additional information members of die
departmental faculty should be consulted.

Any student interested in majoring in physical education should consult the
chairman of the department as soon as possible after entering the University.

201. Outdoor Exploration. (2) Introduction to various outdoor recreational and
survival skills. (Offered jointly with Military Science.)

212. The Psychology of Sport. (3) A study of the psychological and sociological
bases underlying sports, games, dance, and gymnastics and the impact these forces
now have on society and culture.

220. Methods and Materials in Aquatics. (2) Presentation of knowledge, skill, and
methods of teaching acquatics.

221. Methods and Materials in Gymnastics and Dance. (4) Presentation of
knowledge, skill, and methods of teaching gymnastics and dance.

222. Methods and Materials in Teaching and Coaching Team Sports. (4)

Presentation of knowledge, skill, and methods of teaching, coaching, and officiating
team sports.

224. Methods and Materials in Team and Individual Sports. (4) Theory and
practice in organization and teaching selected individual and dual sports in a
comprehensive physical education program.

230. First Aid and Athletic Training. (2) A study of first aid techniques and the
care and treatment of athletic injuries.

240. Physical Education for Pre-School and Elementary School. (3) A study of the
developmental stages of fundamental motor skills and a presentation of methods of
teaching physical education activities to the pre-school and elementary school child.

116

250. Principles, Organization, and Administration of Health, Physical Education
and Athletics. (4) A study of principles, organization, and administration of health
physical education, and athletics.

310. Applied Field Study. (2) A course involving application of theory and methods
of solving problems in a specialized area according to the student's immediate
career goals. P-Physical Education 251 or permission of the instructor.

352. Anatomy and Physiology. (5) A course to provide students of physical
education with a functional knowledge of the anatomical structure and physiologic -
al function of the human body.

353. Physiology of Exercise. (4) The course presents the many effects of musculai
activity on the processes of the body which constitute the scientific basis of physical
education.

357. Kinesiology and Adapted Physical Education. (5) A study of the principles oi
human motion based on anatomical, physiological, and mechanical principles andi
the application of these principles along with other special considerations in
developing a program for the atypical student.

360. Evaluation and Measurement in Health and Physical Education. (3) A course 1
in measurement techniques and beginning statistical procedures to determine pupil
status in established standards of health and physical education which reflect the
prevailing educational philosophy.

363. Personal and Community Health and Safety Education. (3) A course
presenting personal, family, and community health problems; a studv of safety in
the schools.

382. Individual Study in Health and Physical Education. (1-4) Library confer-
ences and laboratory research performed on an individual basis.

Physics

George P. Williams Jr., Chairman

Professors Robert W. Brehme, Ysbrand Haven, Howard W. Shields,

George P. Williams Jr.

Associate Professor William C. Kerr

Visiting Assistant Professor Ward A. Riley

The program of courses for each student majoring in physics is developed
through consultation with the student's major adviser and may lead to either a
Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Science degree. The B.A. degree requires a
minimum of basic physics courses and allows a wide selection of electives related to
the student's interests in other disciplines. The B.S. degree is designed to prepare
students for careers in physics, perhaps beginning with graduate study.

The Bachelor of Arts degree in physics requires thirty-seven credits in physics
and must include courses 141, 161, 162, 345, and two from 230, 352, and 351. The
Bachelor of Science degree in physics requires forty-five credits in physics and must
include courses 311, 312, 343, 344, 345, and 346. For either degree, two courses in
chemistry or the equivalent and Mathematics 251 are required.

117

A typical schedule for the first two years:

F res 1 1 man S op h o more

Basic and divisional requirements Basic and divisional requirements

Physics 111, 112 or 121, 122 (five courses)

: Mathematics 111, 112 Physics 141. 162

Foreign Language Mathematics 251

If this sequence is followed, the physics major may be completed in such a way as

allow considerable flexibility in exercising various options, such as the five-year
i.A./M.S. program. This saves not only time and tuition, but may be profitable in

s ither ways.

If Physics 111-112 or 121-122 is not taken in the freshman year, one of the
equences may be taken in the sophomore year; the degree requirements in physics
may still be completed by the end of the senior year. No student may be a candidate
tor a degree with a major in physics with a grade less than C in general physics
ivithout special permission of the department.

1 Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to
Jie honors program in physics. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in

mysics," they must complete satisfactorily Physics 381 and pass a comprehensive
vritten examination. For additional information on these programs or on the
•ngineering program the chairman or a member of the departmental faculty
hould be consulted.

[101. Conceptual Physics. (5) A non-mathematical introduction to the essential
mnciples of classical and modern physics based on a conceptual treatment of the
nore exciting contemporary aspects of the subject. Credit not allowed for both 101
ind 111. Lab-two hours.

104. Introductory Physics for Teachers. (3) No lab. Does not satisfv Division II
equirements.

05. Descriptive Astronomy. (4) An introductory study of the universe, from the
olar system to the galaxies.

06. Physics and the Sounds of Music. (3 or 4) A study of the production,
propagation, and perception of musical sounds. Satisfies no divisional require-
nents. No prerequisites; no lab.

108. Energy and the Environment. (2) A descriptive, non-mathematical introduc-
tion to the concept of energy and its role in the environment. Does not satisfy
Oivision II requirements.

ill, 112. Introductory Physics. (5, 5) Essentials of mechanics, wave motion, heat,
' ound, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics for freshmen and
ophomores. Lab-two hours.

1121, 122. General Physics. (5, 5) A course designed for those who expect to major
n physics or chemistry. A calculus treatment of the topics covered in 111, 112. A
tudent may not receive credit for both this course and Physics 111, 112. Lab-two
tours. C-Mathematics 111.

118

141. Elementary Modern Physics. (4) The development of twentieth centui
physics and an introduction to quantum ideas. P-Physics 112 or 121; C-Mathemati<
112.

161. Applied Mechanics. (5) The fundamental principles of mechanics. Lab-thre
hours. Offered in the spring of even-numbered years. P- Physics 111 or 121 an
Mathematics 111 or equivalent.

162. Introductory Electricity. (5) The fundamental principles of electricn
magnetism, and electromagnetic radiation. Lab-three hours. P-Physics 1L
C-Mathematics 112.

230. Electronics. (4) Introduction to the theory and application of transistors an
electronic circuits. Lab-three hours. Offered in the fall of odd-numbered years. P-Physit
162 or equivalent.

301, 302. Physics Seminar, (0, 0) Discussion of contemporary research, usuallv wit
visiting scientists. Attendance required of junior and senior physics majors.

311. Mechanics. (4) A junior/senior level treatment of analytic classical mechanic
P-Mathematics 251.

312. Electromagnetic Theory. A junior/senior level treatment of classical electn
magnetic theory. P-Physics 162 and Mathematics 251.

331, 332. Acoustics I, II. (4, 4) A study of the fundamental principles an
applications of the generation, transmission, and reception of sound and it
interaction with various media.

343, 344. Modern Physics. (4, 4) Application of the elementary principles i
quantum mechanics to atomic and molecular physics.

345, 346. Modern Physics Laboratory. (1,1) The laboratory associated with Physi
343, 344. Lab-three hours.

351. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. (4, 4) Introduction to classical

and statistical thermodynamics and distribution functions. Offered in the spring u\
odd-numbered years.

352. Physical Optics and Spectra. (5) A study of physical optics and the quantum

treatment of spectra. Lab-three hours. Offered in the fall of even-numbered yearn

381. Research. (4) Library, conference, and laboratory work performed on ai
individual basis.

Politics

James A. Steintrager, Chairman

Professors C. H. Richards Jr., James A. Steintrager

Professor of History and Asian Studies Balkrishna Govind Gokhale

Associate Professors David B. Broyles, Jack D. Fleer, Carl C. Moses,

Jon M. Reinhardt, Donald O. Schoonmaker. Richard D. Sears

Instructor Robert L. Utley

In its broadest conception, the aim of the study of politics is to understand th
way in which policy for a society is formulated and executed and to understand thi

119

mral standards by which policy is or ought to be set. This center of interest is often

escribed alternatively as the study of power, of government, of the state, or of

unian relations in their political context. For teaching purposes, the study of

iolitics has been divided by the department into the following fields: ( 1) American

lolitics, (2) comparative politics, (3) political philosophy, and (4) international

iolitics. Introductory courses in the fust three of these fields provide broad and

exible approaches to studying political life.

pi The major in politics consists of thirty-six credits, of which no more than four

I reclits may be earned in January courses. The courses must include the following:

: i) a first course selected from Politics 113, 114, or 1 15; (b) any one introductory or

dvanced course in each of the lour fields of the discipline, restricted to

^on-seminar courses; (c) one seminar in politics (usually a student takes no more

lan one seminar in each field and no more than three seminars overall). A

linimum grade average of C on all courses attempted in politics is required for

raduation. Majors should consult with their advisers concerning additional

?gulations.

Highly qualified majors ate invited by the department to apply for admission to
le honors program in politics. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in
iolitics," they must successfully complete Politics 2S4 and one seminar course. For
dditional information members of the departmental faculty should be consulted.
^ A student who selects politics to fulfill the Division IV requirement must take one
if the following courses: Politics 1 13, 1 14, or 1 15. NO introductory level course is
equired for students taking a politics course as an elective unless such a
prerequisite is specified in the course description.

Introductory Courses

1
A student may take any one of the following as the first course in the department;
lore than one may be taken. Ordinarily a student is expected to take Politics 1 13 as
ie first course.

13. Introduction to Politics: American Politics. (4) The nature ol politics,
[lolitical principles, and political institutions, with emphasis on their application to
ne United Slates.

; 14. Introduction to Politics: Comparative Politics. (4) Political processes and
Principles as applied to traditional, developing, and mature states.

15. Introduction to Politics: Political Theory. (4) Major systematic statements of
iie rules and principles oi political life. Representative waiters are Tocqueville,
)ahl, and Aristotle.

American Politics

10. Public Policy Analysis. (4) Analysis of the substance of public problems and
•olicy alternatives. Examination of win government pursues certain policies and
lie consequences of those policies.

11. Political Parties and Voting Behavior. (4) An examination of part)

120

competition, party organizations, the electorate and electoral activities of partie
and the responsibilities of parties for governing.

213. Public Administration. (4) Introduction to the study of public administratio
emphasizing policy-making in government agencies.

218. Congress and Policy-Making. (4) An examination of the compositioi
authority structures, external influences, and procedures of Congress wit
emphasis on their implications for policy-making in the United Stales.

220. The American Presidency. (4) Emphasis on the office and the rol<
contributions by contemporary presidents considered in perspective.

221. North Carolina Politics. (4) A study of three major components of the state 1
political system: electoral competition, legislative politics, and executive politic
(particularly the office of governor). Offered in January.

222. Urban Problems and Politics. (4) Political structures and processes i
American cities and suburbs as thev relate to the social, economic, and politic
problems of the metropolis.

225. American Constitutional Law: Separation of Powers and the Federal Systeir

(4) An analysis of Supreme Court decisions affecting the three branches of th
national government and federal/state relations.

226. American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties. (4) Judicial interpretations <
First Amendment freedoms, racial equality, and the rights of the criminal
accused.

227. Politics, Law, and the Legal Process. (4) Analysis of the nature and possibl
sources of law, the proper role of law in social change, structure and process in th
legal system, and the impact of legally decided policies on society, including thei
propensity for justice and fairness in American democratic society.

228. Watergate. (3, 4) An investigation of the Watergate crisis in the context of th
political scandals of American history.

Comparative Politics

231. Western European Politics. (4) Analysis of the political systems of Grea
Britain, France, and Italy, focusing primarily on the problems of stable democracy

232. Government and Politics in the Soviet Union. (4) Analysis of the institution
and processes of politics in the USSR and examination of political developments ii
the other states of Eastern Europe.

233. Modern German Politics. (4) A study of the political systems of twentietl
century Germany, with comparison of political behavior and governmenta
institutions of West Germany and East Germany.

234. Government and Politics in East Asia. (4) An analysis of the political
institutions and processes in China and Japan, with emphasis on the problem o
modernization.

235. The Politics of Revolution. (4) The comparative study of revolution as .

;istorical phenomenon and as an alternative means oi change in the contemporary
orld. Analysis of the nature, the background and causes, the processes, the
%rieties, and the consequences of revolution, and an attempt to assess the
ipabilities or potential of some current movements purporting to be revolution-
ary. Some revolutions receiving particular attention are those oi England, Prance,
ussia, Mexico, Cuba, and China, and some broad movements included are the
evv Left and contemporary anarchism in the United States and Western Europe.

36. Government and Politics in Latin America. (4) Comparative analysis <>l the
istitutions and processes ol politics in the Latin American region.

1 38. History, Culture, and Political Change. (4) The study ol how major cultures
irticulate or symbolize their existence either in histoi \ or moving through history.

pecial attention given to an evaluation oi current concepts applied to political

nange.

39. Comparative Bureaucratic Elites. (1) An investigation oi the role oi top civil
frvants in the decision-making process oi industrialized political systems. The
.ilemma of bureaucratic power and democratic accountability explored in the

olitical systems of the United States, West Germany, Great Britain. Fiance. Italy,
nd one of the Scandinavian countries.

40. Socialism in Cuba. (4) An intensive stuck oi contemporary Cuba embracing

ionsideration oi several aspects: the origins and course oi development oi the

iuban variety of socialism; (he political, economic, and social structures, methods.

policies, and goals; the status and role oi leaders and institutions; comparison with

ome other major Marxist regimes; and prospec ts for the future. Offered in January.
I

41. Politics in Mexico. (4) A study oi Mexican political life from historical and

ociocultural perspectives, focusing particularly upon the subject oi political c ulture
nd socialization. One week on campus, the remainder in Mexico. Offered in
\anuary.

42. Problems in Comparative Politics. (4) An intensive study of one or more
lajor problems in contemporary comparative politics.

45. Government and Politics of South Asia. (4) A study oi the governments oi
ndia, Pakistan. Nepal, and Ceylon. Emphasis on political organizations, party
tructures, and subnational governmental systems.

48. Political and Economic Systems. (4) An investigation oi the wax in which
•olitical and economic systems impinge on each other. The chief focus is on the wax
n which a particular economic system affects a political system. Offered in January.
l!

International Politics

151. Fundamentals of International Politics. (4) Fundamental theoretical ((ties-
ions of international politics, with special emphasis on existing international
>attems.

!52. Current Problems in International Politics. (4) An intensive study of one or
nore major problems oi contemporary international politics.

122

254. American Foreign Policy: Contemporary Problems. (4) A critical examin;
t ion of different methods of studying American foreign policy and of selecte
policies followed by t lie United States since the early 1960s.

255. American Foreign Policy: The Cold War Period. (4) A critical examination d
the forces which shape American foreign policy and of selected policies followe
from World War II to the Cuban Missile Crisis.

256. The Cold War: Research in Washington, D. C. ( 1 ) The course focuses on Coh
War research in Washington, D.C., using the resources of the National Archive
and the Library of Congress. Offered in January.

Political Philosophy

271. Plato, Aristotle, and Classical Political Philosophy. (4) An examination of th<
nature and goals of the classical position, with attention both to its origins in ancien
Athens and its diffusion through Rome and the medieval world. Representatiw
writers are Plato, Aristotle, and Cicero.

272. Equality and Liberty. (4) The arguments lor and against democracy an<

republicanism, majority rule, and the tights of man. Representative writers arc
Rousseau and Mill.

273. Radical Critiques of Political Society. ( f) Anarchist, soc :ialist, and communis

criticisms of and alternatives to existing political societies, with special attention t<
such problems as utopianism and alienation. Representative writers are Marx am
Nietzsche.

275. Theory of the American Polity. (4) Critical examination of the intent ol t lie
Framers and the nature of the American polity. Representative writers are the
Federalists, Jefferson, and Lincoln. Does not meet theory distribution requirement
lor majors.

278. Foundations of Modern Political Philosophy. (4) An examination of tin
essential writings of thinkers who broke with the past in an attempt to establish ,i
more "realistic" approach to the stuck of politics. Representative writers are
Machiavelli, Hobbes, and Locke.

279. Minor Classics in Political Thought. (4) The stud) of one or two authors of

importance not ordinarily covered in courses in political thought or the study o
minor writings of major authors. Examples: Xenophon, Averroes, Swift, and
Locke's First Treatise. Offered in January.

Honors and Individual Study

284. Honors Study. (4) A conference course with a lac ult\ committee. Readings in
several fields provide the basis for an extensh e paper on a subject of spec ial interest
to the student. Ibis course is taken in the senior year by all candidates foi
departmental honors.

287. Individual Study. (2, 3, or 4) Internships, work/study projects, and othei
individual study programs.

123

Seminars

91. Seminar in American Politics. (4) Readings, research, and independent
udy on selected topics. P-Permission of the department.

92. Seminar in Comparative Politics. (4) Readings, research, and independent
1 udy on selected topics. P-Permission of the department.

93. Seminar in International Politics. (4) Readings, research, and independent
'tudy on selected topics. P-Permission of the department.

94. Seminar in Political Philosophy. (4) Readings, research, and independent
tudy on selected topics. P-Permission ol the department.

Psychology

I J°hn E. Williams, Chairman

h Professors Robert C. Beck, Robert H. Dufort, lohn E. Williams

Associate Professors David W. Catron, Philippe R. Falkenberg,

David Allen Hills, Charles L. Richman, John J. Woodmansee

Assistant Professor Cecilia H. Solano

Adjunct Assistant Professor Frank B. Wood

Visiting Assistant Professor Jean C. Seeman

Lecturer Brian M. Austin

Instructors Deborah L. Best, Kathryn B. Williams

Adjunct Instructors Sam T. Manoogian, David A. Stump

Psychology 151 is prerequisite to all courses of a higher number. Courses
lumbered below 151 do not count toward Division IV requirements or toward the
najor in psychology. Psychology 211, or special permission of the instructor, is
>rerequisite lor all 300-level courses except 313, 335, 344, 358, and 367.

It is recommended that students who are considering psychology as a major take
-•sychologv 151 in their freshman year and Psychology 211 in the fall of tlieii
■ophomore year. An average of C in psychology courses is required at the time the
najor is elected. The major in psychology requires the completion of a minimum of
'forty credits in psychology, including 151,211,212, and 313. In addition, the major
itudent must complete one course from each of the following groups: 320, 326.
329, and 333; 341, 351, 355, and 362. No more than forty-eight psychology credits
may be counted toward the graduation requirement.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to participate in the
lonors program in psychology. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in
Psychology," the student must complete satisfactorily a special sequence of courses
'381, 383) and pass an oral or written examination. In addition, the honors student
normally has a non-credit research apprenticeship with a faculty member. For more
detailed information members of the departmental faculty should be consulted.

100. Learning to Learn. (4) A workshop to help people improve their learning skills
through the application of basic principles of learning, remembering, and so forth.
Students at all levels welcomed. No prerequisite. Pass/Fail only.

102. Exploration of Career Planning. (4) Examination of educational/vocational

124

planning as a personal process, based on knowledge of self and the work world. N<
prerequisite.

151. Introductory Psychology. (4) A systematic survey of psychology as thel
scientific study of behavior. Prerequisite to all courses of a higher number.

211, 212. Research Methods in Psychology. (5, 5) Introduction to the design anc
statistical analysis of psychological research. Lab-twice weekly. P-Psychology 151 J

239. Altered States of Consciousness. (4) Examination of altered states oi
consciousness with special reference to sleep and dreams, meditation, hypnosis, and
drugs. P-Psychology 151.

241. Developmental Psychology. (3 or 4) Survey of physical, emotional, cognitive
and social development in humans from conception lo death. P-Psychology 151.

245. Survey of Abnormal Behavior. C.) or 4) Study of problem behaviors such as
depression, alcoholism, antisocial personality, the schizophrenias, and pathogenic
personality patterns, with emphasis on causes, prevention, and the relationships ol
these disorders to normal lifestyles. P-Psychology 151.

250. Psychology Abroad. (4) The study of psychology in foreign countries. Content
and travel plans vary from year to year depending upon interests of faculty and
students. Usually offered in January. P-Psychology 151.

255. Theories of Personality. (3 or 4) A comparative study of classical and
contemporary theories of human personality. P-Psychology 151.

260. Social Psychology. (3 or 4) A survey of the field, including theories of social
behavior, interpersonal attraction, attitudes and attitude change, and group
behavior. P-Psychology 151.

264. The Therapeutic Process. (4) Theories and laboratory practice of a variety of
psychotherapeutic methods, with special empbasis on developing the student's
facilitative skills as a therapeutic agent. P-Psychology 151.

265. Human Sexuality: A Changing Scene. (4) An exploration of the psychological
and physiological aspects of human sexuality, with attention to changing sexual
mores, sexual deviances, sexual dysfunction, and sex-related roles. P-Psvchology
151.

268. Psychology of Business and Industry. (3 or 4) Psychological principles and
methods applied to problems commonly encountered in business and industry.
P-Psychology 151.

270. Topics in Psychology. (1,2, or 3) The student selects from among a group of
short one-credit courses dealing with topics of special interest. The courses meet
sequentially, not concurrently, and options are offered in each portion of the
semester. P-Psychology 151.

270A. Aggression 270E. Emotion

270B. Applications of Psychology 270F. Human Sexuality

270C. Biofeedback 270G. Information-Processing

270D. Brain/Behavior Relations 270H. Intelligence

125

1701. Race and Young Children 270L. Sex Stereotypes and Roles

110]. Memory 270M. The Gifted and Creative Person

\270K. Psychology and Politics 270N. Liking and Loving Relationships

275. Issues in Psychology. (4) Seminar on contemporary theoretical and research
Issues in psychology. P-Psychology 151.

280. Directed Study. (1-4) Student research performed under faculty supervision.
P-Psychologv 151 and permission of the instructor.

'281. Individual Study. (4) A special project conducted under faculty supervision.
P-Psychologv 151 and permission of the department.

313. History and Systems of Psychology. (4) The development of psychological
thought and research from ancient Greece to present trends, with emphasis on
intensive examination of original sources. P-Psychologv 151.

320. Physiological Psychology. (4) Neurophysiological and neuroanatomical
explanations of behavior. P-Psvchologv 211 or permission of the instructor.

1322. Behavior Genetics. (2) A study of the effects of genes and chromosomes on

behavior and the importance of behavior in understanding evolution. P-Psychology

211.

323. Animal Behavior. (4) A survey of laboratory and field research on animal

behavior. This course may count as biology or psychology but not both; choice to be

determined at registration. P-Permission of the instructor.

326. Learning Theory and Research. (3 or 4) Survey of concepts and research in
learning, with particular emphasis on recent developments. P-Psychology 211.

329. Perception. (4) Survey of theory and research findings on various sensory
systems (vision, hearing, touch, taste). P-Psychology 211.

333. Motivation of Behavior. (3 or 4) Survey of basic motivational concepts and
related evidence. P-Psychology 211.

335. Fundamentals of Human Motivation. (4) Description and analysis of some
fundamental motivational phenomena, with special reference to human problems;
includes reward and punishment, conflict, anxiety, affection, needs for achieve-
ment and power, aggression, creativity, and curiosity. P-Psvchologv 151.

341. Research in Child Development. (4) Methodological issues and selected
research in child development. Research projects required. P-Psvchologv 211.

343. Developmental Disorders. (2) Delayed or distorted neural development
studied in relation to major disturbances of learning and behavior in children and
in the aging. P-Psychologv 211.

344. Abnormal Psychology. (4) Descriptive analysis of the major types of abnormal
behavior with attention to organic, psychological, and cultural causes and major
modes of therapy. Offered in the summer. P-Psvchologv 151.

347. Mental Retardation. (2) A brief overview of mental retardation covering
current definitions, diagnostic procedures, primary known causal factors, and
treatment procedures. Includes observational and/or practicum work in community
centers. P-Psychology 211.

126

351. Personality Research. (4) The application of a variety of research procedures
to the study of human personality. Research projects required. P-Psychology 211.

355. Research in Social Psychology. (4) Methodological issues and selected
research in the study of the human as a social animal. Field research projects
required. P-Psychology 211.

358. Psychology of Woman. (4) Intensive study of the behavior of women and its
personal application, including consideration ol biological, social, and motivational
factors. P-Psychology 151.

361. Operant Conditioning and Behavior Modification. (4) Principles, theory, and
experimental research in operant learning, with applications to the modification of
behavior in various populations and situations. P-Psychology 211.

362. Psychological Tests and Measurements. (4) Theory and application of
psychological assessment procedures in the areas of intelligence, aptitude,
vocational interest, and personality P-Psychology 211.

363. Survey of Clinical Psychology. (3 or 4) An overview of the field of clinical
psychology. P-Psychology 245 and senior standing or permission of the instructor.

367. Effectiveness in Parent/Child Relations. (4) A survey of popular approaches
to child-rearing, with examination of the research literature on parent/child
interaction and actual training in parental skills. P-Psychology 151.

369. Contemporary Applications of Psychology. (4) Supervised field experience in
applied psychology. P-Psychology 151 and permission of the instructor.

378. Instrumentation for Psychological Research. (2-4) Lecture/demonstration
presentation of electrical and mechanical equipment, followed by practical
application in small group project work. Assumes no prior knowledge of electricty
or construction. P-Permission of the instructor.

381. Honors Seminar. (3) Seminar on selected problems in psychology. Intended
primarily for students in the departmental honors program. P-Ps\chologv 21 1 and
permission of the instructor.

383. Honors Research. (3) Seminar in selected issues in research design, followed
by independent empirical research under the supervision of a member of the
departmental faculty. P-Psvchologv 212 and permission ol the instructor.

390. Advanced Theory and Method. (4) Seminar in a selected area of psvc hological
theory and research. P-Psychology 211.

392. Contemporary Problems in Psychology. (4) Seminar treatment of current
theory and research in several "frontier" areas of psychology. Principally for senior
majors planning to attend graduate school. P-Psychology 21 1 and senior standing.

IPPfS

• 9

Im §> £t §i Hi

127

Religion

Emmett Willard Hamrick, Chairman

Professors John William Angell, George McLeod Bryan, Robert Allen Dyer,

George J. Griffin, Emmett Willard Hamrick, Carlton T. Mitchell,

Charles H. Talbert

Visiting Professor Roger Hazelton

Associate Professors John E. Collins, Fred L. Horton Jr.

Assistant Professor Ralph C. Wood Jr.

Visiting Lecturer Thomas E. Dougherty Jr.

The department offers courses designed to give every student an opportunity to
require at least an introduction to the lilt-, literature, and most important
movements in the field of religion. It also seeks to give the students preparing for
specialized service as religious education directors, ministers, and missionaries the
foundational courses needed for further study.

A course in religion is required for .ill degrees. Any course offered In the
department is accepted to meet the requirement except for 218, 225, 237, 239, 240.
265, 266, 270, 273, 282. 286, 287, 202. and 346.

A major in religion requires a minimum of thirty-two credits, at least half of
which must he in courses above the 100-level.

Pre-ministerial students are advised to include in their program of stuch. in
addition to courses in religion, courses in philosophy, ancient history, public
speaking, and two languages ((.reek or Latin and German or French).

Highly qualified majors ate invited by the department to apply for admission to
the honors program in religion. To be graduated with the designation "Honors in
Religion," they must apply to the chairman of the department for admission to the
honors program, normally by February of the junior year. Upon completion of all
the requirements the candidate is graduated with "Honors in Religion.' For
additional information members of the departmental faculty should he consulted.

111. Introduction to the Old Testament. (4) A survey of the Old Testament
designed to introduce the student to the history, literature, and religion of the
ancient Hebrews.

112. Introduction to the New Testament. (4) A survey of the literature of the New
Testament in the context of early Christian history.

113. The Hebrew Prophets. (4) A study of tfie background, personal characteris-
tics, function, message, contribution, and present significance of the Hebrew
prophets.

114. The Wisdom Literature. (4) An introduction to the Wisdom Literature of the

Old Testament, with special attention to Proverbs.

120. Introduction to the Bible. (4) A consideration of prominent themes found in
the Old and New Testaments. May he taken only bv students who do not take-
Religion 111 or 1 12.

131. Basic Christian Ethics. (4) The Biblical and theological foundation of the
Christian ethic and its expression in selected contemporary problems.

128

161. World Religions. (4) The place of religion in life and the origin, nature, and
accomplishments of the living religions of the world, studied from the historical
point of view.

164. History of Christianity. (4) A rapid survey of the history of the Christian
Church.

166. American Religious Life. (4) A study of the history, organization, worship,
and beliefs of American religious bodies, with particular attention to cultural
factors.

171, 172. Meaning and Value in Western Thought. (4, 4) A critical survey of
religion and philosophy in the Western world from antiquity to modern times.
Either Religion 171 or 172 satisfies the philosophy or religion requirement; both
171 and 172 satisfy both the philosophy and religion requirements; choice
determined at registration.

173. An Introduction to Christian Theology. (4) A study of the ground, structure.
and content of Christian belief.

176. Theology and Modern Literature. (4) A study of modern literary artists whose
themes are primarily theological, from Hopkins to Tolkien.

200. Myth. (4) A study of the approaches to the interpretation of'mvth, with a focus
on the meaning and values implicit in the myths of contemporary culture.

201. Meaning of Religion. (4) A phenomenological study of different ways of
defining religion, including views of representative philosophers, psychologists,
sociologists, anthropologists, theologians, and historians of religion.

202. Religious Ecstasy. (4) A phenomenological study of religious ecstasy and of
the methods by which it is obtained. Views of selected psychologists, sociologists,
anthropologists, and historians of religion considered.

214. Introduction to Biblical Archeology. (4) A survey of the contributions of Near
Eastern archeology to Biblical studies.

215. Visions of the End: Jewish and Christian Apocalyptic. (4) Reading and study
of Biblical and non-Biblical apocalyptic texts.

217. The Old Testament Apocrypha. (4) Reading of the books of the Apocrypha,
with special attention to their origin and significance, and with a consideration of
the ambivalence of Judaism and Christianity toward this literature. Pass/Fail.
Usually offered in January.

218. Seminar in the Mediterranean World. (4) Travel and study in such countries
as Creece, Italy, 4 urkey, Egypt, Lebanon, Syria, and Israel.

224. Jesus and the Synoptic Gospels. (4) A study of Jesus' proclamation and activity
in the light of modern critical research on the Gospels.

225. The Gospel Genre. (4) Consideration of the Apocryphal Gospels and of
non-Christian writings that assist in answering the question, what is a gospel?
Pass/Fail optional.

236. Church and Community. (4) An examination of the basic needs and trends of

129

the contemporary community, especially the rural and suburban, in the light of the
Christian norms for "the good community."

237. Black Religion and Black Churches in America. (4) Survey of literature on
these themes with an examination of the historical background and special
attention to the contemporary area.

238. Religion and Science. (4) An analysis of the relationship between science and
, religion in world culture.

239. Ethical Value Systems in Confrontation, Conflict, and Creativity. (4)

i Exposure to Third World cultures by travel to Africa, Asia, or Latin America.
/ Pass/Fail. Usually offered in January.

'■ 240. Principles of Religious Education. (4) A study of the theory and practice of
' religious education, with emphasis on the basic foundations in religion and
education.

261. Judaism in the First Three Centuries of the Common Era. (4) A study of the
development of Rabbinic Judaism out of the sects and movements of first century
■ Judaism.

'265. Religion in North Carolina. (4) A study of the major religious groups in North
> Carolina, with special emphasis upon their historical backgrounds. Visits to
historical churches and other sites. Pass/Fail. Usually offered in January.

i 266. Religious Sects and Cults. (4) An examination of certain religious sects in
America, including such groups as Jehovah"s Witnesses, communal groups, and
Black Muslims. Pass/Fail. Usually offered in January.

| 270. Walker Percy. (4) A theological examination of his novels and essays, his
, Southern stoic background, and his use of European existentialism.

273. Studies in Ecumenical Theology. (4) A study of the ecumenical movement
among Christians in the twentieth century, especially as related to the World
Council of Churches and the Vatican. The course involves visits to Geneva and
Rome. Pass/Fail. Usually offered in January.

276. The Problem of Evil from Job to Shakespeare. (4) A comparative analysis of
the source and remedy of evil in Job, Aeschvlus, Sophocles, Plato, Dante, and
Shakespeare.

277. Christian Literary Classics. (4) A study of Christian texts which are
masterpieces of literature as well as faith, including works by Augustine, Dante,
Pascal, Bunyan, Milton, and Newman.

282. Honors in Religion. (4) A conference course including directed reading and
the writing of a research report.

286, 287. Directed Reading. (1-4. 1-4) A project in an area of study not otherwise
available in the department, permitted upon departmental approval of a petition
presented by a qualified student.

292. Teaching of Religion. (4) A study of the teaching of religion in church, school,
and community. This course may be credited as education for those who are
applicants for a state teacher's certificate in religious education.

130

312. Poetic Literature of the Old Testament. (4) A study of Hebrew poetry, its
types, its literary and rhetorical characteristics, and its significance in the faith of
ancient Israel.

315, 316. Field Research in Biblical Archeology. (4, 4) A studv of the religion and
culture of the ancient Near East through the excavation and interpretation of an
ancient site.

317. The Ancient Near East. (4) A comparative study of ancient Near Eastern
cultures and religions, with special emphasis on Israel's relationships with
surrounding peoples.

321. The Quest for the Historical Jesus. (4) An investigation of the possibilitv and
relevance of historical knowledge about Jesus through a consideration of the
seminal "Lives of Jesus" since the eighteenth century.

322. The General Epistles. (4) An exegetical study of two or more of the General
Epistles, with emphasis on the setting of the epistles in the life of the Earlv Church.

326. Early Christian Theologians: Paul. (4) An introduction to the Pauline
interpretation of Christianity and its place in the life of the Early Church.

327. Early Christian Theologians: The Fourth Evangelist. (4) An examination of
the Johannine interpretation of Jesus and Christian faith.

334. Christian Ethics and Contemporary Culture. (4) A studv of the encounter
between the Christian ethic and the value svstems implicit in social areas such as
economics, politics, race, and sex.

346. Theological Foundations of Religious Education. (4) A studv of theological

methodology, theories of learning, and philosophies of education in terms of their
implications for religious education.

350. Psychology of Religion. (4) An examination of the psychological elements in
the origin, development, and expression of religious experience.

354. Religious Development of the Individual. (4) A studv of growth and
development through childhood and adolescence to adulthood, with emphasis on
the role of the home and the church in religious education.

355. Theology of Pastoral Care and Counseling. (4) A study of the relationship
between theology and the purpose, theories, and methods of pastoral care.
P-Permission of the instructor.

360. Hinduism. (4) A studv of the fundamental features of the Hindu tradition.

361. Buddhism. (4) A studv of the Buddhist tradition, its fundamental features,
and its impact on the cultures of Asia.

363. Hellenistic Religions. (4) Consideration of available source materials,
questions of method, and bibliography related to such Hellenistic religions as the
mysteries, Hellenistic Judaism, and Gnosticism.

364. Islam. (4) A studv of the fundamental concepts of Islamic thought and the
historical context of its development. Both the ancient and contemporarv impact of
the teachings of Islam considered.

131

365. History of Religions in America. (4) A study of American religions from
{colonial times until the present.

373. History of Christian Thought. (4) A study of the history of Christian thought,
! beginning with its Hebraic and Creek backgrounds and tracing its rise and
i development to modern times.

374. Contemporary Christian Thought. (4) An examination of the major issues and
personalities in modern theology.

' 376. The Origins of Existentialism. (4) A study of the principal nineteenth century
figures who form the background for twentieth century existentialism: Goethe,
! Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Dostoevsky, and Tolstoy.

Hebrew

111, 112. Elementary Hebrew. (4, 4) A course for beginners in the classical Hebrew
'of the Bible, with emphasis on' the basic principles of Hebrew grammar and the
treading of Biblical texts. Both semesters must be completed.

153. Intermediate Hebrew. (4) Intensive work in Hebrew grammar and syntax
Jbased upon the readings of selected texts. Readings emphasize post-Biblical
Hebrew. P-Hebrew 111, 112, or the equivalent.

211. Hebrew Literature. (4) The reading and discussion of significant Biblical
; Hebrew texts. P-Hebrew 153.

212. Hebrew Literature II. (4) The reading and discussion of significant Biblical
'and post-Biblical texts. Offered on demand. P-Hebrew 153.

301. Introduction to Semitic Linguistics. (4) In each of the four weeks the history
and structure of one of the languages from the Hamito-Semitic family of languages
iare studied. Usually offered iti January.

Romance Languages

Mary Frances Robinson, Chairman

Professor of Humanities Germaine Bree

Professors Shasta M. Bryant, Harry L. King Jr., John E. Parker Jr.,

Mary Frances Robinson, Richard L. Shoemaker, Anne S. Tillett

Associate Professors Doranne Fenoaltea, Kathleen Glenn

Assistant Professors Gary R. Ljungquist, Milorad R. Margitic,

Gregorio C. Martin, Blanche C. Speer

Lecturers Bianca Artom, Eva Marie Rodtwitt

Instructors Julian Bueno, Frances Creighton, Candelas M. Newton,

Anna- Vera Sullam (Venice), Mary L. Thomas, Sylvia Trelles,

Frank H. Whitchurch

The major in French requires a minimum of thirtv-six credits, at least
twenty-four of which must be in literature. French 219 and 221 or their equivalents
are required; History 321 and 322 are recommended. An average of at least C must
be earned in all courses taken in the major.

The major in Spanish requires a minimum of thirty-six credits, at least twenty of

132

which are normally in literature. Spanish 219 and 221 or their equivalents are
required; Spanish 223 and 224 and eight credits chosen from 225, 226, and 227 are
recommended. Spanish 173, 181, 182, and 187 may not be counted toward the
major. An average of at least C must be earned in all courses taken in the major, j

A joint major is offered in French and Spanish, consisting of fifty-six credits in
the two languages and literatures, excluding elementary language. Required
courses for this major are French 153x, 216, 217, 219, 221, and 224; Spanish 153x,
either 215 or 216,' 219, 221, either 223 or 224, and eight credits from 225-227.1
Equivalents may be substituted. An average of at least C must be earned in all-
courses taken in the major.

All majors are strongly urged to take advantage of the department's study abroad
programs and to live for at least a semester at one of the foreign language residence
centers at the Graylyn Estate.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply for admission to
the honors program in French or Spanish. To be graduated with the designation
"Honors in Romance Languages," a candidate must complete French or Spanish
280 and 281 and pass a comprehensive written and oral examination. The oral
examination may be conducted, at least in part, in the major language. For:
additional information members of the departmental faculty should be consulted.

101. Self-Instructional Language. (4) A self-instructional language course covering
the principles of grammar and pronunciation in one of the less commonly taught
languages, such as Japanese, Swedish, Arabic, or Thai. Individual self-instruction in
the language of the student's choice through the use of recorded material and
textbooks. Admission by petition to the Foreign Language Placement Review
Committee. Elective credit only; does not satisfy basic or divisional course
requirements.

French

111, 112. Elementary French. (4, 4) A course for beginners, covering the principles
of French grammar and emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading of
elementary texts. Lab required.

113. Intensive Elementary French. (5) A one-semester course covering the
elements of grammar and skills presented in French 111-112. Intended for
students whose preparation for French 153 is inadequate. Not open to students
who have received credit for French 112. Lab required.

153. Intermediate French. (5) A review of grammar and composition with practice
in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Lab required. P- French 111-112, 1 13, or
two years of high school French.

153x. Intermediate French. (4) Open to students by placement or permission. Lab
required.

164. A Classic in Comedy. (2-4) Participants plan and present a production of a
French comedy. The play is rehearsed and performed in French; students are ;
involved in all aspects of production. P-Permission of the instructor.

133

181. Swiss French Civilization. (4) The course is designed to acquaint the student
with the Swiss people and their civilization through living for a few weeks with
families. Visits are made to points of cultural interest, historical, literary, and
artistic. A journal and a paper describing in detail some aspect of Swiss French
civilization, both in French, are required. Offered in January.

185. Paris, Cultural Center of France. (4) A study of Paris monuments on location
to explore the development of the city as capital and cultural center of France. No
prerequisites. Usually offered in the summer.

187. France in January. (4) The course is designed to acquaint students with French
people and their civilization through living for a few weeks with families. Visits are
made to points of cultural interest. Offered in January. P-French 153 or permission
of the instructor.
] 199. French Individual Study. (2-4) P-Permission of the department.

c 213. Masterpieces of French Literature I. (4) Reading of selected texts in French
'from the seventeenth to the twentieth centuries. Parallel reading and reports. Only
: ione course in masterpieces may count toward the major, but either may satisfy the
basic or divisional requirement. P-French 153 or equivalent.

214. Masterpieces of French Literature II. (4) Reading of selected texts in French
j from the seventeenth to the twentieth centuries. Parallel reading and reports. Only

one course in masterpieces may count toward the major, but either may satisfy the
[basic or divisional requirement. P-French 153 or equivalent.

216. Survey of French Literature from the Middle Ages through the Eighteenth
' Century. (4) Study of selected texts, parallel reading, and study of trends and
'movements. Taught largely in French. P-French 153 or permission of the

instructor.

217. Survey of French Literature of the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries. (4)

Study of selected texts, parallel reading, and study of trends and movements.
.Taught largely in French. P-French 153 or permission of the instructor.

219. Composition and Review of Grammar. (4) A systematic review of the
fundamental principles of comparative grammar, with practical training in writing
idiomatic French. Required for major. P-French 153 or equivalent.

'221. Conversation and Composition. (4) Practice in speaking and writing French,
'Stressing correctness of sentence structure, phonetics, pronunciation, fluency, and

vocabulary for evervdav situations. Required for major. Lab required. P-French

153 or equivalent.

224. French Civilization. (4) An introduction to French culture and its historical
development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social, and economic life of
j France. Taught in French. P-French 221 or permission of the instructor.

227. History of French Civilization. (2) An introduction to the historical
i development of French culture, including consideration of its intellectual, artistic,
i and political heritage. Taught in French. P-French 221 or permission of the

instructor.

134

228. Contemporary France. (2) A study of present-day France, including aspects of
geography and consideration of social, political, and educational factors in French
life today. Taught in French. P-French 221 or permission of the instructor.

229. Business French. (4) A study of French used in business procedures,
emphasizing specialized vocabulary pertaining to business correspondence, corpo-
rate organization, banking, and governmental relations, with practice in translation
and interpretation, oral and written. P-French 219 and 221 or permission of the
instructor.

231. Medieval French Literature. (2-4) A survey of French literature of the Middle
Ages with cultural and political backgrounds. Selected masterpieces in original
form and modern transcription. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of the
instructor.

233. Sixteenth Century French Literature. (4) The literature and thought of the
Renaissance in France, with particular emphasis on the works of Rabelais,
Montaigne, and the major poets of the age. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of
the instructor.

241. Seventeenth Century French Literature. (4) A study of the outstanding writers
of the Classical Age. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of the instructor.

242. Seminar in Seventeenth Century French Literature. (4) Study of selected
topics of the period. Topics may vary from year to year. P-French 216 or 217 or
permission of the instructor.

251. Eighteenth Century French Literature. (2-4) A survey of French literature of
the eighteenth century with cultural and political backgrounds. P-French 216 or
permission of the instructor.

252. Seminar in Eighteenth Century French Literature. (2-4) Study of selected
topics of the period. Topics vary from year to year. P-French 216 or 217 or
permission of the instructor.

261. Nineteenth Century French Literature. (4) A studv of French literature of the
nineteenth century with cultural and political backgrounds. P-French 216 or 21 7 or
permission of the instructor.

262. Seminar in Nineteenth Century French Literature. (4) Study of selected topics
of the period. Topics vary from year to year. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of
the instructor.

263. Trends in French Poetry. (4) A study of the development of the poetic genre
with analysis and interpretation of works from each period. P-French 216 or 217 or
permission of the instructor.

264. French Novel. (4) A broad survey of French prose fiction, with critical study of
several masterpieces in the field. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of the
instructor.

265. French Drama. (4) A study of the chief trends in French dramatic art, with
reading and discussion of representative plays. P-French 216 or 217 or permission
of the instructor.

135

271. Twentieth Century French Literature. (4) A study of general trends and
representative works of the foremost prose writers, dramatists, and poets. P-French
216 or 217 or permission of the instructor.

272. Seminar in Twentieth Century French Literature. (4) Study of selected topics
of the period. Topics vary from year to year. P-French 216 or 217 or permission of

ithe instructor.

'280. Directed Research. (2) Required for honors in French.
281. Directed Study. (3-4) Extensive reading and/or research to meet individual
1 needs. Required for departmental honors. P-Permission of the department.

371. Surrealism. (4) Origins, theories, evolution, and impact. This course examines
the interconnections between Surrealist poetry and painting and the works of
Breton, Eluard, and Aragon. Conducted in French. P-French 221 or equivalent.

372. Proust. (4) Study of substantial portions of Proust's A la Recherche du Temps
berdu, its themes, and their significance in historical and aesthetic context.
Conducted in French. P-French 221 or equivalent.

373. French Images of America. (4) A study of French points of view through the
reading of texts beginning with Tocqueville and ending with Michel Butor's Mobile.
The course attempts to relate them to a variety of circumstances and influences,
political, sociological, and cultural. Conducted in French. P-French 221 or

'equivalent.

Semester in France

The department sponsors a semester in France in Dijon, the site of a

well established French university. Students go as a group in the fall semester,

accompanied by a departmental faculty member.
No particular major is required tor eligiblitv. However, a student (1) should be of

junior standing and (2) should have taken as prerequisite French 221 or its
Equivalent or at very least one French course beyond the intermediate level.
1 Students are placed in language courses according to their level of ability in

French, as ascertained by a test given at Dijon. Courses are taught by native French
/professors. The resident director supervises academic, residential, and extracurri-
cular affairs and has general oversight of independent study projects.

2232. Advanced Oral and Written French. (2-4) Study of grammar, composition,
pronunciation, and phonetics, with extensive practice in oral and written French.

2292. French Civilization. (2-4) An introduction to French culture and its historical
development. Field trips to museums and to points of historical and cultural
j significance in Paris and in the French provinces.

'2402. Independent Study. (2-4) One of several fields; scholar's journal and
~esearch paper. Supervision by the director of the semester in France and

^valuation by the department for which credit is granted. Work may be
supplemented by lectures on the subject given at the Universite de Dijon Faculte
ies Lettres et Sciences Humaines.

136

2752. French Literature. (2-4) The novel, theatre, and poetry of France, largely of
the period since 1850.

2762. Literary Pilgrimage. (2-4) Reading of selected French texts, with visits to sites
having literary associations. A study of the relationship between milieux and works.
Taught in French-speaking countries.

Art 2712. Studies in French Art. (2) Lectures and field trips in French painting,
sculpture, and architecture, concentrating on the eighteenth and nineteenth
centuries.

History 2262. The Golden Age of Burgundy. (2) Burgundian society, culture, and
government in the reigns of Philip the Bold, John the Fearless, Philip the Good,
and Charles the Rash, 1384-1477.

Spanish

111, 112. Elementary Spanish. (4, 4) A course for beginners covering grammar
essentials and emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading of elementary texts.
Lab required.

113. Intensive Elementary Spanish. (5) A one-semester course covering the
elements of grammar and skills presented in Spanish 111-112. Intended for
students whose preparation for Spanish 153 is inadequate or who have demon-
strated proficiency in another language. Not open to students who have received
credit for Spanish 112. Lab required.

153. Intermediate Spanish. (5) A review of grammar and composition with practice
in conversation. Reading of selected texts. P-Two years of high school Spanish or
equivalent. Lab required.

153x. Intermediate Spanish. (4) Open by placement or permission. Lab required.

161. The Spanish Romancero. (4) Study of the importance of the romancero in the
literature and life of Spain, focusing on the older ballads of the Middle Ages and
Renaissance. Offered in January.

162. A Panorama of Drama. (4) A brief sampling of Spanish drama from its early
period to the contemporary theatre, studying in Spanish representative works from
each major period. Approximately six plays. The class selects one play to present in
Spanish, with students having directing and acting responsibilities. Offered in
January.

171. Contemporary Spanish American Novel. (4) A detailed study of a novel in
Spanish by each of five or six outstanding contemporary Spanish American
novelists, such as Julio Cortazar, Carlos Fuentes, and Gabriel Garcia Marquez

Usually offered in January.

173. The Mexican Novel in Translation since 1915. (4) A study of the Mexican
Revolution of 1910-1918 as seen through the eyes of authors contemporary with
the events they describe and of those who wrote in its aftermath: Azuela, Guzman,
and Yanez; Rulfo and Fuentes. Pass/Fail. Usually offered in January.

181. Colombia: Study Tour of Bucaramanga, Cali, and Medellin. (4) 4 ravel in

137

Colombia and residence in one of its major cities in homes of private families for a
period of three weeks. Students receive instruction in spoken Spanish and in
Colombian literature and anthropology and political, social, or economic history.
' Offered in January.

182. Introduction to Spain. (2-4) Familiarization with the Spanish people, Spanish

■ culture, and daily life in Spain during the one-month orientation period preceding

the beginning of formal classes in the semester in Spain program. Classes in

conversational and idiomatic Spanish, excursions to points of historical and artistic

) interest, and lectures on selected topics.

187. Culture and Language. (4) A study of Spanish culture and language, tailored
to various levels of student ability. Taught only in the Spanish world. Does not
count toward the major.

199. Individual Study. (2-4) P-Permission of the department.

1 214. Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (4) Selected readings in Spanish and
-i Spanish American literature. Designed as a substitute for either Spanish 215 or 216.
Offered in the summer. P-Spanish 153 or equivalent.

J ' 215. Major Spanish Writers. (4) Reading of selected texts. P-Spanish 153 or
* equivalent.

216. Major Spanish American Writers. (4) Reading of selected texts. P-Spanish 153
or equivalent.

219. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (4) A systematic review of the
fundamental principles of comparative grammar, with practical training in writing
idiomatic Spanish. Lab required. P-Spanish 153 or equivalent.

, 221. Conversation and Composition. (4) Practice in speaking and writing Spanish,
stressing correctness of sentence structure, phonetics, pronunciation, fluency, and
vocabulary of everyday situations. Lab required. P-Spanish 153 or equivalent.

223. Latin American Civilization. (4) The culture and its historical development;
emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social, and economic life. P-Spanish 215

1 or 216.

224. Spanish Civilization. (4) The culture and its historical development; emphasis
. on intellectual, artistic, political, social, and economic life. P-Spanish 215 or 216.

225. Survey of Spanish Literature from the Middle Ages through the Seventeenth
Century. (4) Extensive reading and study of trends and influences. P-Spanish 215

! or 216.

i 226. Survey of Spanish Literature from the Eighteenth Century to the Present. (4)

Extensive reading and study of trends and movements. P-Spanish 215 or 216.

227. Survey of Spanish American Literature. (4) Extensive reading and study of
works from the colonial through the contemporary periods, with emphasis on the
late nineteenth and twentieth centuries. P-Spanish 215 or 216.

229. Commercial, Official, and Social Correspondence. (4) Instruction in the
special vocabularies, formats, and styles required in written and telegraphic

138

communications. Students write in Spanish communications appropriate to each
type of correspondence. P-Spanish 219 or permission of the instructor.

234. Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes. (4) A study of the several types of
prose fiction, such as the sentimental, chivalric, pastoral, Moorish, and picaresque'
novels, prior to 1605. P-Spanish 215 or 216.

241. Golden Age Drama. (4) A study of the major dramatic works of Lope de Vega,
Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina, Ruiz de Alarcon, and others. P-Spanish 215
or 216.

243. Cervantes. (4) Intensive study of the life and works of Cervantes, with special
emphasis on the Quixote and the novelets ejemplares. P-Spanish 215 or 216.

244. Seminar in Cervantes. (2-4) A study of special aspects of Cervantes' works,
such as the novelas ejemplares and his dramatic works. P-Spanish 215 or 216.

252. Seminar in Hispanic Poetry. (2-4) A study of selected topics, such as
gonogonsmo, the romancero, and the Generation of 1927. P-Spanish 215 or 216.

261. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel. (4) A study of the novels of Yalera,
Pereda, Galdos, Pardo Bazan, Blasco Ibanex, and their contemporaries. P-Spanish
215 or 216.

265. Spanish American Novel. (4) A studv of the novel in Spanish America from its
beginning through the contemporary period. P-Spanish 215 or 216.

266. Seminar in Spanish American Novel. (4) A study of one or more categories of
Spanish American novels, such as romantic, indianista, realistic, gauchesca, and social
protest. P-Spanish 215 or 216.

269. Nineteenth Century Spanish Drama. (4) A study of the principal dramatic
works from neoclassicism to the end of the century. P-Spanish 215 or 216.

271. Modern Spanish Drama. (4) A study of the principal dramatic works from the
end of the nineteenth century through the contemporary period. P-Spanish 215 or
216.

273. Modern Spanish Novel. (4) A study of representative Spanish novels from the
Generation of 1898 through the contemporary period. P-Spanish 215 or 216.

274. Seminar in Modern Spanish Literature. (2) An analysis of selected works
representative of such movements as costumbrismo, realism, naturalism, and the
contemporary social novel. P-Spanish 215 or 216.

280. Directed Research. (2) Required for honors in Spanish.

281. Directed Study. (3-4) Extensive reading and/or research, to meet individual
needs. Required for departmental honors. P-Permission of the department.

Semester in Spain

The department offers a semester in Spain at Salamanca, the site of a
well established Spanish university. Students go as a group in the spring semester,
accompanied bv a professor from the College.

No particular major is required for eligiblity. However, a student (1) should be of

139

junior standing, (2) should have completed intermediate Spanish or its equivalent,
and (3) should he approved by both the major department and the Department of
Romance Languages. A course in Spanish conversation is also recommended.

1829. Introduction to Spain. (2-4)

2049. Spanish Phonetics and Phonology. (4)

2059. History of the Spanish Language. (4)

2419. Golden Age Literature. (4)

Sociology 2029. Social-Political Structures of Present Day Spain. (4)

History 2019. General History of Spain. (4)

Art 2029. Spanish Art and Architecture. (4)

Chinese

< 111,1 12. Elementary Chinese. (4, 4) Emphasis on the development of listening and
j speaking skills in Mandarin. Brief introduction to the writing svstem. Basic sentence
i patterns covered. Lab required.

199. Individual Study. (2-4) P-Permission of the department.

Hindi

111, 112. Elementary Hindi. (4, 4) Attention given mainlv to basic Hindi grammar,
f vocabulary-building, simple composition, and conversation. Lab required.

153. Intermediate Hindi. (4) Advanced practice in Hindi composition and
>i conversation and introduction to literary Hindi. Lab required. P-Hindi 111, 112, or
the equivalent.

211. Hindi Literature. (4) Reading and translation of selected texts in prose and
i. poetry and journalistic Hindi. Lab required. P-Hindi 153.

3 Italian

1 113. Elementary Italian. (5) Intensive course for beginners, emphasizing the
' structure of the language and oral practice. Recommended for students in the
^ Venice program and for language majors. Lab required. Lecture-five hours. Offered

every semester.

153. Intermediate Italian. (5) Continuation of 1 13, with emphasis on reading and
j. speaking. Lab required. Lecture-five hours. P-Italian 113 or two vears of high
school Italian.

153x. Intermediate Italian. (4) Open by placement or permission. Lab required.

199. Individual Study. (2-4) P-Permission of the instructor.

215. Introduction to Italian Literature I. (4) Reading of selected texts in Italian.

Satisfies basic requirement in foreign language. Offered in the spring. P-Italian 153 or

equivalent.

140

216. Introduction to Italian Literature II. (4) May alternate with 215. Satisfies basic
requirement in foreign language. P-Italian 153 or equivalent.

Semester in Venice

2213. Spoken Italian. (4) Course in oral Italian, offered only in Venice. Students
are placed in small groups according to their levels of fluency. Elective credit.

Norwegian

190, 191. Norwegian. (4, 4) Independent study of the language and directed
reading of texts in Norwegian. Primarily for students specializing in foreign
languages.

Russian

111, 112. Elementary Russian. (4, 4) The essentials of Russian grammar,
conversational drill, and reading of elementary texts. Lab required. P-Permission of
the instructor.

153. Intermediate Russian. (5) 1 raining in principles of translation with grammar
review and conversation practice. Lab required. P-Russian 112 or equivalent.

153x. Intermediate Russian. (4) Open by placement or permission. Lab required.

165. Solzhenitsyn: The Politics of Literature. (4) Reading and discussion of all the
works of Solzhenitsyn available in English. One long paper. Offered in January.

215. Introduction to Russian Literature. (4) Reading of edited texts from the
nineteenth century. P-Russian 153 or equivalent.

216. Introduction to Russian Literature. (4) Reading of edited texts from the
twentieth century. P-Russian 153 or equivalent.

217. Seminar in Nineteenth Century Russian Literature. (4) A study of the
foremost writers, with reading of representative works. P-Russian 153 or
equivalent.

218. Seminar in Contemporary Russian Literature. (4) Reading of representative
works in Russian with discussion of political and cultural backgrounds. P-Russian
153 or equivalent.

Sociology

Philip J. Perricone, Chairman

Professor John R. Earle

Associate Professors William H. Gulley, Philip J. Perricone

Assistant Professor Susan A. Ostrander

Visiting Assistant Professor James D. Walter

A major in sociologv requires thirty-six credits and must include Sociology 151,
371, and 372. A minimum average of 2.0 in sociology courses is required at the time
the major is declared. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 in all sociology
courses is required for graduation.

141

To be graduated with the designation "Honors in Sociology," highly qualified
majors are invited to apply to the department for admission to the honors program.
They must complete a senior research project, document their research, and
satisfactorily defend their work in an oral examination. For additional information
members of the departmental faculty should be consulted.

151. Principles of Sociology. (3 or 4) General introduction to the field; social
organization and disorganization, socialization, culture, social change, and other
aspects.

152. Social Problems. (3 or 4) Survey of contemporary American social problems.
P-Sociology 151.

205. Photography in the Social Sciences. (3 or 4) Explores the use of photography
as a research technique for the social sciences; camera and darkroom instruction
included. Usually offered iti January. P-Permission of the instructor.

248. Marriage and the Family. (3 or 4) The social basis of the family, emphasizing
the problems growing out of modern conditions and social change.

301. Religion as a Social Institution. (3) A cross-cultural study of religious
organizations,' cults, and sects. Examination of the forms of organization and their
relationship to other social factors. Usually offered in January. P-Sociology 151.

302. The Sociology of Cults. (3) A social scientific assessment of cults as new and
deviant religious movements within modern industrial societv. Examination of the
history, doctrine, organization, and appeal of movements. Usually offered in January.

303. The Police and Society. (4) A study of the position and role of the police in
modern society. Examination of the nature of social control in human societies, the
role of the police in social control, the police in France, England, and the United
States, and the extent and causes and treatment of crime in America. Usually offered
in January. P-Permission of the instructor.

305. Male and Female Roles in Society. (3 or 4) Changing male and female roles in
the context of societal institutions and sociological theories that explain such
changes. Consideration of feminism as a social movement and of consequences of
changing roles for human interaction. P-Sociology 151.

310. Death and Dying. (3) Study of some of the basic issues and problems of
modern man in accepting and facing death. Offered in January. P-Permission of the
instructor.

325. Self and Society: An Interactionist Perspective. (3 or 4) An analysis of the
effects of social relationships upon self-development, self-presentation, and the
learning of social roles and norms, with special emphasis on language and symbolic
interaction. P-Sociology 151.

333. The Urban Community. (3 or 4) A survey of materials relating to the
community as a unit of sociological investigation, with emphasis on the urban
setting. Of particular value for social work or community planning. P-Sociology
151. '

142

335. Medical Sociology. (3 or 4) Analysis of the social variables associated with
health and illness and with the practice of medicine. P-Sociology 151.

337. Aging in Modern Society. (3 or 4) Basic social problems and processes of
aging. Social and psychological issues discussed. P-Sociologv 151.

340. Sociology of Child Development. (3 or 4) Socialization through adolescence in
the light of contemporary behavioral science, emphasizing the significance of social
structure. P-Sociologv 151.

341. Criminology. (3 or 4) Crime, its nature, causes, consequences, methods of
treatment, and prevention. P-Sociologv 151.

342. Juvenile Delinquency. (3 or 4) The nature and extent of juvenile delinquency;
an examination of prevention, control, and treatment programs. P-Sociologv 151
and permission of the instructor.

344. The Sociology of Deviant Behavior. (3 or 4) A sociological analysis of the
nature and causes of and societal reaction to deviant behavior patterns such as
mental illness, suicide, drug and alcohol addiction, sexual deviation, and criminal
behavior. P-Sociologv 151.

345. Seminar on Social Change. (3 or 4) An analvsis of the nature and theories of
social change, including the causes and types of social change, the social effects of
invention, the adjustment of social institutions to technological change, and the
impact of future technology on society. P-Sociologv 151.

346. Seminar on Social Utopias. (3 or 4) Survey of major Utopian literature;
emphasis is placed upon both the social organization in Utopian proposals and their
implicit critique of current society and social ideologies. P-Sociologv 151.

347. Society, Culture, and Sport. (3 or 4) An examination of the interrelationship
of sport and other social institutions. Emphasis on the study of both the structure of
sport and the functions of sport for society. P-Sociology 151.

358. Population and Society. (3 or 4) Techniques used in the studv of population
data. Reciprocal relationship of social and demographic variables. P-Sociologv 151.

359. Race and Ethnic Relations. (3 or 4) Racial and ethnic group prejudice and
discrimination and their effect on social relationships. Emphasis on psychological
and sociological theories of prejudice. P-Sociologv 151.

360. Social Stratification. (3 or 4) The studv of structured social inequality with a
particular emphasis on economic class, social status, and political power. P-
Sociologv 151.

365. Dependency Needs and Social Services. (3 or 4) Examination of various forms
of dependency, such as social, economic, emotional, and physical, and community
social agencies designed to meet these needs. Use of relevant literature, field
experience, and resource persons.

371-372. The Sociological Perspective. (4) A two-semester course dealing with the
development and application of major theories and research methods in sociology.
A continuing effort is made to enable the student to deal with current theoretically
oriented research. P-Sociologv 151 and permission of the instructor.

143

380. Social Statistics. (3 or 4) Basic statistics, emphasizing application in survey
research. A student who receives credit For this course may not also receive credit
for Biologv 248, Business 201, Mathematics 157, or Anthropology 380.

385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3 or 4) Intensive investigation of current
scientific research within the discipline which concentrates on problems of
contemporary interest. P-Permission of the instructor.

398, 399. Individual Study. (1-4, 1-4) Reading, research, or internship courses
designed to meet the needs and interests of selected students, to he carried out
under the supervision of a departmental faculty member.

Speech Communication and Theatre Arts

Donald H. Wolfe, Chairman

Professors Julian C. Burroughs Jr., Franklin R. Shirley, David H. Welker

Associate Professors Harold C. Tedford, Donald H. Wolfe

Assistant Professor Michael D. Hazen

Visiting Lecturer James H. Dodding

Instructors Caroline S. Fullerton, Allen D. Louden,

Jo Whitten May, Laura V. Rouzan

For convenience in advising majors, the department divides the study oi speech
communication and theatre arts into the following fields: (1) communication
theory, (2) rhetoric/public address, (3) radio/television/film, (4) theatre arts, and ( 3)
speech pathology/correction. It is possible for a student either to concentrate in one
of the first four fields or to take courses across the breadth of the discipline. Specific
courses of study are worked out in consultation with departmental faculty
members.

A major in speech communication and theatre arts consists of a minimum of forty
credits, at least eight of which must be at the 300-level. In order for a course to
count toward a student's major, the student must earn a grade oi C or higher in the
course.

Those students majoring in speech education and theatre arts education are
expected to take specific courses which meet the. requirements for teacher
certification. Information concerning the courses may be obtained from depart-
mental faculty members.

Highly qualified majors are invited by the department to apply tor admission to
the honors program in speech communication and theatre arts. To be graduated
with the designation "Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts." they
must successfully complete 281. For additional information members of the
departmental faculty should be consulted.

280. Special Seminar. (4) The intensive study of selected topics in communication.
Topics may be drawn from any theory or concept area of communication, such as
persuasion, organizational communication, film, or theatre.

281. Honors in Speech Communication and Theatre Arts. (4) A conference course
involving intensive work in the area of special interest for selected seniors who wish
to graduate with departmental honors.

144

282. Individual Study. (4) Special research and readings in a choice of interest to be
approved and supervised bv a faculty adviser.

283, 284. Debate, Radio/Television/Film, or Theatre Arts Practicum. (2, 2)

Individual projects in the student's choice of debate, radio/television/film, or
theatre arts; includes organizational meetings, faculty supervision, and faculty
evaluation. No student may register for more than two credits of practicum in any
semester. No student is allowed to take more than a total ol eight credit units in
practicum, only four credits of which may be counted toward a major in speech
communication and theatre arts. Pass/fail only.

Communication/Public Address

151. Public Speaking I. (4) A study of the nature and fundamentals of speech
communication. Practice in the preparation and delivery of short speecbes.

152. Public Speaking II. (4) The preparation and presentation of short speeches to
inform, convince, actuate, and entertain. P-Speech Communication 151.

153. Interpersonal Communication. (4) The course is divided into three parts:
communication theory, person-to-person communication, and small group interac-
tion.

155. Group Communication. (4) An introduction to the principles of discussion
and deliberation in small groups, with practice in group problem-solving and
discussion leadership.

156. Oral Interpretation of Literature. (4) Fundamentals of reading aloud, with
emphasis on selection, analysis, and performance.

161. Voice and Diction. (4) A study of the principles of voice and production, with

emphasis on phonetics as a basis for collect sound formation.

251. Persuasion. (4) A studv of the variables and contexts of persuasion in
contemporary society.

252. Argumentation and Debate. (4) A study of the principles of argumentation;

practical experience in researching and debating a public policy question.

253. The Rhetoric of Western Thought. (4) A survey of the major theories in
rhetoric from Plato to Burke, with emphasis on rhetorical criticism. Students apply
the historical/critical method to the rhetoric of contemporary movements.

261. Clinical Management of Speech and Language Disorders. (4) Methods used
to correct speech disorders of voice, rhythm, language, and articulation; observa-
tion of methods used with selected cases in clinical or public school settings. Offered
in alternate fall semesters.

262. Audiology. (4) Clinical audiology, including anatomy, physiology, disorders of
the hearing mechanism, and interpretations of basic measurements of auditory
function. Offered in alternate spring semesters.

263. Speech and Language Disorders I. (4) Study of the disorders of language,
articulation, and rhythm, with special emphasis on functional disorders; focus is on

145

the role the therapist plays in assisting the speech-handicapped child. Offered in
alternate fill semesters.

264. Speech and Language Disorders II. (4) Consideration of etiology and
symptoms of speech and language problems due to organic disorders of voice,
articulation, language, and hearing. Offered in alternate spring semesters.

271. Communication Theory. (4) An introduction to theory-building in communi-
' cation and to the major contemporary theorists in the field. P-Speech Communica-
tion 151 or permission of the instructor.

280. Special Seminar. (4) (See previous description.)

281. Honors Course. (4) (See previous description.)

282. Individual Study. (4) (See previous description.)

i 283, 284. Debate Practicum. (2. 2) (See prevous description.)

353. British Public Address. (4) A historical and critical survey of leading British
^speakers and their speeches from the sixteenth century to the present.

354. American Public Address. (4) The history and criticism of American public
address from colonial times to the present.

S355. Directing the Forensic Program. (4) A pragmatic study ol the methods of
directing high school and college forensics with work in the High School Debate
, Workshop. Offered in the summer.

I 356. The Rhetoric of Race Relations. (4) A study of race relations in America as
reflected in the rhetoric of selected black and white speakers. Students apply the
historical/critical method in exploring the effects of discourse on attempts at
interracial communication.

357. The Rhetoric of the Women's Movement. (4) A study of selected women
activists and the impact of their speeches and arguments from the 1800s to the
present. Emphasis on the "New Feminist Movement." Offered in January.

371. Research in Communication. (4) An introduction to design and statistical
| procedures for research in communication.

372. A Survey of Organizational Communication. (4) An introduction to the role
of communication in organizations, with emphasis on field applications.

374. Mass Communication Theory. (4) Theoretical approaches to the role of
communication in reaching mass audiences and its relationship to other levels of
communication. Offered in alternate years.

375. Communication and Conflict. (4) A study of communication in conflict
situations on the interpersonal and societal levels. Offered in alternate years. P-Speech
Communication 153 or permission of the instructor.

376. Small Group Communication Theory. (4) Advanced study of the principles of
small group interaction and discussion leadership. P-Speech Communication 155
or permission of the instructor.

378. Semantics and Language Behavior. (4) A study of the syntactic and semantic
aspects of communicative messages.

146

Radio/Television/Film

241. Introduction to Broadcasting. (4) A study of the historical, legal, economic
and social aspects of broadcasting.

245. Introduction to Film. (4) Historical introduction to motion pictures througl
the studv of various kinds of films and their relationship to society.

281. Honors Course. (4) (See previous description.)

282. Individual Study. (4) (See previous description.)

283. 284. Radio/Television/Film Practicum. (2, 2) (See previous description.

341. Radio/Television/Film Production. (2, 2, 2) Advanced radio/television/tilm
production workshop. May be taken more than once for two credits each time, but
for no more than a total of six credits. P-Speech Communication 283, 284.

342. Seminar in Radio/Television. (3 or 4) Extensive readings in and discussion ol
fundamental theory and current issues in radio and television. Offered on an
eleven- or fifteen-week basis. Offered in the spring. P-Speech Communication 241

346. Film Criticism. (3 or 4) A studv of film aesthetics through an analysis of the)
work of selected film makers and film critics. Offered on an eleven- or fifteen-week
basis. Offered in (he spring. P-Speech Communication 245.

Theatre Arts

121. Introduction to the Theatre. (4) A survey of all areas of theatre art. Experience
in laboratory and University Theatre productions. May be used to satisfy
requirement in Division I. Lab-three hours.

223. Stagecraft. (4) A studv of the basic elements of theatre technology. Practical
experience gained in laboratory and University Theatre productions. Open to
freshmen and sophomores by permission of the instructor. Lab-five hours.

226. Theories of Acting. (4) A studv of acting theories and fundamental acting
techniques. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of the instructor.
Lab-two hours.

227. Theatre Speech. (4) An intensive course in the analysis and correlation of the
physiological, physical, and interpretive aspects of voice and diction on the stage.

228. The Contemporary English Theatre. (4) An examination of the English
theatre through reading, lectures, seminars, and attendance at numerous live
theatre performances. The participants expected to submit written reactions to the
plays which are seen. Ample time to allow visits to museums, libraries, and historic
places. Taught in London. Offered in January. P-Permission of the instructor.

281. Honors Course. (4) (See previous description.)

282. Individual Study. (4) (See previous description.)

283. 284. Theatre Arts Practicum. (2, 2) (See previous description.)

320. Theatrical Scene Design. (4) A study of the theories and styles of stage design
and their application to the complete play. P-Theatre Arts 121 and 223 or
permission of the instructor.

147

321. Play Directing. (4) An introduction to the theory and practice of play
directing. A grade is not granted for this course until the student has completed
Theatre Arts 322. Lab-two hours. P-Theatre Arts 121 and 22(5 or permission of the
instructor.

322. Play Production Laboratory. (2) A laboratory in the organization, the
techniques, and the problems encountered in a dramatic production. The
production of a play for public performance required. P-Theatre Arts 321.

3230. The English Theatre, 1660-1940. (4) A study of the major developments in
the English theatre from the Restoration to World War II, including the plays,
playwrights, actors, audiences, theatre architecture, theatre management, cos-
tumes, and sets. Field trips include visits to theatres, museums, and performances.

Offered in London.

S324. Directing the Drama Program. (4) A study of the [unction oi drama in the

educational curriculum, with emphasis on the secondary level. Laboratory work in
the High School Drama Workshop. Lab-six hours. Offered in the summer.

325. Advanced Acting. (4) A concentrated study of the actor's art through theory
and practice. P-Theatre Arts 22b or permission of the instructor.

327. Theatre History I. (4) A survey of the development of the theatre from its

origins to 1870; includes lectures, readings, and reports.

328. Theatre History II. (4) A survey of the development of the modern theatre
from 1870 to the present day; includes lectures, leadings, and reports.

329. Advanced Theatre Speech. (4) Specific study in the theory and personal
development of vocal melody, rhythm, color, and harmony according to the form,
style, and mood of a theatrical production. P-4heatre Arts 227 or permission of the
instructor.

148

Degrees Conferred

August 5, 1977

Bachelor of Arts

Paul Clifton Bailey Jr.
Lynn Alexander Baucom
Martha Virginia Blake
Clarence Glenn Cook
Catherine Anne Covington-East
Walter Clifford Crowell III
Carl Albert Curry Jr.
Peter Joseph Dansie
John Leonard George
Stuart Braxton Gordon
Douglas Ward Hall
David Lindsav Hudson

William Pearson Linde II
Sandy Norris McDonald Jr.
Joseph Glenn McGee
William Peter McKay III
Lawrence Wayne Moores III
William Jeffery Owens
Dale Harding Parker
Preston Gregory Parrish
Mitchell Drew Rivenbark
Deborah Lynn Epperson Sizer
Sharon Ann Winters
James Johnson York

Bachelor of Science

Terry Randall Carroll
Scott Edward Chant
Paul Norman Cormier
Cecil Kenneth Cress
John Arthur Dover
Terrence Francis Giblin
Edward Michael Griffin
William David Hardin

Holly Ann Huffman
Joseph William Judd
Michael Joseph LaVallee
Charles Arthur Leslie Jr.
Donald Benjamin Mulnix
David Harold Newman
Fritz Richter III
Herman Ernest Schmid III

Michael Gregory Seaton
February 3, 1978

Bachelor of Arts

Matthew Raymond Bee

Virginia Lee Brown

Barry Scott Burke

Jennifer Ellen Norris Burnham

Ryland Pratt Byrd Jr.

Frank Cameron Carter

Fletcher Gregory Carter

Laura Virginia Chajka

Steven Paul Chandler

Philip Mark Chulick

John Tyler Cox

James R. Dever
John Edward Dowdell
Sue Jordan Erickson
George Hanson Futch Jr.
Jerome Curtis Gardocky
David Vincent Hettinger
Rose Margaret Hilliard
Charles Anderson Hostetler Jr.
Leona Roxanne Isgett
Susanna Jane Knutson
Gerald Xavier McManus

149

Lynn Denise Moose
"Michael T. Moraghan
Mark Jeffrey Olson
Glenn Thomas Pierce
Mary McMurray Reese
John Joseph Sabia Jr.
Sandra Leigh Self

Sharon Fran Slate
George Van Cleve Speer
Richard Kris Spilsbury
Joseph Gifford Taylor
Marsha McNeeley Thornton
Charles Gilbert Vogel
Michael Alan York

Bachelor of Science

Michael Kirkman Allen
Nancy Rebecca Arrants
William Howard Blinker
Stephen Edward Check
Michael Patrick Coyle
Charles Risdon Darracott III
Robert Fearrington Frye III
David Joseph Gesmundo
Merlin Alfred Henkel
Brooks William Johnson
Benjamin Wesley Kilgore IV

James R.

Charles Gordon Koury
Carol Anne Lawrence
Gary Claude Moody
David Craig Murr
Cynthia Janet Ruthhart
Sallie Rehder Serosky
Sarah Catherine Shoaf
Sandra Amelia Shoaf
Richard Wesley Slate
Stephanos George Steffan
Terry Webster Weary
Weinheimer

May 15, 1978

Bachelor of Arts

Bobby Steven Absher
Reid Caldwell Adams Jr.
Harry Anthony Alexander
William Glen Allen
Mary Margaret Alleshouse
Constance Nell Allman
James Herty Athaus
James Stephen Anderson
Marie Louise Anderson
Laura Jane Arnesen
Gail Lynne Austin
Suzan Brownell Ayers
Sidney Elizabeth Bachman
Elizabeth Benjamin Bagwell
Rebecca Ruth Baker
Pamela Lucille Barrow
Amanda Alice Basnight
Rosemary Batten
Mary Anne Bell

Nancy Jean Bell
John Michael Benenati
Don Thomas Benton
Eugene Junior Benton II
Henry Dunbar Berg
Gregg Myron Bergstrom
Frederick Lindsay Berry
Victor Scott Bihl
Arthur Fletcher Bingham
Thomas Albert Bland Jr.
Wedigan Powell Bland Jr.
Elizabeth Legena Blue
James Sanford Blythe
Kenneth Allen Boaz
Robert David Bogaty
Mary Frances Bolding
Donna Jane Booth
Lynda Beth Boozer
Jeffrey Charles Borden

150

Ralph Edwards Bottenus
George Heller Boudousquie Jr.
David Keith Boyter
David Bozeman
Douglas Mark Bradshaw
Stephen Douglas Brady
David Ferrell Branch Jr.
Edward Marlowe Bristol
William Land Brown Jr.
Madison Earl Billiard Jr.
Franklin Kent Burns Jr.
Lisa Ann Burns
Bradley Gardner Bute
Charl Lee Butler
James Kenneth Butler III
William Bruce Wallis Cameron
Dehra Ann Campbell
Mark Thompson Campbell
Margaret Lorraine Canfield
James Joseph Carroll III
Arley Russell Carter
Louis Nathaniel Case II
Carol White Casper
Richard William Caudell
Derwood Sumner Chase III
Bryan James Chestnutt
Beverly Lvnne Christie
Raymond Clapperton Jr.
Peter James Clauson
Catherine Joy Clodfelter
Dave Lawrence Clodfelter
Richard Bartholomae Collins II
Harold Gordon Colson Jr.
Bradley Keith Coltrain
Mary Elizabeth Connelly
Daniel Kermit Cook
Susan Jane Cooper
John Richard Cottrell
William Henrv Craig
Connie Wynn Crawford
Catherine Ruth Cress
Elizabeth Hunter Culp
Rux Brothers Currin
Janine Woolweber ditcher
Douglas Alan Datt
William Ruelle Davies

Terry Lee Dehrkoop
John Shealy DeLoache
Kevin Horace Dennv
David Wayne Dixon
Mary Helen Dombalis
Sarah Lynn Dovle
John Michael Dukes
Thane Edward Duncan
Philip Dickson Dupont
Gary Michael Durbin
Thomas Michael Durham
Margaret Hearn Eakins
Lauren Virginia Eastburn
Kevin Smith Eccles
Christopher Kevin Edden
Marilyn Louise Edmondson
Elton Thornton Edwards Jr
Jean Irene Eldridge
Jane Cottrell Eller
Mark Frederick Ellison
Mark Douglas Ernsberger
Laura Meade Ervin
Solomon Durand Everett
Timothy James Farley
Sue Ellen Farmer
Lisa Ann Ferguson
Henrietta Susan Fields
Alfred Bell Fitzgerald III
David Emmett Floyd
John Edward Flovd Jr.
Johnny Kvle Foster
Frances Elizabeth Fowler
Richard Lincoln Francis
Marcus Eric Frankovitch
Elizabeth Lee Fuller
Stephan Ray Futrell
Hilary Lynn Gardner
Terri Lynn Gardner
Martha Lynn Garmon
James Drew George
James Edward Gerlock Jr.
Timothy Wayne Gilbert
Norman Earl Godwin Jr.
James Rudolph Goff Jr.
Marilyn Brett Gordon
John David Graham

151

Elizabeth Conlan Gregg

Charles Preston Griffin Jr.

Ann Louise Grim

Sheila Morton Gulley

Nancy Gunzenhauser

Candace Hope Haigler

Edward Carroll Haire

Donald Bell Haller

Karen Marie Hallmark

Nancy Rebecca Hamilton

Larry Dean Hamrick Jr.

Grace Elizabeth Hancock

John Beverly Hancock II

Garland Stokes Hart

John Stuart Hatchell

Jerrv Allen Hauser

William Duncan Hawkins III
( Michael Neil Hayes

Karen Virginia Heinemann

Peter Flovd Heuberger

Ruthann Louise Hibbs

James John Hicks

Margaret Mendenhall Hobbs

Ronald James Hofmeister

Mark Edward Hollern

Robin Leesa Hollev

Michael Anthony Hollingsworth
i Richard Martin Hoolev

Mary Beth Horn

Oliver Timothy Home
I David Alexander Howell

Dewey Wesley Huggins III

Shirlene Hunt

Stephen Marshall Hux

Paul Andrew Ingles

Gerald Marshall Isbell III

Kimberly Ann Iverson

Frances Eva James

Jay Eulan Johnson Jr.

Mark Anthony Johnson

David Mark Jones

Gordon Hunt Jones

Jan Alexandra Jones

Leslie Jones Jr.

Thomas Alan Kachel

Peter Innis Kamins

Glenn Austin King
Douglas James Kinz
Mary Catherine Knierim
John Ruffin Knight
Ann Blessley Konhaus
Gwyn Ellen Kooy
Robert Hanna Kutteh
Linda Lee Lail
Leslie Fern Lamb
Kathryn Ann Lee
Mark Wayne Leuchtenberger
William Savior Lewis
Douglas Linderer
James Roe Lineberger
Elizabeth Ann Logan
Lynn Marie Logan
Erik David Lounsbury
Joan Elaine Lusk
Douglass Clute Lyon
James Albert Mabe Jr.
Mary Elizabeth Martin
Glenn Richard Matteson
Paul Kenneth Mazzaferro
Thomas Hayden McCorkle
Susan Gayle McFalls
Robin Sue McFarlin
John Patrick McGee
Michael Lee McGlamry
Mary Llewellyn McNeil
Joseph Allan McSwain
Philan Med ford
Mary Elizabeth Melton
Joseph Lemuel Middleton
Debra Kay Midyette
Jeffrey Dale Miller
Peter Jon Miller
Sandra Lee Miller
William Arthur Millner
Peter Dallas Minarich
Clay Tucker Mitchell
Nancy Lynn Monroe
Thomas Peter Montefusco III
Diana Lynn Moon
James Lloyd Moore Jr.
Thomas Leighton Moore
Andrea Marie Morgan

152

Marcus Napoleone Morra
Walter Randolph Morris
John Muirhead
Ann Mumma
Timothy joe Nance
David Edward Nash
Nancy Ann Newcomb
Margaret Sears Nottingham
Margaret Ann Nowell
Michael Harrison O'Neal
Cheryl Lynn Origer
Thomas O'Toole
Emily Jane Owens
Nancy Jean Pabst
Lisa Ann Paige
Jenny Beth Parker
Susan Elaine Parker
Annis Beaman Paschal
Kenneth Wayne Patterson
Michael Alvin Paul
John Edward Payne Jr.
Michael Stanley Payne
Roger Roosevelt Pearman Jr.
James Louis Pecsok
Elizabeth Claire Pee
William Wooten Peters Jr.
Judith Lee Peterson
Mark Nixon Poovey
Martin Robert Province
John Vincent Quinlan
Janet Lynn Raschke
Brewster Stone Rawls
Nola Jane Reed
Catherine Norma Reeder
John David Regan
Charles Edward Reynolds
Donny Layne Rich
Kenneth Davis Ridings
Mary Elizabeth Riggs
Timothy Craig Roach
Clement Jay Robbins IV
Bruce Daniel Robertson
Mark Dudley Robertson
Victor Craig Robertson
Ann Leslie Robinson
James McKinley Robinson

William Cleveland Rodgers

William Vernon Roebuck Jr.

Lisa Lynn Rose

Nancy Eileen Rouser

Linda Joan Royston

Donald Joseph Sabia

Jo Ann Sager

Anne Lindsay Sanford

Sandra Sasser

Sonna Lee Schambach

Lisa Anne Jacobowsky Scherer

Alana Victoria Schmidt

Russell William Schrader

Douglas Harry Scofield

Margaret Rose Scott

Randolph Brian Screen

Thomas Louis Selznick

Margaret Ellen Sheehan

Heather Haviland Shively

Dinah Gray Shore

Martha Elizabeth Shore

Allen Burton Shuford

Nancy Marshall Simpson

Gregory Marshall Slaton

Bradley Clark Slaydon

Daniel George Smading

Lora Jaye Smeltzly

Deborah Fay Smith

Ginger Nell Smith

Kimberly Dawn Smith

Pamela Kay Smith

Douglas Allan Smoot

Susan Leigh Sowell

Louis Charles Sparks

Michael Sterling Speas

Randv Spiesman

John Michael Stamatakos

Sharon Ann Stanley

Karl Louis Stefan

Virginia Brady Christine Stephens

Anne Elizabeth Stevens

John Finley Stevens

Lynn Carol Stewart

Laurie Jean Stirling

Ashley Hamilton Story

Raymond Lee Stovall

153

John Benson Street
Barbara Lynn Sudduth
Larry Wayne Sutphin
William Thomas Sutton Jr
Beverly Denise Swaim
David Conrad Swanson
Judith Deese Sweatman
Wanda Yvette Tabron
Jana Diane Talbot
Ricky Lee Tarleton
Harriet Alice Tate
John Rainey Teel
Robert Willis Thomas III
Ellen Gayle Thorne
David Young Thorp
Coleman Millard Ticer
Lyn Wharton Tillett
Janet Lynn Tilley
Louis William Tilley
Paula Anne Tilley
Sharon Basden Tomblin
Keith Allan Trumbo
Michael Tucciarone
Laura Kathleen Turner
Robert Tooney Turner II
Donna Denise Upchurch
John Hale Vance
James Luther Van Dyke
Peter Jon Van Dyke
Douglas Kersten Vinez
Louis Basil Vocelle Jr.
Suzanne Glen Ward
Elizabeth Anne Watts

Donald Robert Weadley
Steven Shane Weatherman
John Wayne Weaver
Terecia Ann Webb
Joseph Charles Weinberger Jr.
Richard Mark Weir
Sheryl Ann West
Michael Jac Whatley
William Walter Wheeler
Mary Elizabeth White
Reginald Woodard White
William Robert Whitehurst
Scott David Wilkie
Thomas Augustine Will Jr.
Lonnie Boyd Williams Jr.
Robert Barclay Williams
Michael Clark Williamson
Paul Richard Williamson
Joseph Walter Williford
Deborah Anne Wilson
David Coleman Wilson
Mildred Karen Wilson
Scott Douglas Wilson
Michael Lee Winters
Judith Ann Withers
Carmen Elena Wood
Linda Diana Worley
Rebecca Allen Wray
John Barton Yaskin
Deborah Ann Young
Janet Allison Yu
Bradley William Zabel
Peter MacLean Zehler

Bachelor of Science

Margaret Ruth Ailes
Ellen Jean Alford
Debra Lee Allen
Tresca Linn Allsman
Charles Alan Baker
Timothy Lee Barnes
Scott William Beck
Ross Allen Berlin
Elizabeth Bethea
Claudia Paige Blalock

Richard Irvin Boger
Jeffrey Lee Boyer
John Layton Bradley Jr.
Catherine Starr Brandt
Robert Votaw Brett III
Timothy Marshall Browder
Thomas Radford Brown
Carroll Patricia Brundred
Carney John Bryan V
William Muir Bucher Jr.

154

Bennett Stancell Bullock
William Dale Bumgarner
Gary Dale Burkette
Michael Alan Butz
Jeffrey Stephen Calvert
Bruce Wayne Carpenter
Kendal Nelson Tow Carrier
James Wesley Carscaddon
Caryl Lynne Clark
Ronald Scott Clinard
David Jones Clontz
Cynthia Ann Cloud
Stephanie Jo Coleman
James Blackmon Cook Jr.
William Agee Cook III
Stephen Leroy Copeland
Anthony Thomas Cortese
William Benjamin Cothran III
Harold Eugene Cox Jr.
Susan Warren Creech
Sara Lynne Creel
David Kemp Cross
James Henry Demming Jr.
Wanda Cathryn DeVore
Ernest Charles Dickerson Jr.
Deborah Dilts Dixon
Dennis Gregory Dolny
Kathryn Ann Dunbar
David Alan Dunn
John Anderson Dunn
Mary Elizabeth Edwards
Jack William Elliott
Charles Robert Ellis
Natalie Keefer English
Paul Leroy Fairbrother
Dianne Jaye Foster
Mitchell Turner Frye
Gail Schaefer Fulp
Richard Ward Furay
Michael Thomas Gallagher
Kenneth Kirk Gerrity
David Eugene Glass
Jane Louise Goforth
Gregory Lee Goodman
Andrew P. Goulder

Patricia Ann Graham

John Gary Grant

Alice Carol Gray

Mary Catherine Gribble

Roderick Keith Griffin

Nancy Lasater Hairfield

Roberta Susan Hall

George Thomas Hardison

David Thomas Harris

Julia Kathryn Hatcher

Joseph Janney Hawley Jr.

Clayton Donnie Heath

Carey Elaine Hendrix

Leslie Jean Herd

John Harrell Hill Jr.

Robert Frazer Hinman

Fred Clarke Hobson Jr.

Barbara Jane Hochuli

Stephen Langford Holcombe

Nancy Eoline Hord

Lisa Katherine Hux

David Trigg James III

Allen Dale Jenkins

Gary Lynn Johnson

Deborah Ann Kegel

Paul Elliott Kendig

Jeffery William Ketner

Junius Michael Kinlaw

Francis Albert Landwehr Jr.

Thomas Russell Lang

Jeffrey Michael Leighton

Andrew Jackson Lewis III

Rodney Orr Lohman Jr.

Gary Leighton Long

Stacey Leigh Lunsford

Ruth Ellen Malone

Henry Bivens Mangum Jr.

Ralph Eugene Marion Jr.

Donald Leo Fruehauf McAvoy Jr.

George Michael McCanless

David Leslie McConnell

John Wilson McGee

James Michael McKeown

Timothy Louis McLaughlin

Scott Michael Mitchell

155

Richard Stephen Monday

Carol Jean Moore

Cecil Louis Moore Jr.

Laura Meekins Moore

Durman William Moose Jr.

Brenda Joan Morgan

Mitchell Lee Morgan

Sarah Bryan Morgan

William Edward Musselwhite Jr.

Janice Elizabeth Myers

John Anderson Nelms

Michael Paul Norcio

Carol Nash Norman

Alan Holley Norton

Arthur William Ott

James Thomas Page

> Sandra Ann Pajor

John Alan Parker

Constance Ann Parkerson

Lane Ambrose Patterson

John Kennedy Pittman

Leslie William Powell III

Cecil Dwight Price

Mark Andrew Queen

Lynn Love Redden

John George Redmond

Robert David Reid

Robert Lee Reid

Sarah Jo Reiser

Cecil David Rhodes III

Peter W. S. Rieke

Robert Edwin Ring

Margaret Mary Rogers

Susan Grace Satrom

George Joseph Scherer

Murray Winfield Scott III

Brenda Darlene Shaw

Rebecca Ann Shields
Glenn Edward Simpson
Brian David Siska
Brian Douglas Smith
Robert Riggs Smoak Jr.
John Sherwood Solms
John Winfred Stamey Jr.
Dennis Keith Stanfield
William Harry Steele Jr.
James Edward Stevens
Dan Frederick Stewart Jr.
John Joseph Stitz
Thomas Stran Summers
Karen Beth Swanson
Elizabeth Ann Tholstrup
Walter Rolph Thompson
Laura Elizabeth Thorne
Ellen Thomas Tillett
Stephanie Jane Timko
Mary Elizabeth Touchstone
Pamela Lynne Triplett
McKie Massenburg Trotter II
Renee Michelle Wagner
Martin Chandler Walker
Jennifer DeHaven Wallis
Hugh Edward Warner
Barbara Louise Weeks
Susan Carter W'enzel
Dennis Ray White
Janne Elizabeth White
Rhonda Whitney
James Milton Wiles
Susan Patricia Woerner
Harvey Emery Wood III
James Anthony Yavorskv
Charyl Ann Yocum
Morris McGinnis Young

156

Distinctions Conferred

August 5, 1977

Cum Laude

Catherine Anne Covington-East
David Harold Newman

Fritz Richter III

Deborah Lynn Epperson Sizer

Summa Cum Laude

John Arthur Dover
February 3, 1978

Cum Laude

Nancy Rebecca Arrants
Virginia Lee Brown
Laura Virginia Chajka
Charles Risdon Darracott III
James R. Dever
Rose Margaret Hilliard

Carol Anne Lawrence
Mark Jeffrey Olson
Sandra Amelia Shugart
Richard Kris Spilsbury
Charles Cilbert Vogel
Terry Webster Weary

Summa Cum Laude

Jennifer Ellen Norris Burnham Susanna Jane Knutson

Joseph Gifford Taylor

May 15, 1978

Cum Laude

Reid Caldwell Adams Jr.
Harry Anthony Alexander
Ellen Jean Alford
Constance Nell Allman
Laura Jane Arnesen
Susan Brownell Ayers
Elizabeth Benjamin Bagwell
Rebecca Ruth Baker
Amanda Alice Basnight
Rosemary Batten
Frederick Lindsay Berry
Elizabeth Bethea
Victor Scott Bihl
Claudia Paige Blalock

Wedigan Powell Bland Jr.
Jeffery Charles Borden
William Land Brown Jr.
Madison Earl Bullard Jr.
Jeffrey Stephen Calvert
Debra Ann Campbell
Bruce Wayne Carpenter
James Wesley Carscaddon
Richard William Caudell
Derwood Sumner Chase III
Beverly Lynne Christie
Cynthia Ann Cloud
Bradley Keith Coltrain
Mary Elizabeth Connelly

157

William Agee Cook III
Susan Jane Cooper
William Henry Craig
Catiierine Ruth Cress
Elizabeth Hunter Culp
Rux Brothers Currin
Janine Woolweber Cutcher
Douglas Alan Datt
Wanda Cathryn DeVore
Terry Lee Dehrkoop
Deborah Dilts Dixon
Mary Helen Dombalis
John Michael Dukes
Kathryn Ann Dunbar
Lauren Virginia Eastburn

\ Marilyn Louise Edmondson
Jean Irene Eldridge
Jack William Elliott
Charles Robert Ellis
Mark Frederick Ellison
Timothy James Farley
Alfred Bell Fitzgerald III
Richard Ward Furay
Martha Lynn Garmon
James Drew George
James Edward Gerlock Jr.

1 Timothy Wayne Gilbert
Norman Earl Godwin Jr.
Marilyn Brett Gordon

i John David Graham

I Patricia Ann Graham
Alice Carol Gray
Ann Louise Grim
Nancy Gunzenhauser

i Karen Marie Hallmark
Nancy Rebecca Hamilton
Grace Elizabeth Hancock
George Thomas Hardison
David Thomas Harris
Jerry Allen Hauser
William Duncan Hawkins III
Michael Neil Hayes
Karen Virginia Heinemann
Leslie Jean Herd
Margaret Mendenhall Hobbs
Stephen Langford Holcombe

Michael Anthony Hollingsworth
Nancy Eoline Hord
David Alexander Howell
Lisa Katherine Hux
Gerald Marshall Isbell III
Kimberly Ann Iverson
Frances Eva James
Gary Lynn Johnson
Mark Anthony Johnson
Jan Alexandra Jones
Deborah Ann Kegel
Mary Catherine Knierim
Gwyn Ellen Kooy
Robert Hanna Kutteh
Linda Lee Lail
Francis Albert Landwehr Jr.
William Saylor Lewis
Rodney Orr Lohman Jr.
Stacey Leigh Lunsford
Mary Elizabeth Martin
Thomas Hayden McCorkle
Susan Gayle McFalls
Robin Sue McFarlin
John Wilson McGee
James Michael McKeown
Mary Elizabeth Melton
Joseph Lemuel Middleton
Peter Dallas Minarich
Richard Stephen Monday
Nancy Lynn Monroe
Carol Jean Moore
Laura Meekins Moore
Durman William Moose Jr.
Sarah Bryan Morgan
Timothy Joe Nance
Nancy Ann Newcomb
Carol Nash Norman
Margaret Ann Nowell
Michael Harrison O'Neal
Nancy Jean Pabst
Sandra Ann Pajor
Constance Ann Parkerson
Annis Beaman Paschal
Kenneth Wayne Patterson
Michael Alvin Paul
Michael Stanley Payne

158

Elizabeth Claire Pee
William Wooten Peters Jr.
Judith L. Peterson
John Kennedy Pittman
Mark Nixon Poovey
John Vincent Quinlan
Janet Lynn Raschke
Brewster Stone Rawls
Lynn Love Redden
Cecil David Rhodes III
Donny Layne Rich
Timothy Craig Roach
Clement Jay Robbins IV
Mark Dudley Robertson
Ann Leslie Robinson
William V. Roebuck Jr.
Lisa Lynn Rose
Nancy Eileen Rouser
Linda Joan Royston
Jo Ann Sager
Sonna Lee Schambach
Lisa Anne Jacobowsky Scherer
Thomas Louis Selznick
Brenda Darlene Shaw
Rebecca Ann Shields
Dinah Gray Shore
Martha Elizabeth Shore
Allen Burton Shuford
Nancy Marshall Simpson
Douglas Allan Smoot
Susan Lee Sowell
Louis Charles Sparks
Michael Sterling Speas
John Winfred Stamey Jr.

Peter

William Harry Steele Jr.
Lynn Carol Stewart
Laurie Jean Stirling
John Benson Street
Thomas Stran Summers
Jana Diane Talbot
Ricky Lee Tarleton
Harriet Alice Tate
Elizabeth Ann Tholstrup
Janet Lynn Tilley
Donna Denise Upchurch
John Hale Vance
Douglas Kersten Vinez
Renee Michelle Wagner
Jennifer DeHaven Wallis
Hugh Edward Warner
John Wayne Weaver
Barbara Louise Weeks
Richard Mark Weir
Susan Carter Wenzel
Michael Jac Whatley
William Walter Wheeler
William Robert Whitehurst
Rhonda Whitney
Thomas Augustine Will Jr.
Lonnie Boyd Williams Jr.
Joseph Walter Willifbrd
Scott Douglas Wilson
Judith Ann Withers
Susan Patricia Woerner
Charyl Ann Yocum
Morris McGinnis Young
Janet Allison Yu
Brad William Zabel
MacLean Zehler

Magna Cum Laude

Margaret Ruth Ailes
Nancy Jean Bell
John Michael Benenati
Thomas Albert Bland Jr.
Kenneth Allen Boaz
Lynda Beth Boozer
David Keith Boyter
Bradley Gardner Bute

Bryan James Chestnutt
Harold Gordon Colson Jr.
Daniel Kermit Cook
David Wayne Dixon
Stephan Ray Futrell
Terri Lynn Gardner
Sheila Morton Gulley
Candace Hope Haigler

159

4ary Beth Horn

liomas Alan Kachel

ohn Ruffin Knight

Lathryn Ann Lee

dark. Wayne Leuchtenberger

/fichael Lee McGlamry

4ary Llewellyn McNeil

)iana Lynn Moon

Irenda Joan Morgan

ohn Muirhead

)avid Edward Nash

/largaret Sears Nottingham

enny Beth Parker

iusan Elaine Parker

ames Louis Pecsok

Sandra Sasser
Alana Victoria Schmidt
Russell William Schrader
Margaret Ellen Sheehan
Deborah Fay Smith
Pamela Kay Smith
Karl Louis Stefan
Raymond Lee Stovall
Karen Beth Swanson
Lyn Wharton Tillett
James Luther Van Dyke
Terecia Ann Webb
Janne Elizabeth White
Paul Richard Williamson
David Coleman Wilson

Summa Cum Laude

Douglas Mark Bradshaw
Timothy Marshall Browder
Vlary Catherine Cribble
Donald Bell Haller
kephen Marshall Hux
\nn Blessley Konhaus

Cheryl Lynn Origer
Emily Jane Owens
Cecil Dwight Price
Nola Jane Reed
George Joseph Scherer
Ellen Gayle Thorne

Pamela Lynne Triplett

August 5, 1977

Graduating with Honors in Religion
Graduating with Honors in Speech
Communication and Theatre Arts

Catherine Anne Covington-East
Deborah Lynn Epperson Sizer

May 15, 1978

graduating with Honors in Biology

Graduating ivith Honors in Business
Graduating with Honors in Chemistry
Graduating with Honors in Economics

Graduating with Honors in Education
Graduating with Honors in English

John Michael Benenati, Timothy Mar-
shall Browder, Scott Douglas Wilson
Susan Patricia Woerner
Charles Robert Ellis
Madison Earl Bullard Jr., Rux
Brothers Currin, John David
Graham, Francis Albert Landwehr
Jr., John Muirhead, Raymond Lee
Stovall, William Robert Whitehurst
Nancy Jean Bell

Thomas Albert Bland Jr., Michael
Jac Whatley

!<-,(!

Graduating with Honors in Mathematics

Graduating with Honors in Mathematics-
Biology
Graduating with Honors in Music
Graduating with Honors in Politics

Graduating with Honors in Psychology

Graduating with Honors in Religion
Graduating with Honors in Sociology

Graduating with Honors in Speech
Communication and Theatre Arts

Timothy Marshall Browder, Francis
Albert Landvvehr Jr., Brenda Joan
Morgan

Deborah Ann Kegel

Nola fane Reed

Stephan Ray Futrell, Timothy Wayne

Gilbert, John David Graham
Debra Ann Campbell, Terri Lynn

Gardner, Norman Earl Godwin Jr.,

William Wooten Peters Jr., Lisa

Lynn Rose, Susan Lee Sowell, Brad

William Zabel
Terecia Ann Webb
Sonna Lee Schambach, Terecia

Ann Webb
Donnv Lavne Rich, Ann Leslie

Robinson, Michael lac Whatlev

Omicron Delta Kappa

Ross Allen Berlin
Lynda Beth Boozer
Jeffrey Stephen Calvert
Stephan Ray Futrell
John D. Graham
Candace Hope Haigler
William Duncan Hawkins III
Robert Hanna Kutteh

Mark Wayne Leuchtenberger
Michael Lee McGlamry
Mary Elizabeth McLean
David Edward Nash
Emily Jane Owens
Nola Jane Reed
George Joseph Scherer
Ellen Gayle Thome

Michael Jac Whatlev

Ellen Jean Alford
Nancy Jean Bell
Kenneth Allen Boaz
Bradley Gardner Bute
Jeffrey Stephen Calvert
Alfred Bell Fitzgerald II
Stephan Ray Futrell
Candace Hope Haigler
Deborah Ann Kegel
Marv Ellen Koehne

Mortar Board

Linda Lee Lail
Mark W T ayne Leuchtenberger
Mary Elizabeth McLean
David Edward Nash
Mark Jeffrey Olson
Emily Jane Owens
Nola Jane Reed
Margaret Ellen Sheehan
Ellen Gayle Thorne
Michael Jac Whatley
Janet Allison Vu

161

Phi Beta Kappa

Margaret Ruth Ailes
Nancy Jean Bell
Thomas Albert Bland Jr.
Kenneth Allen Boaz
Lynda Beth Boozer
David Keith Boyter
Douglas Mark Bradshaw
Timothy Marshall Browder
Jennifer E. Norris Burnham
Bradley Gardner Bute
Bryan James Chestnutt
Harold Gordon Colson Jr.
Daniel Kermit Cook
David Wayne Dixon
John Arthur Dover
Charles Robert Ellis
Stephan Ray Futrell
Terri Lynn Gardner
Mary Catherine Gribble
Candace Hope Haigler
Donald Bell Haller
Stephen Marshall Hux
Thomas Allan Kachel
John Ruffin Knight
Ann Blessley Konhaus
Mark Wayne Leuchtenberger
William Saylor Lewis
Rodney Orr Lohman Jr.

David

Laura Ellen Lyons
Mary Llewellyn McNeil
Diana Lynn Moon
Brenda Joan Morgan
John Muirhead
David Edward Nash
Margaret Sears Nottingham
Cheryl Lynn Origer
Emily Jane Owens
Susan Elaine Parker
James Louis Pecsok
Cecil Dwight Price
Nola Jane Reed
Sandra Sasser
George Joseph Scherer
Alana Victoria Schmidt
Russell William Schrader
Deborah Fay Smith
Pamela Kay Smith
Raymond Lee Stovall
Ricky Lee Tarleton
Joseph Gifford Taylor
Ellen Gayle Thorne
Lyn Wharton Tillett
Pamela Lynne Triplett
Terecia Ann Webb
Janne Elizabeth White
Paul Richard Williamson
Coleman Wilson

162

Enrollment

The College

Seniors

Juniors

Sophomores

Freshmen

Unclassified

Total

Fall 1978

Men

Women

Total

466

288

754

448

266

714

476

286

762

530

292

822

1,943

1,163

3,106

The Graduate School

(Reynolda Campus)
Master's Program
Doctoral Program
Unclassified
Total

107

190

122

220

The Graduate School

(Hawthorne Campus)
Master's Program
Doctoral Program
Unclassified
Total

The School of Law

368

107

475

The Babcock Graduate

School of Management

Master's Program

112

141

Executive Program

Total

166

207

The Bowman Gray
School of Medicine

Allied Health Programs

345

73
80

418
118

Total

3,021

1,610

4,631

North Carolina Counties

163

Alamance

Alexander

Alleghany

Anson

Ashe

Avery

Beaufort

Bertie

Bladen

Brunswick.

Buncombe

Burke
( Cabarrus
i Caldwell
I Camden
' Carteret

Caswell

Catawba

Chatham

Cherokee

Chowan

Clay

Cleveland

Columbus
1 Craven
' Cumberland
1 Currituck

Dare

Davidson

Davie

Duplin

Durham

Edgecombe

Forsyth

Franklin

Gaston

Gates

Graham

Granville

Greene

Guilford

Halifax

Harnett

Men

Women

Total

401

256

657

116

199

164

Men Women Total

Haywood
Henderson
Hertford
Hoke
Hyde
Iredell
Jackson
Johnston
Jones
Lee
Lenoir
Lincoln
Macon
Madison
Martin
McDowell
Mecklenburg
Mitchell
Montgomery
Moore
Nash

New Hanover
Northampton
Onslow
Orange
Pamlico
Pasquotank
Pender
Perquimans
Person
Pitt
Polk

Randolph
Richmond
Robeson
Rockingham
Rowan
Rutherford
Sampson
Scotland
Stanley
Stokes
Surry
Swain
Transylvania

110

179

165

Men

Women

Total

Tyrrell

Union

Vance

Wake

Warren

Washington

Watauga

Wayne

Wilkes

Wilson

Yadkin

Yancey

Alabama

Alaska

Arizona

Arkansas

California

Colorado

Connecticut

Delaware

District of Columbia

Florida

Georgia

Hawaii

Idaho

Illinois

Indiana

Iowa

Kansas

Kentucky

Louisiana

Maine

Maryland

Massachusetts

Michigan

Minnesota

Mississippi

Missouri

Montana

Nebraska

Nevada

161

Other States

Men

Women

Total

136

203

100

2
i

3
i

i
10

140

212

166

Men

Women

Total

New Hampshire 3

New Jersey 157
New Mexico 1

212
1

New York 138

168

North Dakota

Ohio 69

101

Oklahoma 1

Oregon 1
Pennsylvania 147

1
186

Rhode Island 8

South Carolina 66

113

South Dakota 2

Tennessee 49

Texas 12

United States Territories 5

United States Citizens Abroad

Utah 1

Vermont 3

Virginia 178
Washington

136
3

314
3

West Virginia 38
Wisconsin 4

23
6

61
10

Wyoming 1

Other Countries

Men

Women

Total

Brazil

Cameroon

Canada

China

Colombia

Costa Rica

Finland

France

West Germany

Guyana

Hong Kong

India

Iran

Ivory Coast

Japan

Jordan

Kenya

Korea

Total

167

Lebanon

Malaysia

Nicaragua

Nigeria

Peru

Philippines

Sri Lanka

Sweden

Taiwan

Thailand

Venezuela

Vietnam

Yugoslavia

Men

Women

Total

168

The Board of Trustees

Terms Expire December 31, 1979

Mrs. Polly Lambeth Blackwell, Winston-Salem

Dr. John M. Cheek Jr., Durham

Mr. James R. Gilley, Winston-Salem

Mr. Brent Kincaid, Lenoir

Mr. Petro Kulynych, North Wilkesboro

Mr. Charles B. Martin, Tarboro

Mr. James W. Mason, Laurinburg

Dr. George W. Paschal Jr., Raleigh

Mr. Leon L. Rice Jr., Winston-Salem

Terms Expire December 31, 1980

The Rev. Dr. A. Douglas Aldrich, Gastonia

Mr. M. Alexander Biggs, Rocky Mount

Mr. Howard Bullard, Fayetteville

Mrs. E. Reed Gaskin, Charlotte

Mr. Weston P. Hatfield, Winston-Salem

Mr. James R. Helvey III, Lexington

Mrs. Sara Page Lewis, Charlotte

Mr. J. Robert Philpott, Lexington

Dr. D. E. Ward Jr., Lumberton

Terms Expire December 31, 1981

Mr. E. Lee Cain, High Point

Dr. Gloria F. Graham, Wilson

The Rev. Mr. Ray K. Hodge, Kinston

Mr. James L. Johnson, Rowland

Dr. C. Hunter Moricle, Reidsville

Mr. W. Linville Roach, Greensboro

Mr. Colin Stokes, Winston-Salem

The Rev. Mr. Charles L. Tanner, Garner

Mr. Richard A. Williams, Maiden

Terms Expire December 31, 1982

The Hon. Joseph Branch, Raleigh

Mr. Dewey H. Bridger Jr., Bladenboro

Mrs. James T. Broyhill, Lenoir

Mr. C. Frank Colvard Jr., West Jefferson

Mr. Robert A. Culler, High Point

The Rev. Mr. Manuel E. Cunnup, Greensboro

Mr. Charles Cedric Davis, Farmville

The Hon. John D. Larkins, Trenton

Dr. William W. Leathers III, Rockingham

169

Officers

(For one-year terms beginning January 1, 1979)

Mr. James W. Mason, Laurinburg, Chairman

Mr. Colin Stokes, Winston-Salem, Vice Chairman

Mrs. Elizabeth S. Drake, Winston-Salem, Secretary

Mr. John G. Williard, Winston-Salem, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

Mrs. Meyressa H. Schoonmaker, Winston-Salem, Associate General Counsel

Womble Carlyle Sandridge & Rice, Winston-Salem, General Counsel

170

The Board of Visitors

Mr. Arnold Palmer, Chairman of the University Board of Visitors

Dr. W. Burnett Harvey, Boston. Chairman of the College and

Graduate School Board of Visitors

Dr. Samuel Adler. Rochester

Ms. Mava Angelou, Pacific Palisades, California

*Dr. William C. Archie, Winston-Salem

Mr. Jerry B. Attkisson. Atlanta

Mr. William N. Austin, Los Angeles

Mr. William L. Bondurant. Winston-Salem

Mr. Herbert Brenner, Winston-Salem

Mr. Robert P. Caldwell, Gastonia

Mr. D. Wayne Calloway, Dallas

Mr. Wallace Carroll, Winston-Salem

Dr. John W. Chandler, Williamstovvn. Massachusetts

Mrs. Benjamin Cone Jr., Greensboro

Mr. H. Max Craig Jr., Stanley

Mr. Ronald E. Deal, Hickory

Dr. Wilton Dillon, Washington

Mr. Arthur E. Earley, Cleveland

Mrs. Aurelia Grav Eller, Winston-Salem

Mr. Ralph Ellison. New York

Mr. John Fairchild, New York

Dr. and Mrs. Frank Forsyth, Winston-Salem

Mr. Stanley Frank, Greensboro

Mrs. Patricia O'Neil Goodyear, Baltimore

Mr. Harold T. P. Haves, New York

Dr. E. Garland Herndon, Atlanta

Mrs. Dorothy Carpenter Howard, Winston-Salem

Mr. Hubert B. Humphrey Jr.. Greensboro

Mr. Albert R. Hunt Jr.. Washington

Mr. Gerald Johnson, Baltimore

Mr. Joseph W. Jones, Atlanta

Mr. George W. Kane Jr.. Durham

Dr. Nancy C. Kester. New York

Mr. William F. Laporte, New York

Brig. Gen. Lvnwood Lennon, Washington

Mr. Albert S. Lineberrv Sr., Greensboro

Mr. Graham A. Martin, Winston-Salem

Dr. J. A. Martin Jr., New York

Mr. Martin Mayer, New York

Mr. John G. Medlin jr.. Winston-Salem

*Died April 9, 1979.

171

Dr. Jasper D. Memory Jr., Raleigh

Mrs. Katharine Babcock Mountcastle, Darien, Connecticut

Dr. Campbell McMillan, Chapel Hill

Mr. Bill Movers, New York

Dr. Eugene Owens, Charlotte

Mr. James R. Peterson, Winston-Salem

Mrs. Lorraine F. Rudolph, Winston-Salem

Dr. K. Wayne Smith, Washington

Mr. Zachary T. Smith, Winston-Salem

Mr. Norman Snead, Yorktown, Virginia

Ms. Jo De Young Thomas, Washington

The Hon. Frank Thompson, Washington

Mr. Patrick L. M. Williams, Philadelphia

Dr. George Williamson Jr., Poughkeepsie

Mr. Meade H. Willis Jr., Winston-Salem

Mr. J. Tylee Wilson, Winston-Salem

172

The Administration

University

*James Ralph Scales ( 1 967) President

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; M.A.. Ph.D., Oklahoma; Eitt.D.,
Northern Michigan; LL.D., Alderson-Broaddus; LL.D., Duke

Edwin Graves Wilson ( 1 946, 1951) Provost

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard

Manson Meads ( 1 947, 1 963) Vice President for Health Affairs and

B.A., California; M.D., Sc.D., Temple Director oj the Medical Center

John G. Williard ( 1958) Vice President and Treasurer

B.S., North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina

G. William Joyner Jr. (1969) Vice President for Development

B.A., Wake Forest

Russell H. Brantley Jr. (1953) Assistant to the President and

B.A., Wake Forest Director of Communications

Meyressa H . Schoonmaker ( 1 975) Assistant to the President and

B.A.,J.D., Wake Forest Associate General Counsel

Henry B. Stokes (1977) Director of Denominational Relations

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.B., Southern Baptist Seminary

Ross A. Griffith ( 1 966) Director of Equal Opportunity

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina

Larry L. Palmer ( 1 978) Director of Minority Affairs

B.A., Emory; M.Ed., Texas Southern; Ed.D., Indiana

N . Rick Heatley ( 1 970) Associate in Academic Administration

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Ph.D., Texas

College

Thomas E. Mullen (1957) Dean of the College

B.A., Rollins; M.A., Ph.D., Emory

Robert Allen Dyer ( 1 956) Associate Dean

B.A., Louisiana State; Th.M., Ph.D., Southern Baptist Seminary

Toby A. Hale (1970) Assistant Dean

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Div., Duke; Ed.D.. Indiana

Patricia Adams Johnson ( 1 969) Academic Counselor

B.A., Winston-Salem State; M.A., Wake Forest

*Date following name indicates year of appointment.

173

Graduate School

Henry Smith Stroupe (1937) Dean of the Graduate School

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke

Harold O. Goodman ( 1 958) Associate Dean for Biomedical

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota Graduate Studies

School of Law

Leon H. Corbett Jr. (1968) Acting Dean of the School of Law

B.A., J.D., Wake Forest

Elva L.Jess (1978) Assistant Dean

B.A., Methodist; J.D., Wake Forest

Laura L. Myers ( 1 959) Registrar and Director of Placement

Jeanne T. Wilson ( 1 974) Director of Admissions and Financial Aid

B.A., Oklahoma State

Babcock Graduate School of Management

Frank J. Schilagi ( 197 1 ) Dean of the Babcock Graduate

B.B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., Georgia School of Management

Bernard L. Beatty (1974, 1976) Associate Dean

B.S., Ohio State; MB. A., Ph.D., Harvard

Jean B. Hopson (1970) Assistant Dean

B.S. in Ed., Murray State; M.S. in L.S., George Peabody; M.B.A., Wake Forest

William D. Shea (1978) Director of Placement and Admissions

B.A., Hunter; M.A., North Carolina; MB. A., Harvard

Bowman Gray School of Medicine

Richard Janeway (1966) Dean of the Bowman Gray

B.A., Colgate; M.D., Pennsylvania School of Medicine

Nat E. Smith ( 1 976) Associate Dean

B.A., Erskine; M.D., Georgia

C. Nash Herndon (1942, 1966) Associate Dean for Research Development

B.A., Duke; M.D., Jefferson

Clyde T. Hardy Jr. (1941) Associate Dean for Patient Seyvices

B.A., Richmond

Warren H. Kennedy (1971) Associate Dean for Administration

B.B.A., Houston

John D. Tolmie (1970) Associate Dean for Student Affairs

B.A., Hobart; M.D., McGill

Emery C. Miller Jr. (1955) Associate Dean for Continuing Education

B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins

174

John H. Felts (1978) Associate Dean for Admissions

B.S., Wofford; M.D., South Carolina

James C. Leist ( 1 974) Assistant Dean for Continuing Education

B.S., Southeastern Missouri State; M.S., Ed.D.. Indiana

Summer Session

Percival Perry (1939, 1947) Dean of the Summer Session

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Duke

Student Services

David Allen Hills ( 1960) Coordinator of Student Services

B.A., Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa

Mark H. Reece ( 1956) Dean of Men

B.S., Wake Forest

Lula M. Leake (1964) Dean of Women

B.A., Louisiana State; M.R.F., Southern Baptist Seminary

Edward R. Cunnings (1974) Director of Housing and

B.S.M., M.Ed., St. Lawrence Assistant to the Dean of Men

Timothy L. Reese (1978) Director of the College Union

B.A., Lebanon Yallev; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State

Brian M. Austin (1975) Director of the Center for

B.A., Monmouth; M.S. Ed., Ph.D., Southern Illinois Psychological Services

Marianne Schubert (1977) Assistant Director of the Center for

B.A., Dayton; M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois Psychological Services

Mary Ann H. Taylor ( 1961 , 1978) Director of the Health Service

B.S., M.D., Wake Forest

Andrew J. Crutchfield ( 1968) Consultant in Clinical Services

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Virginia

Carol S. Disque ( 1 976) Director of Placement and

B.A., Duke; M.Ed., Virginia Career Development

Campus Ministry

Edgar D. Christman ( 1 956, 1 96 1 ) Chaplain

B.A., J.D., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Seminary; S.T.M., Union Seminary

Richard W. McBride ( 1 969) Assistant Chaplain and Director of the

B.S., Virginia; M.Div., Union Seminary; Th.M.. Duke Baptist Student Union

Records and Institutional Research

Ben M. Seelbinder ( 1959) Director of Records and Institutional Research

B.A., Mississippi Delta State; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina

Margaret R. Perry (1947) Registrar

B.S., South Carolina

David Gasque ( 1 974) Assistant Registrar

B.A., Wake Forest

Admissions and Financial Aid

William G. Starling ( 1958) Director of Admissions anil Financial Aid

B.B.A., Wake Forest

Shirley P. Hamrick ( 1 957) Associate Director oj Admissions

B.A., North Carolina; M.A. in Ed., Wake Forest

Charles M. Carter ( 1972) Assistant Director o\ Admissions

B.S., Winston-Salem State; M.S., Indiana and Financial Aid

W. Douglas Bland ( 1 975) Assistant Director oj Admissions

B.A., M.A. m Ed., Wake Forest

Lyne S. Gamble (1978) Assistant Director oj Admissions

B.A., Millsaps

Ellen C. Lipscomb ( 197b) Admissions Counselor

B.A.. Wake Forest

Communications and Publications

Russell H. Brantley Jr. ( 1953) Assistant to the President

B.A., Wake Forest and Director oj Communications

Martha W. Lentz (1973) Associate in Publications

B.A., North Carolina; M.B.A., Wake Forest

William E. Rav (1975) Associate in Communications

B.A., Wake Forest: M.A., Ph.D.. North Carolina and Director oj Cornells

Development and Alumni Activities

G. William Joyner Jr. ( 1969) Vice President for Development

B.A.. Wake Forest

Julius H. Corpening (1969) Director oj Development

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Southern Baptist Seminar)

Robert D. Mills (1972) Director oj Alumni Activities

B.A.. Wake Forest

Martha E. Shore ( 1 976) Director oj Research anil

B.A., M.A., North Carolina Foundations Officer

Robert T. Baker (1978) Development Officer

B.A., NFS.. George Peabody

Minta Aycock McNallv (1978) Annual Giving Officer

B.A., Wake Forest

W. Craig Jackson (1978) Assistant to the

B.A., Wake Forest Director of Alumni Activities

176

Financial Affairs

John G. Williard (1958) Vice President and Treasurer

B.S., North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina

Carlos O. Holder ( 1 969) Controller and Assistant Treasurer

B.B.A., Wake Forest

W. Derald Hagen (1978) Assistant Controller

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic

Libraries

Merrill G. Berthrong ( 1 964) Director of Libraries

B.A., Tufts; M.A., Fletcher; Ph.D., Pennsylvania

Kenneth A. Zick 11(1 975) Director of Law Library Services

B.A., Alhion; J.D., Wayne State; M.L.S., Michigan

Vivian L. Wilson Librarian of the School of Law

B.A., Coker; B.S. in L.S., George Peabody

Jean B. Hopson ( 1 970) Librarian oj the Babcock Graduate

B.S. in Ed., Murray State; M.S. in L.S., School of Management

George Peabody; M.B.A., Wake Forest

Michael D. Sprinkle ( 1972) Librarian of the Bowman Gray

B.A., M.S. in L.S., North Carolina School oj Medicine

Richard J . Murdoch ( 1 966) Assistant to the Director and

B.A., Pennsylvania Military; M.S. in L.S., Villanova Curator of Rare Books

Athletics

G. Eugene Hooks (1956) . Director of Athletics

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody

Dorothy Casey (1949) Director of Women 's Athletics

B.S., North Carolina (Greensboro); M.A., North Carolina

Personnel

James L. Ferrell ( 1 975) Director of Personnel

B.A., North Carolina; M.S., Virginia Commonwealth

Physical Plant

Harold S. Moore ( 1 953) Director of the Physical Plant

B.M.E., Virginia

Other Administrative Offices

Nicholas B. Bragg (1970) Director ofReynolda House

B.A., Wake Forest

(Maude U. Broach (1974) Director of the Ecume?iical histitute

B.A., Georgia; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Seminary

177

R. Davidson Burgess (1974)

B.S., Concord; M.A., Marshall

Julian C. Burroughs Jr. (1958)

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan

Richard T.Clay (1956)

B.B.A., Wake Forest

Director of Bands

Director of Radio

Director of University Stores

Thomas M. Elmore (1962) Director of Counselor Education

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., George Peabody; Ph.D., Ohio State

Victor Faccinto (1978)

B.A., M.A., California

Paul M. Gross Jr. (1959)

B.S., Duke; Ph.D., Brown

David W. Hadley( 1966)

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard

Director of the Art Gallery

Coordinator of the Honors Program

Coordinator of London Programs

Technical Director of Theatre

Director of Choirs

Russell E. Houchen (1976)

B.A., East Washington State; M.A., Oregon

John V. Mochnick ( 1976)

B.M. Heidelberg; M.M., Indiana; D.M.A., Cincinatti

Herman J. Preseren (1953) Director of the Educational Media Center

B.S., California State (Pennsylvania); M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina

Susan Tamulonis ( 1 976) Curator of Art Slides

B.A., Pennsylvania State; M.A., Southern Methodist

Harold C. Tedford ( 1 965) Director of Theatre

B.A., Ouachita; M.A., Arkansas; Ph.D., Louisiana State

Donald H . Wolfe ( 1 968) Associate Director of Theatre

B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois; Ph.D., Cornell

178

The College Faculty

*Charles M.Allen (1941)

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest: Ph.D., Duke

Professor of Biology

Ralph D. Amen (1962) Associate Prof essor of Biology

B.A.. M.A., Northern Colorado; M.B.S., Ph.D., Colorado

John L. Andronica ( 1 969) Associate Professor of Classical Languages

B.A., Holv Cross; M.A., Boston College; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins

**John William Angell ( 1955) Professor of Religion

B.A., Wake Forest; S.T.M., Andover Newton; Th.M., Ph.D., Southern Baptist
Seminary

Bianca Ariom (1975)

Brian M. Austin (1975)

B.A., Monmouth; Ph.D., Southern Illinois

H. Wallace Baird (1963)

B.A., Berea; Ph.D., Wisconsin

E. Pendleton Banks (1954)

B.A., Furman; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard

**James P. Barefield (1963)

B.A., M.A., Rice; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins

Richard C. Barnett (1961)

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Ed., Ph.D., North Carolina

John V. Baxley( 1968)

B.S., M.S., Georgia Tech; Ph.D., Wisconsin

Robert C. Beck (1959)

B.A., Ph.D., Illinois

Lecturer in Romance Languages
Lecturer in Psychology

P rofessor of Ch e m is try

Professor of A nth ropology

Associate Professor of History

Professor of History

Professor of Mathematics

Professor of Psychology

Associate Professor of Biology

Veryl E.Becker (1969)

B.S., Gustavus Adolphus; M.S., South Dakota State; Ph.D., Michigan State

tDonald B. Bergey (1978) Instructor in Physical Education

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest

tt Raymond Berry (1978)

B.A., Virginia; M.F.A.. North Carolina (Greensboro)

Instructor in Art

Merrill G. Berthrong (1964)

B.A., Tufts; M.A., Fletcher; Ph.D., Pennsylvania

Associate Professor of History

*Dates following names indicate year of appointment.

**On leave, fall 1978.

f Part-time.

t1 -Part-time, fall 1978.

.79

*Deborah L. Best (1972, 1978)
B.A., M.A., Wake Forest

Thomas M. Bevei idge (1979)
M.A., M.Ed. ? Dundee

Instructor in Psychology
Instructor in Economics

*David Bindman (1977) Lecturer in Art History

B.A., M.A., Oxford; Ph.D., Courtauld Institute (London)

W. Thomas Boone (1973) Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., M.Ed., Northwestern State; Ph.D., Florida State

Germaine Bree ( 1 973) Kenan Professor of Humanities

Licence, E.E.S., Agregation, Paris; Litt.D., Smith, Mount Holyoke, Allegheny,

Duke, Oberlin, Dickinson. Rutgers, Wake Forest, Brown, Wisconsin, New York,

Massachusetts, Kalamazoo; L.H.D., Wilson, Colby, Michigan, Davis and Elkins;

LL.D.. Middleburv

Robert W. Brehme (1959)

B.S., Roanoke; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina

tDavidB. Broyles (1966)

B.A., Chicago; B.A., Florida; M.A., Ph.D., California

George McLeod Bryan (1956)

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Ph.D.. Yale

Shasta M.Bryant (1966)

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina

Julian Bueno (1978)

B.A., Pan-American; M.A., Texas Tech

P rofesso r of Physics

Associate Professor of Politics

Professor of Religion

Professor of Romance Languages

Instructor in Romance Languages

Professor of Speech Communication

Associate Professor of Mathematics

Sam J. Ervinjr. University Lecturer

Julian C. Burroughs Jr. (1958)

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan

ttRichard D. Carmichael ( 197 1 )

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke

♦Wallace Carroll (1974)

B.Litt., Marquette; LL.D., Duke; Litt.D., Wake Forest, Marquette

John A. Carter Jr. ( 1 96 1 ) Professor of English

B.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton

Dorothv Casey ( 1 949) Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., North Carolina (Greensboro); M.A., North Carolina

David W. Catron ( 1 963) Associate Professor of Psychology

B.A., Furman; Ph.D., George Peabody

* Part -tunc.

**Part-time, spring 1979.
fOn leave, spring 1979.
ffOn leave, 1978-79.

180

*Gale M. Chamblee ( 1 978) Instructor in Physical Education

B.A., East Carolina; M.A.T., North Carolina

Glenn L. Clark Jr. (1976) Lecturer in Business

B.S., Ohio State; M.B.A., Kentucky

Marvin S. Coats ( 1 976) Lecturer in Art

B.S.A., East Texas State; M.F.A., Oklahoma

John E. Collins ( 1970) Associate Professor of Religion

B.S., M.S., Tennessee; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Seminary; Ph.D., Princeton

Gary A. Cook ( 1 975) Instructor in Art

B.F.A., Michigan State; M.F.A., Northern Illinois

Leon P. Cook Jr. (1957) Associate Professor of Accountancy

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic; M.S., Tennessee; OP. A., Arkansas

Nancy J . Cotton ( 1977) Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Texas; M.A., Wisconsin; Ph.D., Columbia

John B. Coullard (1977) Instructor in Accountancy

B.S.E.E., Louisiana State; M.B.A., Syracuse; Ed.D., North Carolina (Greensboro)

Cyclone Covey ( 1 968) Professor of History

B.A., Ph.D., Stanford

*Frances Creighton ( 1 976) Instructor in Romance Languages

B.A., Marshall; M.A., Tennessee

Christopher D. Cribaro (1978) Instructor in History

B.S., Loyola; M.A., DePaul

Patricia M. Cunningham (1978) Assistant Professor of Education

B.A., Rhode Island; M.S., Florida State; Ed.S. Indiana State; Ph.D., Georgia

Sayeste A. Daser (1978) Assistant Professor of Business

B.A., Middle East Tech (Ankara); M.S., Ege (Izmir); Ph.D., North Carolina

Deborah S. David (1975) Instructor in Physical Education

B.S., M.A., Florida

J. William Dellastatious ( 1 975) Lecturer in Physical Education

B.S., M.S., Missouri

Arun P. Dewasthali ( 1 975) Associate Professor of Business

B.S., Bombay; M.S., Ph.D., Delaware

John F. Dimmick ( 1 96 1 ) Associate Professor of Biology

B.S., M.S., Western Illinois; Ph.D., Illinois

Ronald V. Dimock Jr. (1970) Associate Professor of Biology

B.A., New Hampshire; M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., California

*Part-time.

181

*James H. Dodding (1979) Visiting Lecturer in Theatre

*Joseph Dodson ( 1 977) Visiting Lecturer in Education

B.A., Western Carolina; M.Ed., Ed.D., Georgia

*Thomas E. Dougherty Jr. (1977) Visiting Lecturer in Religion

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Div., Ph.D., Southern Baptist Seminary

Robert H . Dufort ( 1 96 1 ) Professor of Psychology

B.A., Ph.D., Duke

Robert Allen Dyer ( 1 956) Professor of Religion

B.A., Louisiana State; Th.M., Ph.D., Southern Baptist Seminary

John R. Earle ( 1 963) Professor of Sociology

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina

Leo Ellison Jr. (1 957) Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., M.S., Northwestern State

Thomas M. Elmore ( 1 962) Professor of Counseling Psychology

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., George Peabodv; Ph.D., Ohio State

Gerald W. Esch ( 1 965) Professor of Biology

B.S., Colorado College; M.S.. Ph.D., Oklahoma

Andrew V. Ettin (1977) Assistant Professor of English

B.A. Rutgers; M.A., Ph.D., Washington

Herman E. Eure ( 1 974) Assistant Professor of Biology

B.S., Maryland State; Ph.D., Wake Forest

David K. Evans (1966) Associate Professor of Anthropology

B.S., Tulane; Ph.D., California

Stephen Ewing (1971) Associate Professor of Business

B.S., Howard Pavne; M.B.A., Baylor; D.B.A., Texas Tech

Philippe R. Falkenberg (1969) Associate Professor of Psychology

B.A., Queen's (Ontario); Ph.D., Duke

Doranne Fenoaltea ( 1 977) Associate Professor of Romance Languages

B.A., Mount Holvoke; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard

Jack D. Fleer ( 1 964) Associate Professor of Politics

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; M.S.. Florida State; Ph.D., North Carolina

H *Carol Friedman (1978) Instructor in Education

B.M.E., Memphis State

Walter S. Flory ( 1 963) Babcock Professor of Botany

B.A., Bridgewater; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia; Sc.D., Bridgewater

*Spnng, 1979.
**Pait-time.

182

Doyle R. Fosso (1964) Associate Professor of English

A.B., Harvard; M.A., Michigan; Ph.D.. Harvard

Ralph S. Fraser ( 1 962) Professor of German

B.A., Boston; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Illinois

Donald E. Frey ( 1 972) . Associate Professor of Economics

B.A., Weslevan; M.Div., Vale; Ph.D., Princeton

*Caroline S. Fullerton ( 1969) Instructor in Theatre Arts

B.A., Rollins; M.A., Texas Christian

Ivey C. Gentry ( 1 949) Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Wake Forest; B.S., New York; M.A., Ph.D.. Duke

}. Whitfield Gibbons ( 197 1 ) Adjunct Associate Professor of Biology

B.S., M.A., Alabama; Ph.D.. Michigan State

Christopher Giles ( 195 1) Assistant Professor of Music

B.S., Florida Southern; M.A., Ceorge Peabod)

*Gilda Glazer ( 1977) Instructor in Music

B.A., Queens; M.A., Columbia

**Kathleen Glenn ( 1 974) Associate Professor of Romance Languages

B.A., M.A.. Ph.D.. Stanford

Balkrishna Govind Gokhale ( 1 960) Professor of History and Asian Studies

B.A.. M.A.. Ph.D., Bombay

Thomas F. Gossett ( 1 967 ) Professor of English

B.A., M.A., Southern Methodist: Ph.D., Minnesota

Edward L. Grant ( 1 977) Assistant Professor of Military Science

B.B.A., Texas A & M

Floyd L. Griffin Jr. ( 1 975) Assistant Professor of Military Science

B.S., Tuskegee Institute; M.S.. Florida Tech

George J. Griffin (1948) Prof essor of Religion

B.A., Wake Forest; I h.B., Southern Baptist Seminary; B.D.. Yale: Ph.D. Edinburgh

Paul M. Gross Jr. (1959) Associate Professor of Chemistry

B.S.. Duke; Ph.D.. Brown

William H. Gulley ( 1966) Associate Pro] essor of Sociology

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina

David W. Hadlev ( 1 966) Associate Professor of History

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D.. Harvard

*Claire H. Hammond ( 1978) Instructor in Economic*.

B.A., Marv Washington

*F 'art-time.

**On leave, 1978-79.

J. Daniel Hammond (1978)
B.A., Wake forest

Emmett Willard Hamrick (1952)

B.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke

PhillipJ. Hamrick Jr. (1956)

B.S.. Morris Harvey; Ph.D., Duke

183

instructor in Economics

Professor of Religion

Professor of Chemistry

Carl V. Harris ( 1 956; Professor of Classical Languages

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D.. S.T.M., Yale; Ph.D.. Duke

*LucilleS. Harris (1957)

B.A., B.M., Meredith

*Negley Boyd Harte (1978)

B.S., London School of Economic s

Instructor in Music

Lecturer in History
(London)

Professor of Physics

Ysbrand Haven (1965)

Candidate, Doctorandus, Doctor. Rijks (Netherlands)

Elmer K. Hayashi ( 1973) Assistant Professor of Mathematics

B.A., California (Davis); M.S., San Diego State; Ph.D.. Illinois

*Roger Hazelton (1978) Visiting Professor of Religion

B.A., Amherst; B.D.. Chicago Seminary; M.A., Chicago; Ph.D.. Yale

Michael D. Hazen ( 1974) Assistant Professor of Speech Communication

B.A., Seattle Pacific; M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Kansas

Associate Professor of Chemistry

t Roger A. Hegstrom (1969)

B.A., St. Olaf; A.M. Ph.D., Harvard

Robert M. Helm (1940)

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke

J. Edwin Hendricks (1961)

B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D.. Virginia

Marcus B. Hester ( 1963)

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt

*S. Hugh High (1978)

A.B., Texas Christian; Ph.D., Duke

David Allen Hills (I960)

B.A., Kansas; M.A.. Ph.D.. Iowa

Willie L. Hinze(1975)

Professor of Philosophy

Professor of History

Professor of Philosophy

Visiting Assistant Professor of Economics
Associate Professor of Psychology

Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.S., M.A., Sam Houston State; Ph.D. Texas A & M

*Part-time.

**Fall 1978.

fOn leave, 1978-79.

184

Fred L. Hortonjr. (1970) Associate Professor of Religion

B.A., North Carolina; B.D., Union Seminary; Ph.D., Duke

William L. Hottinger ( 1 970) Associate Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Slippery Rock; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois

William D. Hounshell ( 1 978) Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.S., California Institute; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton

Fredric T. Howard ( 1 966) Professor of Mathematics

B.A., M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Duke

Sarah Hutslar ( 1 977) Visiting Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Ohio State; M.Ed., Miami; Ph.D., Ohio State

Delmer P. Hylton ( 1 949) Professor of Accountancy

B.S., M.B.A., Indiana; C.P.A., Indiana

*Charles F. Jackels (1977) Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B. Chem., Minnesota; Ph.D., Washington

*Susan C. Jackels (1977) Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.A., Carleton; Ph.D., Washington

Patricia Adams Johnson (1969) Instructor in English

B.A., Winston-Salem State; M.A., Wake Forest

W. Dillon Johnston ( 1 973) Associate Professor of English

B.A., Vanderbilt; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., Virginia

Virginia Z. Keller (1978) Instructor in Education

B.A., Salem; M.A., Appalachian

Alonzo W. Kenion ( 1 956) Professor of English

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Duke

Ralph C. Kennedy 1 1 1 ( 1 976) Assistant Professor of Philosophy

B.A., Ph.D., California

William C. Kerr ( 1 970) Associate Professor of Physics

B.S., Wooster; Ph.D., Cornell

Harry L. King Jr. (1960) Professor of Romance Languages

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina

Ellen E. Kirkman ( 1 975) Assistant Professor of Mathematics

B.A., Wooster; M.A., M.S., Ph.D., Michigan State

Robert Knott ( 1 975) Associate Professor of Art

B.A., Stanford; M.A., Illinois; Ph.D., Pennsylvania

Raymond E. Kuhn ( 1 968) Associate Professor of Biology

B.S., Carson-Newman; Ph.D., Tennessee

*Part-time.

185

James Kuzmanovich ( 1 972) Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Rose Polytechnic; Ph.D., Wisconsin

Hugo C. Lane (1973) Assistant Professor of Biology

Licenciate of the Biological Sciences, Doctorate of the Biological Sciences, Geneva

*Jon E. Larson ( 1 979) Instructor in Philosophy

B.A., Gustavus Adolphus

Brian Legakis ( 1 974) Assistant Professor of Art

B.A., California; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago

Annette LeSeige ( 1 975) Assistant Professor of Music

B.A., M.A., San Jose State; Ph.D., Eastman

David B. Levy ( 1 976) Instructor in Music

B.M., M.A., Eastman

**Charles M. Lewis ( 1 968) Associate Professor of Philosophy

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt; Th.M., Harvard

John H. Litcher (1973) Associate Professor of Education

B.S., Winona State; M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota

Gary R. Ljungquist (1972) Assistant Professor of Romance Languages

B.A., Clark; Ph.D., Cornell

R. Edward Lobb (1973) Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Toronto; M.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton

Allan D. Louden (1977) Instructor in Speech Communication

B.A., Montana State; M.A., Montana

Robert W. Lovett ( 1 962, 1 968) Associate Professor of English

B.A., Oglethorpe; M.A.T., Ph.D., Emory

Sam T. Manoogian ( 1 977) Adjunct Instructor in Psychology

B.A., Duke; M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., St. Louis

Milorad R. Margitic ( 1 978) Assistant Professor of Romance Languages

M.A., Leiden (Netherlands); Ph.D., Wayne State

Gregorio C. Martin (1976) Assistant Professor of Romance Languages

Diplome, Salamanca (Spain); M.A., Ph.D., Pittsburgh

*Jo Whitten May (1972) histructor in Speech Communication

B.S., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina (Greensboro)

J . Gaylord May ( 1 96 1 ) Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia

*P 'art-time, spring 1979.
**On leave, spring 1979.

186

W. Graham May ( 1 96 1 ) Associate Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia

Donna Mayer-Martin ( 1976) Instructor in Music

B.M., St. Mary (Kansas); M.M., Cincinnati

James C. McDonald ( 1 960) Associate Professor of Biology

B.A., Washington (St. Louis); M.A., Ph.D.. Missouri

James G. McDowell ( 1 965) Associate Professor of History

B.A., Colgate; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins

**Dolly A. McPherson (1974) Lecturer in English

B.A., Southern; M.A., Boston

Jay Meek (1977) Visiting Lecturer in English

B.A., Michigan; M.A., Syracuse

tMauro Mercanti ( 1979) Visiting Instructor in Art

Dottore in Architettura, Rome

Harrv B. Miller (1947) Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Ph.D., North Carolina

Joseph O. Milner ( 1 969) Assistant Professor of Education

B.A., Davidson; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina

Carlton T. Mitchell ( 1 96 1 ) Professor of Religion

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale; S.T.M., Union Seminary; Ph.D., New York

*John V. Mochnick ( 1 976) Assistant Professor of Music

B.M., Heidelberg; M.M., Indiana; D.M.A., Cincinnati

John C. Moorhouse (1969) Associate Professor of Economics

B.A., Wabash; Ph.D., Northwester

Carl C. Moses ( 1 964) Associate Professor of Politics

A.B., William and Mary; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina

William M. Moss (1971) Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Davidson; Ph.D., North Carolina

Thomas E. Mullen (1957) Professor of History

B.A., Rollins; M.A., Ph.D., Emory

Sandra J . Newell ( 1 978) Visiting Assistant Professor of Biology

B.S., Ph.D., Toledo
Candelas M. Newton (1978) Instructor in Romance Languages

B.A., Salamanca (Spain); M.A., Pittsburgh

*Part-time.

**On leave, 1978-79.

fPart-time, spring 1979.

187

Linda N. Nielsen (1974) Assistant Professor of Education

B.A., Stetson; M.S., Ed.D., Tennessee

Ronald E. Noftle (1967) Associate Professor of Chemistry

B.S., New Hampshire; Ph.D., Washington

John W. Nowell ( 1 945) Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Wake Forest; Ph.D., North Carolina

James C. O'Flaherty (1947) Professor of German

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Kentucky; Ph.D.. Chicago

A. Thomas Olive ( 1 96 1 ) Associate Professor of Biology

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina State

Susan A. Ostrander ( 1978) Assistant Professor oj Sociology

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Case Western Reserve

Jeanne Owen ( 1 956) Professor of Business Law

B.S., North Carolina (Greensboro); M.C.S., Indiana; J.D., North Carolina

John E. Parker Jr. (1 950) Professor of Education and Romance Languages

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse

Philip J . Perricone ( 1 967) Associate Professor of Sociology

B.S., M.A., Florida; Ph.D., Kentucky

Percival Perry (1939, 1947) Professor of History

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Duke

Elizabeth Phillips ( 1 957) Professor of English

B.A., North Carolina (Greensboro); M.A., Iowa; Ph.D., Pennsylvania

*Terisio Pignatti (1971) Visiting Professor of Art Histoiy

Ph.D., Padua (Venice)

Andrew W. Polk III (1977) Instructor in Art

B.F.A., Memphis State; M.F.A., Indiana

Lee Harris Potter (1965) Professor of English

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina

Herman J. Preseren (1953) Prof essor of Education

B.S., California State (Pennsylvania); M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina

Ray H. Price (1978) Instructor in Mathematics

B.A., Wofford; M.A., Wake Forest

Gregory D. Pritchard ( 1 968) Professor of Philosophy

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; B.D., Southern Baptist Seminar); Ph.D., Columbia

Teresa Radomski ( 1 977) Instructor in Music

B.M., Eastman; M.M., Colorado

* Part-time.

Beulah L. Ray nor ( 1 946) Associate Professor of English

B.A., East Carolina; M.A., Wake Forest

J. Don Reeves ( 1 967) Associate Professor of Education

B.A., Mercer; B.D., Th.M., Southern Baptist Seminary; Ed.D., Columbia

Jon M. Reinhardt ( 1 964) Associate Professor of Politics

B.A., Birmingham-Southern; M.A., Ph.D , Tulane

Walter J . Rejeski Jr. ( 1 978) Assistant Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Norwich; M.A., Ph.D., Connecticut

Paul M. Ribisl ( 1 973) Associate Professor of Physical Education

B.S., Pittsburgh; M.A., Kent State; Ph.D., Illinois

Latira P. Rice-Sayre ( 1 976) Visiting Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Ohio State; M.A., Kent State; Ph.D., Washington

C. H . Richards Jr. ( 1 952) Professor of Politics

B.A., Texas Christian; M.A., Ph.D., Duke

Stephen H. Richardson (1963) Adjunct Professor of Biology

B.A., California; M.S., Ph.D., Southern California

Charles L. Richman ( 1 968) Associate Professor of Psychology

B.A., Virginia; M.A., Yeshiva; Ph.D., Cincinnati

Daniel J . Richman (1978) Visiting Assistant Professor of Mathematics

A.B., Harvard; M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Wisconsin

*Ward A. Riley, Jr. ( 1 978) Visiting Assistant Professor of Physics

B.A., Kalamazoo; M.S., Michigan State; Ph.D., Southern Illinois

Leonard P. Roberge (1974) Assistant Professor of Education

B.A., New Hampshire; M.A., Atlanta; Ed.D., Maine

Mary Frances Robinson ( 1 952) Professor of Romance Languages

B.A., Wilson; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse

Eva Marie Rodtwitt ( 1 966) Lecturer in Romance Languages

Can. Philol., Oslo (Norway)

**Michael Roman (1973) Assistant Professor of English

A.B., Harvard; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania

Laura V. Rouzan (1975) Instructor in Speech Communication

B.A., Xavier; M.A., Georgia

Gail L. Sailer (1977) Instructor in Physical Education

B.S., Bowling Green State; M.A., North Carolina

Wilmer D. Sanders (1954, 1964) Associate Professor of German

B.A., Muhlenberg; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana

*Pari-time, fall 1978.
**On leave, 1978-1979.

189

John W. Sawyer ( 1 956) Professor of Mathematics

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri

Henry M . Sayre ( 1 976) Visiting Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Stanford; Ph.D., Washington

Donald O. Schoonmaker (1965) Associate Professor of Politics

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton

Richard D. Sears ( 1 964) Associate Professor of Politics

B.A., Clark; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana

Ben M. Seelbinder (1959) Professor of Mathematics

B.A., Mississippi Delta State; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina

Margaret B. Seelbinder ( 196 1 , 1977) Instructor in Mathematics

B.A., Randolph-Macon Woman's College; M.A., North Carolina

Dorothy Jean Carter Seeman ( 1976) Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., Wake Forest; B.S., Ph.D., Georgia

Timothy F. Sellner ( 1 970) Associate Professor of German

B.A., Michigan; M.A., Wayne State; Ph.D., Michigan

Bynum G. Shaw (1965) Lecturer in Journalism

B.A., Wake Forest

*Howard W. Shields (1958) Professor of Physics

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Duke

Susan Grace Shillinglaw ( 1 977) Instructor in English

B.A., Cornell (Iowa); M.A., North Carolina

Franklin R. Shirley (1948) Professor of Speech Communication

B.A., Georgetown; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., Florida

Richard L. Shoemaker ( 1 950) Professor of Romance Languages

B.A., Colgate; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Virginia

Robert N . Shorter ( 1 958) Professor of English

B.A., Union College; M.A., Ph.D., Duke

Michael L. Sinclair ( 1 968) Associate Professor of History

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Stanford

David L. Smiley (1950) Professor of History

B.A., M.A., Baylor; Ph.D., Wisconsin

J. Howell Smith (1965) Associate Professor of History

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Tulane; Ph.D., Wisconsin

Cecelia H . Solano (1977) Assistant Professor of Psychology

B.A., Radcliffe; M.A., Ph.D., Johns Hopkins

*On leave, 1978-79.

190

Blanche C . Specr (1972) Assistant Professor of Linguistics

B.A., Howard Payne; M.A., Ph.D., Colorado

*Chris Stanley ( 1 978) Lecturer in Theatre Arts

B.A., M.A., Bristol (Great Britain) (London)

James A. Steintrager ( 1 969) Professor of Politics

B.A., Notre Dame; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago

Laura M . Stone (1977) Visiting Assistant Professor of Classical Languages

B.A., Smith; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina

Henry Smith Stroupe ( 1 937) Professor of History

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke

David A. Stump ( 1 977) Adjunct Instructor in Psychology

B.A., Trinity (Texas); M.A., Ph.D., Houston

Anna- Vera Sullam ( 1 972) Instructor in Romance Languages

B.A., Padua (Venice)

Robert L. Sullivan (1962) Associate Professor of Biology

B.A., Delaware; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State

* *Charles H . Talbert ( 1 963) Professor of Religion

B.A., Howard; B.D., Southern Baptist Seminary; Ph.D., Vanderbilt

Thomas C. Taylor (1971) Associate Professor of Accountancy

B.S., M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Louisiana State; C.P.A., North Carolina

Harold C. Tedford ( 1 965) Associate Professor of Theatre Arts

B.A., Ouachita; M.A., Arkansas; Ph.D., Louisiana State

Stanton K. Tefft ( 1964) Associate Professor of Anthropology

B.A., Michigan State; M.S., Wisconsin; Ph.D., Minnesota

Mary Beth Thomas (1971) Associate Professor of Biology

B.A., Agnes Scott; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina

Mary L. Thomas ( 1 975) Instructor in Romance Languages

B.A., Ohio; M.A., Michigan

Michael J . Thomas ( 1 978) Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Indiana; Ph.D., California (Los Angeles)

Olive S. Thomas ( 1 978) Instructor in Business

B.S., Wake Forest; M.B.A., North Carolina (Greensboro); C.P.A., North Carolina

Anne S. Tillett (1956, 1 960) Professor of Romance Languages

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Northwestern

Lowell R. Tillett ( 1 956) Professor of History

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina

^Part-time, fall 197 '8.
**On leave, spring 1979.

191

Richard I. Tirrell (1977)

B.S., Purdue; M.S., Kansas State

Sylvia Trelles (1977)

B.A., Ripon; M.A., Michigan

Robert W. Uleryjr. (1971)
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Vale

Robert L. Utlev Jr. ( 1978)

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Duke

Visiting Lecture) in Education

Instructor in Romance Languages

Associate Professor of Classical Languages

Instructor in Politics

Professor of Mathematics

Professor of Economics

Marcellus E. Waddill (1962)

B.A., Hampden-Sydney; M.A., Ph.D., Pittsburgh

J. Van Wagstalf (1964)

B.A., Randolph-Macon; M.B.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Virginia

William D. Waller ( 1978) Assistant Professor of Military Science

B.B.A., Campbell; M.S., Troy State

James D. Walter ( 1 978) Visiting Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.A., Kent State; M.A., Indiana; Ph.D., Ohio State

Anderson H. Walters (1975) Professor of Military Science

B.S., Inked States Military Academy: M.S., Ohio State

David E.Walters (1978)
B.S., Florida State

DavidS. Weaver (1977)

B.A., M.A., Arizona; Ph.D., New Mexico

Peter D. Weigl ( 1968)

B.A., Williams; Ph.D., Duke

David Welkerf 1969)

B.A.. M.A., Illinois; Ph.D.. Minnesota

Larry E. West (1969)

B.A.. Berea; Ph.D., Vanderbilt

'Frank H. Whitchurch (1971)

B.S., M.A., Minnesota; M.A., Ohio State

Assistant Professor of Military Science

Assistant Professor of Anthropology

Associate Professor of Biology

Professor of Theatre Arts

Associate Professor of German

Instructor in Romance Languages

[David Whiteside ( 1 979) Visiting Assistant Professor of Philosophy

B.A., South; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan; M.S.S.W.. Louisville

Assistant Professor of Histoid

Alan J. Williams (1974)

B.A.. Stanford; M.Phil., Ph.D., Vale

George P. Williams ( 1958)

B.S., Richmond; M.S.. Ph.D., North Carolina

Professor of Physics

*Part-time, fall 1978.

**Part-time.

tPart-time, spring 1979.

192

John E. Williams ( 1 959) Professor of Psychology

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa

*Kathryn B. Williams (1977) Instructor in Psychology

B.A., Miami (Ohio); M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Fielding

Edwin Graves Wilson ( 1 946, 1951) Professor of English

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard

William A. Wilson (1977) Instructor in English

B.A., M.A., Virginia

Donald H . Wolfe ( 1 968) Associate Professor of Theatre Arts

B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois; Ph.D., Cornell

Frank B . Wood (1971) Adjunct Assista nt Professor of Psychology

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; M.Div., Southeastern Baptist Seminary; Ph.D., Duke

Ralph C. Woodjr. (1971) Assistant Professor of Religion

B.A., M.A., East Texas State; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago

J. Ned Woodall (1969) Associate Professor of Anthropology

B.A., M.A., Texas; Ph.D., Southern Methodist

John J . Woodmansee ( 1 965) Associate Professor of Psychology

B.A., Westminster; M.A., Denver; Ph.D., Colorado

John D. Wray (1978) Assistant Professor of Military Science

B.S., Marian

Raymond L. Wyatt ( 1 956) Professor of Biology

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina

W. Buck Yearns Jr. (1945) Professor of History

B.A., Duke; M.A., Georgia; Ph.D., North Carolina

Alice H. Zigelis (1977) Instructor in Classical Languages

B.A., Smith

Richard L. Zuber ( 1 962) Professor of History

B.S., Appalachian; M.A., Emory; Ph.D., Duke

*Part-time.

193

Emeriti

*Harold M. Barrow (1948-1977) » Professor Emeritus of Physical Education

B.A., Westminster; M.A., Missouri; P.E.D., Indiana

Dalma Adolph Brown ( 1 94 1 - 1 973) /> Professor Emeritus of English

B.A., M.A., North Carolina

Ruth F. Campbell ( 1 962- 1 974) ' Professor Emerita of Spanish

B.A., North Carolina (Greensboro); M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D.. Duke

**Forrest W. Clonts (1922-24; 1925-1967) Professor Emeritus of History

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ohio State

Marjorie Crisp ( 1 947- 1977) t Associate Professor Emerita of Physical Education

B.S., Appalachian; M.A., George Peahody

Ethel T. Crittenden (1915-1946) Librarian Emerita

Cronje B. Earp ( 1 940- 1971) Professor Emeritus of Classical Languages

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia

J. Allen Easley (1928-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion

B.A., Furman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Seminary; D.D., Furman

Edgar Estes Folk ( 1 936- 1 967) Professor Emeritus of English

B.A., Wake Forest; M.S., Columbia; Ph.D., George Peabody

tRoland L. Gay ( 1 933- 1 972) v« Professor Emeritus of Mathematics

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., North Carolina State

Ralph Cyrus Heath (1954-1969) Professor Emeritus of Marketing

B.A., Princeton; M.B.A., D.B.A., Indiana

Owen F. Herring ( 1 946- 1 963) Professor Emeritus of Religion

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Seminary; D.D., Georgetown

Lois Johnson (1942-1962) Dean of Women Emerita

B.A., Meredith; M.A., North Carolina

Robert E. Lee (1946-1977) Professor Emeritus of Law and

B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; M. A., Columbia; Dean Emeritus of the School of Law
LL.M., S.J. D., Duke

ttThane McDonald ( 1 94 1 - 1 975) Professor Emeritus of Music

B.M., M.M., Michigan; Ed.D., Columbia

Jasper L. Memory Jr. ( 1 929- 1971) Professor- Emeritus of Education

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Columbia

*Dates following names indicate period of service.
**Died June 4, 1978.
fDied May 13, 1979.
tfDied August 12, 1978.

194

Harold Dawes Parcell (1935-1970)

B.A., North Carolina; A.M.. Ph.D.

Professor Emeritus of Romance Languages
Harvard

Clarence H. Patrick (1946-1978) Professor Emeritus of Sociology

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Andover Newton; Ph.D., Duke

Grady S. Patterson (1924-1972)
B.A., Wake Forest

Albert C. Reid (1917-18; 1920-1965)

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Cornell

PaulS. Robinson (1952-1977)

B.A., Westminster; B.M., Curtis; M.S.M.,

R egistra r E meritus

Professor Emeritus of Philosophy

Professor Emeritus of Music
D.S.M., Union Seminary

Harold Wayland Tribble (1950-1967) President Emeritus

B.A., Richmond; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Seminary; M.A., Louisville; Ph.D.

Edinburgh; D.D., Stetson; LL.D., Union University, Wake Forest, Richmond, Duke,

North Carolina

Carroll W. Weathers ( 1 950- 1972) Professor Emeritus of Law and

B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest Dean Emeritus of the School of Law

Carlton P. West (1928-1975) Librarian Emeritus

B.A., Boston; M.A., Yale; B.A. in L.S., North Carolina

195

The Committees of the Faculty

September 1, 1979

The terms of members, except where otherwise shown, expire on August 31 of
the year indicated. Each committee selects its own chairman except where the
chairman is designated. All members of a committee vote except as otherwise
indicated

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEES

The Committee on Academic Affairs

Non-voting. Dean of Men, Dean of Women, Associate Dean, Assistant Dean, and one
student in the College. Voting. Dean of the College; 1982 John Willian Angell,
Kathleen Glenn; 1981 Jack D. Fleer, Timothy F. Sellner; 1980 Alonzo W. Kenion,
Robert W. Lovett, and one student in the College.

The Committee on Admissions

Non-voting. Director of Admissions and Financial Aid, Associate Dean of the
College, Dean of Women, and one student in the College. Voting. Dean of the
College; 1982 James Kuzmanovich, Ralph C. Wood Jr.; 1981 John W. Nowell,
Charles H. Talbert; 1980 Herman E. Eure, Robert N. Shorter, and one student in
the College.

The Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid

Non-voting. One student in the College. Voting. Dean of the College, Director of
Admissions and Financial Aid, Dean of Women, Associate Dean; 1982 Ronald V.
Dimock Jr., Carl C. Moses; 1981 Peter D. Weigl, Alan J. Williams; 1980 John E.
Collins, Anne S. Tillett, and one student in the College.

The Committee on Curriculum

Voting. Provost, Dean of the College, Registrar, and the chairman of each
department of the College as follows: Division I. Art, Classical Languages, English,
German, Music, Romance Languages, Speech Communication and Theatre Arts;
Division II. Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physical Education, Physics; Division
III. Education, History, Military Science, Philosophy. Religion; Division IV.
Anthropology, Business and Accountancy, Economics, Politics, Psychology,
Sociology.

196

ADVISORY COMMITTEES

The Committee on Academic Planning

Non-voting. Provost; and one student in the College. Voting. Dean of the College,
Director of Libraries; 1983 James P. Barefield, John C. Moorhouse, 1982 Elizabeth
Phillips, Mary Beth Thomas; 1981 Richard C. Barnett, James A. Steintrager; 1980
Elmer Hayashi, Wilmer D. Sanders, and one student in the College.

The Committee on Athletics

Non-voting. Director of Athletics. Voting. Vice President and Treasurer, Dean of the
College, faculty representative to the Atlantic Coast Conference; 1984 Marcus B.
Hester, J. Don Reeves; 1983 Ivey C. Gentry, Jeanne Owen; 1982 John William
Angell, David K. Evans; 1981 Philippe R. Falkenberg, Michael L. Sinclair; 1980
Robert C. Beck, Philip J. Perricone.

The Committee on Institutional Planning

Non-voting. Provost, Vice President and Treasurer, and one student in the College.
Voting. Dean of the College; 1983 James G. McDowell, J. Van Wagstaff; 1982
Charles M. Allen, Lee Harris Potter; 1981 J. Edwin Hendricks, John E. Williams;
1980 Ronald E. Noftle, Donald H. Wolfe, and one student in the College.

The Committee on Nominations

Voting. 1982 David W. Catron, Gregory D. Pritchard; 1981 John A. Cartel Jr., C. H.
Richards Jr.; 1980 Howard W. Shields, Lowell R. Tillett.

The Committee on Library Planning

Non-voting. Provost, Dean of the Graduate School, one faculty representative from
the Committee on Academic Planning, and one student in the College. Voting. One
faculty member from each department in the College, Dean of the College,
Director of Libraries, and one student in the College.

SPECIAL COMMITTEES

The Committee on Publications

Dean of the College, Vice President and Treasurer, Director of Communications,
the three faculty advisers of Old Gold and Black, The Student, and The Howler; 1982
Charles M. Lewis; 1981 David L. Smiley; 1980 Lee Harris Potter.

The Committee for Teacher Education

Dean of the College, Dean of the Graduate School, Chairman of the Department of
Education; 1982 Carl V. Harris, Charles L. Richman; 1981 Stephen Ewing, Marcus
B. Hester; 1980 William L. Hottinger, J. Don Reeves.

197

The Committee for the ROTC

Dean of the College, the R.O.T.C. Coordinator, the Professor of Military Science;
1982 Leon P. Cook jr.; 1981 James G. McDowell; 1980 W. Graham May.

The Committee on Honors

Non-voting. One student in the College. Voting. Dean of the College, the
Coordinator of the Honors Program; 1983 Mary Beth Thomas; 1982 J. Ned
Woodall; 1981 Robert W. Ulery Jr.; 1980 Fred L. Horton Jr., and one student in
the College.

The Committee of Lower Division Advisers

Dean of the College; Chairman of the Lower Division Advisers (Robert W.
Brehme); Brian M. Austin, John E. Collins, Nancy J. Cotton, Cyclone Covey,
Deborah S. David, John F. Dimmick, Carol S. Disque, Leo Ellison Jr., Herman E.
Eure, Philippe R. Falkenberg, Jack D. Fleer, Donald E. Frev, Thomas F. Gossett,
Carl V. Harris, Elmer K. Havashi, N. Rick Heatley, Marcus B. Hester, David A.
Hills, Willie Lee Hinze, Fred L. Horton Jr., Patricia A.Johnson, Ellen E. Kirkman,
James Kuzmanovich, Lula M. Leake, W. Graham May, James G. McDowell, Carlton
T. Mitchell, Carl C. Moses, Linda N. Nielsen, A. Thomas Olive, Gregory D.
Pritchard, Teresa Radomski, Paul M. Ribisl, Eva Marie Rodtwitt, Laura V. Rouzan,
Ben M. Seelbinder, Timothy F. Sellner, Michael L. Sinclair, J. Howell Smith,
Cecelia H. Solano, Laura M. Stone, Robert L. Sullivan, Mary Beth Thomas, Robert
W. Ulery Jr., Marcellus E. Waddill, David S. Weaver, Peter D. Weigl, Larry E. West,
Frank H. Whitchurch, Alan J. Williams, Ralph C. Wood Jr., J. Ned Woodall,
Raymond L. Wyatt. Open Curriculum: Richard C. Barnett, John A. Carter Jr., David
W. Hadley, William C. Kerr, Donald O. Schoonmaker, Harold C. Tedford.

The Committee on Orientation

Dean of the College, Chairman of the Lower Division Advisers, Dean of Men, Dean
of Women, President of the Student Government or his or her representative, and
other persons from the administration and student body invited by the chairman.

The Committee on Records and Information

Non-voting. The Registrar. Voting. Dean of the College, Archivist, Vice President of
the Faculty, Secretary of the Faculty; 1982 Cyclone Covey, 1981 Charles M. Allen;
1980 Fredric T. Howard.

The Committee on Open Curriculum

Dean of the College; 1983 John L. Andronica, J. Ned Woodall; 1982 David W.
Hadley, William C. Kerr; 1981 John A. Carter Jr., Donald O. Schoonmaker; 1980
Richard C. Barnett, Roger A. Hegstrom.

198

OTHER

Faculty Advisers to the Honor Council

1981 Robert N. Shorter, 1980 A. Thomas Olive, 1979 John V. Baxley
Faculty Advisers to the Student Judicial Board

1981 Stephen Ewing, 1980 Ellen E. Kirkman; 1979 Larry E. West
Faculty Marshals

Carlton T. Mitchell, John E. Parker Jr., Mary Frances Robinson

JOINT FACULTY/ADMINISTRATION COMMITTEES

The Joint Admissions Committee

Dean of the College, Director of Admissions and Financial Aid, Provost, Donald O.
Schoonmaker, Herman E. Eure, Robert N. Shorter.

The Judicial Council

Administration. Toby A. Hale, Richard W. McBride. Faculty. Fred L. Horton Jr.,
Blanche C. Speer, Jeanne Owen, Marcellus E. Waddill, George P. Williams; two
students in the College. Faculty Alternates. Richard C. Barnett, Carlton T. Mitchell.
Administrative Alternate. Patricia Adams Johnson and one student alternate.

The Committee on Student Life

Dean of the College or his designate, Dean of Women, Dean of Men; 1982 William
H. Gulley; 1981 Ralph C. Wood Jr.; 1980 Dorothy Casey, and three students in the
College.

OTHER COMMITTEES

Equal Opportunity Advisory Committee

Frances G. Baird, Bernard L. Beatty, Charles Blackwell, Ronald M. Boston,
Dorothy Casey, Edgar D. Christman, Herman E. Eure, Harriett Faulkner, James L.
Ferrell, Mildred K. Garris, Ross A. Griffith, Joseph G. Gordon, Calvin Johnson,
Christine Johnson, Norman Klase, David Leake, Annette LeSeige, Thomas E.
Mullen, Larrv L. Palmer, Curtis L. Parker, Charles P. Rose Jr., Laura V. Rouzan,
Meyressa H. Schoonmaker, Nat E. Smith, Nina Stokes, Henry Smith Stroupe, Betty
Jo Zimmerman.

University Grievance Committee

College. Jeanne Owen, Harry B. Miller (alternate); Graduate School. Richard W. St.
Clair, David W. Catron (alternate); School of Law. George K. Walker, Joel S.
Newman (alternate); Babcock School of Management. William J. Heisler, Robert N.
White (alternate); Bowman Gray School of Medicine. Timothy C. Pennell, Walter J. Bo
(alternate).

199

UNIVERSITY SENATE

President, Provost, Vice President for Health Affairs, Vice President and
Treasurer, Dean of the College, Dean of the Graduate School, Dean of the School
of Law, Dean of the Babcock Graduate School of Management, Dean of the
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Director of Libraries, and the following:

Representatives of the College. 1983 Bynum G. Shaw, Charles H. Talbert; 1982 Alonzo
W. Kenion, James C. O'Flaherty; 1981 E. Pendleton Banks, C. H. Richards Jr.;

1980 John L. Andronica, Delmer P. Hylton.

Representatives of the Graduate School. 1983 Howard W. Shields, 1982 Robert W.
Cowgill, 1981 H. Wallace Baird, 1980 Richard C. Barnett.

Representatives of the School of Law. 1983 Joel S. Newman, 1981 Rhoda B. Billings.

Representatives of the Babcock Graduate School of Management: 1983 Thomas A. GoHo,

1981 William J. Heisler.

Representatives of (he Bowman Gray School of Medicine. 1983 C. Douglas Maynard, 1982
Eben Alexander, 1981 Robert W. Prichard, 1980 Walter J. Bo.

200

Index

Academic Awards, 23

Academic Buildings, 18

Academic Calendar, 31

Accountancy, 73

Accreditation, 9

Administration, 20, 172

Admission Deposit, 29

Admission Requirements, 27

Advanced Placement, 28

Advising, 32

Alcoa Foundation Scholarship, 38

Alpha Phi Omega Scholarship, 39

Anthropology, 58

Application for Admission, 27

Applied Music, 110

Applied Music Fees, 30

Art, 61

Art Collections, 26

Art History, 62

Artists Series, 25

Artom Fund, 39

Asian Studies, 65

Athletic Awards, 24

Athletic Scholarships, 24

Athletics, 24

Attendance Requirements, 33

Auditing, 33

Babcock Graduate School of

Management, 8
Basic Course Requirements, 51
Basic Education Opportunity

Grants, 39
Biology, 66

Board of Trustees, 168
Board of Visitors, 170
Bogota Semester, 42
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 8
Brown Scholarship, 39
Bryan Foundation Student Loan

Plan, 43
Buildings and Grounds, 18
Bushnell Baptist Church Loan

Fund, 43

Business, 71

Business and Accountancy, 71

Calendar, 2

Campus Ministry, 25

Career Development Service, 26

Carroll Scholarship, 39

Carswell Scholarships, 38

Carver Scholarship, 39

Case Referral Board, 22

Challenge Symposium, 25

Charges, 29

Chemistry, 74

Chinese, 139

Choral Ensembles, 25, 109

Church Choir Work Grants, 45

Class Attendance, 33

Classical Languages, 75

Classics, 78

Classification, 32

CLEP, 28

College Historv and Development, 1 1

College Scholarships, 39

College Union, 22

College Work/Study Program, 45

Combined Degrees, 54

Committees of the Faculty, 195

Concerts, 25

Concessions, 44

Council Fund, 43

Course Numbers, 58

Course Repetition, 35

Courses of Instruction, 58

Crowell Scholarship, 39

Cultural Activities, 25

Cultural Resources, 26

Dance, 26, 114

Dean's List, 35

Debate, 25

Degree Requirements, 50

Degrees, 9, 50

Degrees Conferred, 148

Denmark Loan Fund. 13, 43

Dentistry Degree, 56

201

Deposits, 29

Dijon Semester, 49, 135

Distinctions Conferred, 156

Divisional Course Requirements, 51

Double Majors, 54

Dropping a Course, 34

Dunn Loan Fund, 43

Duplin County Loan Fund, 43

Early Decision, 28

Earnshaw Loan Fund, 43

Economics, 79

Ecumenical Institute, 25

Education, 82

Emeriti, 193

Engineering Degree, 57

English, 87

Enrollment Summary, 162

Equal Opportunity Advisory

Committee, 198
Examinations, 34
Exchange Scholarships, 42
Expenses, 29
Faculty, 178
Faculty Marshals, 198
Fees, 29

Fields of Study, 50, 53
Financial Aid, 38, 43
Food Services, 31
Forestry and Environmental

Studies Degree, 57
Four-Week Courses, 48
Fraternities, 23
Freeman Scholarship, 39
French, 132

French Exchange Scholarship, 43
French Semester, 49, 135
Friendly Student Loan Fund, 43
Geographical Distribution, 163
German, 91

German Exchange Scholarship, 42
Gill Scholarship, 39
Glover Scholarship, 40
Goebel Scholarship, 40
Grade Reports, 35
Grading System, 34
Graduate School, 8

Graduation Distinctions, 35, 156
Graduation Fee, 30
Graduation Requirements, 37
Greek, 76
Guaranteed Student Loan

Program, 43
Hamrick Scholarship, 40
Hankins Loan Fund, 43
Hankins Scholarships, 38
Harris Loan Fund, 43
Health Service, 26, 30
Hebrew, 131
Hindi, 139
History, 93

Hobgood Scholarship, 40
Hollifield Scholarship, 40
Honor Council, 22
Honor Societies, 23
Honor Code, 21
Honors Study, 47, 99
Housing, 31
Howler, 25
Humanities, 98
Incomplete Grades, 34
Independent Study, 49
Indian Semester, 49
Instrumental Ensembles, 25, 109
Intercollegiate Athletics, 24
Interdisciplinary Honors, 99
Interfraternity Council, 23
Intersociety Council, 23
Intramural Athletics, 24
Italian, 139
January Study, 48
Joint Majors, 54
Journalism, 89
Judicial Board, 22
Keiger Scholarship, 40
Kent Scholarships, 40
Kirkpatrick-Howell Scholarship, 40
Knott Scholarship, 24
Langston Loan Fund, 44
Latin, 77
Law Degree, 54
Law School, 8
Libraries, 9

202

Literature Lectures, 25

Loans, 43

London Semester, 48

Lower Division Requirements,

50, 51, 52
Majors, 50, 53
Management School, 8
Mathematical Economics, 79, 101
Mathematics, 101
Mathematics-Biology, 67, 101
Mathematics-Business, 71, 101, 102
Maximum Number of Courses, 53
McDonald Scholarship, 40
Medals, 23
Medical School, 8
Medical Sciences Degree, 55
Medical Technology Degree, 55
Men's Residence Council, 22
Microbiology Degree, 56
Military Science, 104
Ministerial Aid Fund, 45
Ministerial Concessions, 45
Mortar Board, 23, 160
Music, 105

Music Education, 84, 108
Music Ensemble, 109
Music History, 107
Music Theory, 106
National Direct Student Loan

Program, 44
Norfleet Scholarship, 40
North Carolina Insured Student

Loan Program, 44
North Carolina Scholarships, 40
North Carolina Student Incentive

Grants, 41
Norton Loan Fund, 44
Norwegian, 140
Old Gold and Black, 25
Omicron Delta Kappa, 23, 160
Open Curriculum, 47
Opera, 25, 109
Orientation, 32
Palmer Award, 24
Parham Scholarship, 41
Pass/Fail Grades, 35

Pettus Scholarship, 41

Phi Beta Kappa, 10, 23, 161

Philosophy, 1 1 1

Philosophy Seminar, 25

Physical Education, 113

Physical Education Requirement, 52, 113

Physical Assistant Program

Degree, 56
Physics, 116
Piccolo Award, 24
Placement Service, 26
Politics, 118
Poteat Scholarship, 41
Powers Fund, 44
Probation, 36
Procedures, 27
Professional Fraternities, 23
Professional Schools, 8
Proficiency in the English

Language, 52
Psychological Service, 26
Psychology, 123
Publications, 25
Pullen Scholarship, 41
Purpose, 19
Raby Loan Fund, 44
Radio Station, 25
Radio/Television/Film, 146
Raynor Scholarship, 41
Readmission Requirements, 37
Recognition, 9
Recreational Activities, 24
Refunds, 30
Registration, 32
Rehabilitation Concessions, 45
Religion, 127
Religion Lectures, 25
Religious Activities, 25
Repetition of Courses, 35
Requirements for Continuation, 36
Requirements for Degrees, 50
Residence Councils, 22
Residence Hall Charges, 29, 31
Residential Buildings, 18
Residential Language Centers, 47
Revell Scholarship, 41

203

Reynolds Scholarship, 41
Romance Languages, 131
Room Charges, 39, 31
ROTC, 104

ROTC Scholarships, 41
Russian, 140

Salamanca Semester, 49, 138
Salem College Study, 48
Scholarships, 38
Senior Conditions, 37
Senior Testing, 54
Sigma Xi, 10
Slate Loan Fund, 44
Smith Scholarship, 41
Societies, 23
Sociology, 140
Spanish, 136

Spanish Exchange Scholarship, 42
Spanish Semester, 49, 138
Special Programs, 47
Speech Communication, 143
Sternberger Scholarships, 42
Straughan Scholarship, 42
Student/Student Spouse Employ-
ment, 45
Student/Faculty Committees, 195
Student Government, 21
Student Legislature, 21
Student Life, 21
Student Magazine, 25

Studio Art, 64
Study Abroad, 48
Summer Session, 48
Summer Study Elsewhere, 48
Supplemental Education Opportunity

Grants, 42
Sykes Scholarship, 42
Teaching Area Requirements, 83
Theatre Arts, 146
Transcripts, 30, 35
Transfer Credit, 28
Trustees, 168
Tuition, 29

Tyner-Pittman Scholarship, 42
University, 8
University Senate, 199
University Grievance Committee, 199
Upper Division Study, 53
Vehicle Registration, 30
Venice Semester, 48, 140
Veteran Benefits, 45
Visitors, 170
WFDD-FM, 25
Williams Scholarship, 42
Wilson Scholarship, 42
Withdrawal, 34

Women's Residence Council, 22
Work/Studv Program, 45
Worsham Scholarship, 24
Wyatt Scholarship, 42

Bulletins of Wake Forest University

The College

Director of Admissions and Financial Aid

7305 Reynolda Station

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109

919-761-5201

The Graduate School

Dean of the Graduate School

7487 Reynolda Station

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109

919-761-5301

The School of Law

Director of Admissions

7206 Reynolda Station

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109

919-761-5437

The Babcock Graduate School of Management

Director of Admissions

7659 Reynolda Station

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109

919-761-5422

The Bowman Gray School of Medicine

Associate Dean for Admissions

300 Hawthorne Road

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27103

919-727-4265

The Summer Session

Dean of the Summer Session

7293 Reynolda Station

Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109

919-761-5227

William E. Ray, Editor

Wake Forest University administers all educational and employment
activities without discrimination because of race, color, religion, national
origin, age, handicap, or sex, except where exempt.

Director of Admissions
Wake Forest University
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109

Second Class Postage Paid

Winston-Salem, North Carolina

UPS 078-320